mirror of
https://github.com/rclone/rclone
synced 2024-12-20 10:25:56 +01:00
7467 lines
434 KiB
HTML
7467 lines
434 KiB
HTML
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd">
|
||
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
|
||
<head>
|
||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" />
|
||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
|
||
<meta name="generator" content="pandoc" />
|
||
<meta name="author" content="Nick Craig-Wood" />
|
||
<title>rclone(1) User Manual</title>
|
||
<style type="text/css">code{white-space: pre;}</style>
|
||
</head>
|
||
<body>
|
||
<div id="header">
|
||
<h1 class="title">rclone(1) User Manual</h1>
|
||
<h2 class="author">Nick Craig-Wood</h2>
|
||
<h3 class="date">Mar 19, 2018</h3>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<h1 id="rclone">Rclone</h1>
|
||
<p><a href="https://rclone.org/"><img src="https://rclone.org/img/rclone-120x120.png" alt="Logo" /></a></p>
|
||
<p>Rclone is a command line program to sync files and directories to and from:</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Amazon Drive</li>
|
||
<li>Amazon S3</li>
|
||
<li>Backblaze B2</li>
|
||
<li>Box</li>
|
||
<li>Ceph</li>
|
||
<li>DigitalOcean Spaces</li>
|
||
<li>Dreamhost</li>
|
||
<li>Dropbox</li>
|
||
<li>FTP</li>
|
||
<li>Google Cloud Storage</li>
|
||
<li>Google Drive</li>
|
||
<li>HTTP</li>
|
||
<li>Hubic</li>
|
||
<li>IBM COS S3</li>
|
||
<li>Memset Memstore</li>
|
||
<li>Microsoft Azure Blob Storage</li>
|
||
<li>Microsoft OneDrive</li>
|
||
<li>Minio</li>
|
||
<li>Nextloud</li>
|
||
<li>OVH</li>
|
||
<li>Openstack Swift</li>
|
||
<li>Oracle Cloud Storage</li>
|
||
<li>Ownloud</li>
|
||
<li>pCloud</li>
|
||
<li>put.io</li>
|
||
<li>QingStor</li>
|
||
<li>Rackspace Cloud Files</li>
|
||
<li>SFTP</li>
|
||
<li>Wasabi</li>
|
||
<li>WebDAV</li>
|
||
<li>Yandex Disk</li>
|
||
<li>The local filesystem</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>Features</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>MD5/SHA1 hashes checked at all times for file integrity</li>
|
||
<li>Timestamps preserved on files</li>
|
||
<li>Partial syncs supported on a whole file basis</li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/">Copy</a> mode to just copy new/changed files</li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_sync/">Sync</a> (one way) mode to make a directory identical</li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_check/">Check</a> mode to check for file hash equality</li>
|
||
<li>Can sync to and from network, eg two different cloud accounts</li>
|
||
<li>Optional encryption (<a href="https://rclone.org/crypt/">Crypt</a>)</li>
|
||
<li>Optional cache (<a href="https://rclone.org/cache/">Cache</a>)</li>
|
||
<li>Optional FUSE mount (<a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/">rclone mount</a>)</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>Links</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/">Home page</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://github.com/ncw/rclone">Github project page for source and bug tracker</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://forum.rclone.org">Rclone Forum</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://google.com/+RcloneOrg" rel="publisher">Google+ page</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/downloads/">Downloads</a></li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<h1 id="install">Install</h1>
|
||
<p>Rclone is a Go program and comes as a single binary file.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="quickstart">Quickstart</h2>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/downloads/">Download</a> the relevant binary.</li>
|
||
<li>Unpack and the <code>rclone</code> binary.</li>
|
||
<li>Run <code>rclone config</code> to setup. See <a href="https://rclone.org/docs/">rclone config docs</a> for more details.</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>See below for some expanded Linux / macOS instructions.</p>
|
||
<p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/docs/">Usage section</a> of the docs for how to use rclone, or run <code>rclone -h</code>.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="script-installation">Script installation</h2>
|
||
<p>To install rclone on Linux/macOS/BSD systems, run:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>curl https://rclone.org/install.sh | sudo bash</code></pre>
|
||
<p>For beta installation, run:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>curl https://rclone.org/install.sh | sudo bash -s beta</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Note that this script checks the version of rclone installed first and won't re-download if not needed.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="linux-installation-from-precompiled-binary">Linux installation from precompiled binary</h2>
|
||
<p>Fetch and unpack</p>
|
||
<pre><code>curl -O https://downloads.rclone.org/rclone-current-linux-amd64.zip
|
||
unzip rclone-current-linux-amd64.zip
|
||
cd rclone-*-linux-amd64</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Copy binary file</p>
|
||
<pre><code>sudo cp rclone /usr/bin/
|
||
sudo chown root:root /usr/bin/rclone
|
||
sudo chmod 755 /usr/bin/rclone</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Install manpage</p>
|
||
<pre><code>sudo mkdir -p /usr/local/share/man/man1
|
||
sudo cp rclone.1 /usr/local/share/man/man1/
|
||
sudo mandb </code></pre>
|
||
<p>Run <code>rclone config</code> to setup. See <a href="https://rclone.org/docs/">rclone config docs</a> for more details.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone config</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="macos-installation-from-precompiled-binary">macOS installation from precompiled binary</h2>
|
||
<p>Download the latest version of rclone.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>cd && curl -O https://downloads.rclone.org/rclone-current-osx-amd64.zip</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Unzip the download and cd to the extracted folder.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>unzip -a rclone-current-osx-amd64.zip && cd rclone-*-osx-amd64</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Move rclone to your $PATH. You will be prompted for your password.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>sudo mkdir -p /usr/local/bin
|
||
sudo mv rclone /usr/local/bin/</code></pre>
|
||
<p>(the <code>mkdir</code> command is safe to run, even if the directory already exists).</p>
|
||
<p>Remove the leftover files.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>cd .. && rm -rf rclone-*-osx-amd64 rclone-current-osx-amd64.zip</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Run <code>rclone config</code> to setup. See <a href="https://rclone.org/docs/">rclone config docs</a> for more details.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone config</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="install-from-source">Install from source</h2>
|
||
<p>Make sure you have at least <a href="https://golang.org/">Go</a> 1.6 installed. Make sure your <code>GOPATH</code> is set, then:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>go get -u -v github.com/ncw/rclone</code></pre>
|
||
<p>and this will build the binary in <code>$GOPATH/bin</code>. If you have built rclone before then you will want to update its dependencies first with this</p>
|
||
<pre><code>go get -u -v github.com/ncw/rclone/...</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="installation-with-ansible">Installation with Ansible</h2>
|
||
<p>This can be done with <a href="https://github.com/stefangweichinger/ansible-rclone">Stefan Weichinger's ansible role</a>.</p>
|
||
<p>Instructions</p>
|
||
<ol style="list-style-type: decimal">
|
||
<li><code>git clone https://github.com/stefangweichinger/ansible-rclone.git</code> into your local roles-directory</li>
|
||
<li>add the role to the hosts you want rclone installed to:</li>
|
||
</ol>
|
||
<pre><code> - hosts: rclone-hosts
|
||
roles:
|
||
- rclone</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="configure">Configure</h2>
|
||
<p>First, you'll need to configure rclone. As the object storage systems have quite complicated authentication these are kept in a config file. (See the <code>--config</code> entry for how to find the config file and choose its location.)</p>
|
||
<p>The easiest way to make the config is to run rclone with the config option:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone config</code></pre>
|
||
<p>See the following for detailed instructions for</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/alias/">Alias</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/amazonclouddrive/">Amazon Drive</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/s3/">Amazon S3</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/b2/">Backblaze B2</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/box/">Box</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/cache/">Cache</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/crypt/">Crypt</a> - to encrypt other remotes</li>
|
||
<li><a href="/s3/#digitalocean-spaces">DigitalOcean Spaces</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/dropbox/">Dropbox</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/ftp/">FTP</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/googlecloudstorage/">Google Cloud Storage</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/drive/">Google Drive</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/http/">HTTP</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/hubic/">Hubic</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/azureblob/">Microsoft Azure Blob Storage</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/onedrive/">Microsoft OneDrive</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/swift/">Openstack Swift / Rackspace Cloudfiles / Memset Memstore</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/pcloud/">Pcloud</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/qingstor/">QingStor</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/sftp/">SFTP</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/webdav/">WebDAV</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/yandex/">Yandex Disk</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://rclone.org/local/">The local filesystem</a></li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<h2 id="usage">Usage</h2>
|
||
<p>Rclone syncs a directory tree from one storage system to another.</p>
|
||
<p>Its syntax is like this</p>
|
||
<pre><code>Syntax: [options] subcommand <parameters> <parameters...></code></pre>
|
||
<p>Source and destination paths are specified by the name you gave the storage system in the config file then the sub path, eg "drive:myfolder" to look at "myfolder" in Google drive.</p>
|
||
<p>You can define as many storage paths as you like in the config file.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="subcommands">Subcommands</h2>
|
||
<p>rclone uses a system of subcommands. For example</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone ls remote:path # lists a re
|
||
rclone copy /local/path remote:path # copies /local/path to the remote
|
||
rclone sync /local/path remote:path # syncs /local/path to the remote</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-config">rclone config</h2>
|
||
<p>Enter an interactive configuration session.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Enter an interactive configuration session where you can setup new remotes and manage existing ones. You may also set or remove a password to protect your configuration.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone config [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for config</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-copy">rclone copy</h2>
|
||
<p>Copy files from source to dest, skipping already copied</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-1">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Copy the source to the destination. Doesn't transfer unchanged files, testing by size and modification time or MD5SUM. Doesn't delete files from the destination.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that it is always the contents of the directory that is synced, not the directory so when source:path is a directory, it's the contents of source:path that are copied, not the directory name and contents.</p>
|
||
<p>If dest:path doesn't exist, it is created and the source:path contents go there.</p>
|
||
<p>For example</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone copy source:sourcepath dest:destpath</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Let's say there are two files in sourcepath</p>
|
||
<pre><code>sourcepath/one.txt
|
||
sourcepath/two.txt</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This copies them to</p>
|
||
<pre><code>destpath/one.txt
|
||
destpath/two.txt</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Not to</p>
|
||
<pre><code>destpath/sourcepath/one.txt
|
||
destpath/sourcepath/two.txt</code></pre>
|
||
<p>If you are familiar with <code>rsync</code>, rclone always works as if you had written a trailing / - meaning "copy the contents of this directory". This applies to all commands and whether you are talking about the source or destination.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone copy source:path dest:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-1">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for copy</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-sync">rclone sync</h2>
|
||
<p>Make source and dest identical, modifying destination only.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-2">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Sync the source to the destination, changing the destination only. Doesn't transfer unchanged files, testing by size and modification time or MD5SUM. Destination is updated to match source, including deleting files if necessary.</p>
|
||
<p><strong>Important</strong>: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the <code>--dry-run</code> flag to see exactly what would be copied and deleted.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that files in the destination won't be deleted if there were any errors at any point.</p>
|
||
<p>It is always the contents of the directory that is synced, not the directory so when source:path is a directory, it's the contents of source:path that are copied, not the directory name and contents. See extended explanation in the <code>copy</code> command above if unsure.</p>
|
||
<p>If dest:path doesn't exist, it is created and the source:path contents go there.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone sync source:path dest:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-2">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for sync</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-move">rclone move</h2>
|
||
<p>Move files from source to dest.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-3">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Moves the contents of the source directory to the destination directory. Rclone will error if the source and destination overlap and the remote does not support a server side directory move operation.</p>
|
||
<p>If no filters are in use and if possible this will server side move <code>source:path</code> into <code>dest:path</code>. After this <code>source:path</code> will no longer longer exist.</p>
|
||
<p>Otherwise for each file in <code>source:path</code> selected by the filters (if any) this will move it into <code>dest:path</code>. If possible a server side move will be used, otherwise it will copy it (server side if possible) into <code>dest:path</code> then delete the original (if no errors on copy) in <code>source:path</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>If you want to delete empty source directories after move, use the --delete-empty-src-dirs flag.</p>
|
||
<p><strong>Important</strong>: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the --dry-run flag.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone move source:path dest:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-3">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> --delete-empty-src-dirs Delete empty source dirs after move
|
||
-h, --help help for move</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-delete">rclone delete</h2>
|
||
<p>Remove the contents of path.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-4">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Remove the contents of path. Unlike <code>purge</code> it obeys include/exclude filters so can be used to selectively delete files.</p>
|
||
<p>Eg delete all files bigger than 100MBytes</p>
|
||
<p>Check what would be deleted first (use either)</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone --min-size 100M lsl remote:path
|
||
rclone --dry-run --min-size 100M delete remote:path</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Then delete</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone --min-size 100M delete remote:path</code></pre>
|
||
<p>That reads "delete everything with a minimum size of 100 MB", hence delete all files bigger than 100MBytes.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone delete remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-4">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for delete</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-purge">rclone purge</h2>
|
||
<p>Remove the path and all of its contents.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-5">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Remove the path and all of its contents. Note that this does not obey include/exclude filters - everything will be removed. Use <code>delete</code> if you want to selectively delete files.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone purge remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-5">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for purge</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-mkdir">rclone mkdir</h2>
|
||
<p>Make the path if it doesn't already exist.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-6">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Make the path if it doesn't already exist.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone mkdir remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-6">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for mkdir</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-rmdir">rclone rmdir</h2>
|
||
<p>Remove the path if empty.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-7">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Remove the path. Note that you can't remove a path with objects in it, use purge for that.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone rmdir remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-7">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for rmdir</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-check">rclone check</h2>
|
||
<p>Checks the files in the source and destination match.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-8">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Checks the files in the source and destination match. It compares sizes and hashes (MD5 or SHA1) and logs a report of files which don't match. It doesn't alter the source or destination.</p>
|
||
<p>If you supply the --size-only flag, it will only compare the sizes not the hashes as well. Use this for a quick check.</p>
|
||
<p>If you supply the --download flag, it will download the data from both remotes and check them against each other on the fly. This can be useful for remotes that don't support hashes or if you really want to check all the data.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone check source:path dest:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-8">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> --download Check by downloading rather than with hash.
|
||
-h, --help help for check</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-ls">rclone ls</h2>
|
||
<p>List the objects in the path with size and path.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-9">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Lists the objects in the source path to standard output in a human readable format with size and path. Recurses by default.</p>
|
||
<p>Any of the filtering options can be applied to this commmand.</p>
|
||
<p>There are several related list commands</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><code>ls</code> to list size and path of objects only</li>
|
||
<li><code>lsl</code> to list modification time, size and path of objects only</li>
|
||
<li><code>lsd</code> to list directories only</li>
|
||
<li><code>lsf</code> to list objects and directories in easy to parse format</li>
|
||
<li><code>lsjson</code> to list objects and directories in JSON format</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p><code>ls</code>,<code>lsl</code>,<code>lsd</code> are designed to be human readable. <code>lsf</code> is designed to be human and machine readable. <code>lsjson</code> is designed to be machine readable.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that <code>ls</code>,<code>lsl</code>,<code>lsd</code> all recurse by default - use "--max-depth 1" to stop the recursion.</p>
|
||
<p>The other list commands <code>lsf</code>,<code>lsjson</code> do not recurse by default - use "-R" to make them recurse.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone ls remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-9">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for ls</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-lsd">rclone lsd</h2>
|
||
<p>List all directories/containers/buckets in the path.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-10">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Lists the directories in the source path to standard output. Recurses by default.</p>
|
||
<p>Any of the filtering options can be applied to this commmand.</p>
|
||
<p>There are several related list commands</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><code>ls</code> to list size and path of objects only</li>
|
||
<li><code>lsl</code> to list modification time, size and path of objects only</li>
|
||
<li><code>lsd</code> to list directories only</li>
|
||
<li><code>lsf</code> to list objects and directories in easy to parse format</li>
|
||
<li><code>lsjson</code> to list objects and directories in JSON format</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p><code>ls</code>,<code>lsl</code>,<code>lsd</code> are designed to be human readable. <code>lsf</code> is designed to be human and machine readable. <code>lsjson</code> is designed to be machine readable.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that <code>ls</code>,<code>lsl</code>,<code>lsd</code> all recurse by default - use "--max-depth 1" to stop the recursion.</p>
|
||
<p>The other list commands <code>lsf</code>,<code>lsjson</code> do not recurse by default - use "-R" to make them recurse.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone lsd remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-10">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for lsd</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-lsl">rclone lsl</h2>
|
||
<p>List the objects in path with modification time, size and path.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-11">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Lists the objects in the source path to standard output in a human readable format with modification time, size and path. Recurses by default.</p>
|
||
<p>Any of the filtering options can be applied to this commmand.</p>
|
||
<p>There are several related list commands</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><code>ls</code> to list size and path of objects only</li>
|
||
<li><code>lsl</code> to list modification time, size and path of objects only</li>
|
||
<li><code>lsd</code> to list directories only</li>
|
||
<li><code>lsf</code> to list objects and directories in easy to parse format</li>
|
||
<li><code>lsjson</code> to list objects and directories in JSON format</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p><code>ls</code>,<code>lsl</code>,<code>lsd</code> are designed to be human readable. <code>lsf</code> is designed to be human and machine readable. <code>lsjson</code> is designed to be machine readable.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that <code>ls</code>,<code>lsl</code>,<code>lsd</code> all recurse by default - use "--max-depth 1" to stop the recursion.</p>
|
||
<p>The other list commands <code>lsf</code>,<code>lsjson</code> do not recurse by default - use "-R" to make them recurse.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone lsl remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-11">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for lsl</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-md5sum">rclone md5sum</h2>
|
||
<p>Produces an md5sum file for all the objects in the path.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-12">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Produces an md5sum file for all the objects in the path. This is in the same format as the standard md5sum tool produces.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone md5sum remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-12">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for md5sum</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-sha1sum">rclone sha1sum</h2>
|
||
<p>Produces an sha1sum file for all the objects in the path.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-13">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Produces an sha1sum file for all the objects in the path. This is in the same format as the standard sha1sum tool produces.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone sha1sum remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-13">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for sha1sum</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-size">rclone size</h2>
|
||
<p>Prints the total size and number of objects in remote:path.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-14">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Prints the total size and number of objects in remote:path.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone size remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-14">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for size</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-version">rclone version</h2>
|
||
<p>Show the version number.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-15">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Show the version number.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone version [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-15">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for version</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-cleanup">rclone cleanup</h2>
|
||
<p>Clean up the remote if possible</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-16">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Clean up the remote if possible. Empty the trash or delete old file versions. Not supported by all remotes.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone cleanup remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-16">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for cleanup</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-dedupe">rclone dedupe</h2>
|
||
<p>Interactively find duplicate files and delete/rename them.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-17">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>By default <code>dedupe</code> interactively finds duplicate files and offers to delete all but one or rename them to be different. Only useful with Google Drive which can have duplicate file names.</p>
|
||
<p>In the first pass it will merge directories with the same name. It will do this iteratively until all the identical directories have been merged.</p>
|
||
<p>The <code>dedupe</code> command will delete all but one of any identical (same md5sum) files it finds without confirmation. This means that for most duplicated files the <code>dedupe</code> command will not be interactive. You can use <code>--dry-run</code> to see what would happen without doing anything.</p>
|
||
<p>Here is an example run.</p>
|
||
<p>Before - with duplicates</p>
|
||
<pre><code>$ rclone lsl drive:dupes
|
||
6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000 one.txt
|
||
6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:11.775000000 one.txt
|
||
564374 2016-03-05 16:23:06.731000000 one.txt
|
||
6048320 2016-03-05 16:18:26.092000000 one.txt
|
||
6048320 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000 two.txt
|
||
1744073 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000 two.txt
|
||
564374 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000 two.txt</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Now the <code>dedupe</code> session</p>
|
||
<pre><code>$ rclone dedupe drive:dupes
|
||
2016/03/05 16:24:37 Google drive root 'dupes': Looking for duplicates using interactive mode.
|
||
one.txt: Found 4 duplicates - deleting identical copies
|
||
one.txt: Deleting 2/3 identical duplicates (md5sum "1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36")
|
||
one.txt: 2 duplicates remain
|
||
1: 6048320 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000, md5sum 1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36
|
||
2: 564374 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:23:06.731000000, md5sum 7594e7dc9fc28f727c42ee3e0749de81
|
||
s) Skip and do nothing
|
||
k) Keep just one (choose which in next step)
|
||
r) Rename all to be different (by changing file.jpg to file-1.jpg)
|
||
s/k/r> k
|
||
Enter the number of the file to keep> 1
|
||
one.txt: Deleted 1 extra copies
|
||
two.txt: Found 3 duplicates - deleting identical copies
|
||
two.txt: 3 duplicates remain
|
||
1: 564374 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000, md5sum 7594e7dc9fc28f727c42ee3e0749de81
|
||
2: 6048320 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000, md5sum 1eedaa9fe86fd4b8632e2ac549403b36
|
||
3: 1744073 bytes, 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000, md5sum 851957f7fb6f0bc4ce76be966d336802
|
||
s) Skip and do nothing
|
||
k) Keep just one (choose which in next step)
|
||
r) Rename all to be different (by changing file.jpg to file-1.jpg)
|
||
s/k/r> r
|
||
two-1.txt: renamed from: two.txt
|
||
two-2.txt: renamed from: two.txt
|
||
two-3.txt: renamed from: two.txt</code></pre>
|
||
<p>The result being</p>
|
||
<pre><code>$ rclone lsl drive:dupes
|
||
6048320 2016-03-05 16:23:16.798000000 one.txt
|
||
564374 2016-03-05 16:22:52.118000000 two-1.txt
|
||
6048320 2016-03-05 16:22:46.185000000 two-2.txt
|
||
1744073 2016-03-05 16:22:38.104000000 two-3.txt</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Dedupe can be run non interactively using the <code>--dedupe-mode</code> flag or by using an extra parameter with the same value</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><code>--dedupe-mode interactive</code> - interactive as above.</li>
|
||
<li><code>--dedupe-mode skip</code> - removes identical files then skips anything left.</li>
|
||
<li><code>--dedupe-mode first</code> - removes identical files then keeps the first one.</li>
|
||
<li><code>--dedupe-mode newest</code> - removes identical files then keeps the newest one.</li>
|
||
<li><code>--dedupe-mode oldest</code> - removes identical files then keeps the oldest one.</li>
|
||
<li><code>--dedupe-mode rename</code> - removes identical files then renames the rest to be different.</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>For example to rename all the identically named photos in your Google Photos directory, do</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone dedupe --dedupe-mode rename "drive:Google Photos"</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Or</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone dedupe rename "drive:Google Photos"</code></pre>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone dedupe [mode] remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-17">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> --dedupe-mode string Dedupe mode interactive|skip|first|newest|oldest|rename. (default "interactive")
|
||
-h, --help help for dedupe</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-authorize">rclone authorize</h2>
|
||
<p>Remote authorization.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-18">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Remote authorization. Used to authorize a remote or headless rclone from a machine with a browser - use as instructed by rclone config.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone authorize [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-18">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for authorize</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-cachestats">rclone cachestats</h2>
|
||
<p>Print cache stats for a remote</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-19">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Print cache stats for a remote in JSON format</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone cachestats source: [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-19">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for cachestats</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-cat">rclone cat</h2>
|
||
<p>Concatenates any files and sends them to stdout.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-20">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>rclone cat sends any files to standard output.</p>
|
||
<p>You can use it like this to output a single file</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone cat remote:path/to/file</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Or like this to output any file in dir or subdirectories.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone cat remote:path/to/dir</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Or like this to output any .txt files in dir or subdirectories.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone --include "*.txt" cat remote:path/to/dir</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Use the --head flag to print characters only at the start, --tail for the end and --offset and --count to print a section in the middle. Note that if offset is negative it will count from the end, so --offset -1 --count 1 is equivalent to --tail 1.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone cat remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-20">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> --count int Only print N characters. (default -1)
|
||
--discard Discard the output instead of printing.
|
||
--head int Only print the first N characters.
|
||
-h, --help help for cat
|
||
--offset int Start printing at offset N (or from end if -ve).
|
||
--tail int Only print the last N characters.</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-config-create">rclone config create</h2>
|
||
<p>Create a new remote with name, type and options.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-21">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Create a new remote of <name> with <type> and options. The options should be passed in in pairs of <key> <value>.</p>
|
||
<p>For example to make a swift remote of name myremote using auto config you would do:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone config create myremote swift env_auth true</code></pre>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone config create <name> <type> [<key> <value>]* [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-21">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for create</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-config-delete">rclone config delete</h2>
|
||
<p>Delete an existing remote <name>.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-22">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Delete an existing remote <name>.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone config delete <name> [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-22">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for delete</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-config-dump">rclone config dump</h2>
|
||
<p>Dump the config file as JSON.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-23">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Dump the config file as JSON.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone config dump [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-23">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for dump</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-config-edit">rclone config edit</h2>
|
||
<p>Enter an interactive configuration session.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-24">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Enter an interactive configuration session where you can setup new remotes and manage existing ones. You may also set or remove a password to protect your configuration.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone config edit [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-24">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for edit</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-config-file">rclone config file</h2>
|
||
<p>Show path of configuration file in use.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-25">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Show path of configuration file in use.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone config file [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-25">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for file</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-config-password">rclone config password</h2>
|
||
<p>Update password in an existing remote.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-26">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Update an existing remote's password. The password should be passed in in pairs of <key> <value>.</p>
|
||
<p>For example to set password of a remote of name myremote you would do:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone config password myremote fieldname mypassword</code></pre>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone config password <name> [<key> <value>]+ [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-26">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for password</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-config-providers">rclone config providers</h2>
|
||
<p>List in JSON format all the providers and options.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-27">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>List in JSON format all the providers and options.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone config providers [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-27">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for providers</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-config-show">rclone config show</h2>
|
||
<p>Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-28">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone config show [<remote>] [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-28">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for show</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-config-update">rclone config update</h2>
|
||
<p>Update options in an existing remote.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-29">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Update an existing remote's options. The options should be passed in in pairs of <key> <value>.</p>
|
||
<p>For example to update the env_auth field of a remote of name myremote you would do:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone config update myremote swift env_auth true</code></pre>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone config update <name> [<key> <value>]+ [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-29">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for update</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-copyto">rclone copyto</h2>
|
||
<p>Copy files from source to dest, skipping already copied</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-30">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>If source:path is a file or directory then it copies it to a file or directory named dest:path.</p>
|
||
<p>This can be used to upload single files to other than their current name. If the source is a directory then it acts exactly like the copy command.</p>
|
||
<p>So</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone copyto src dst</code></pre>
|
||
<p>where src and dst are rclone paths, either remote:path or /path/to/local or C:.</p>
|
||
<p>This will:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>if src is file
|
||
copy it to dst, overwriting an existing file if it exists
|
||
if src is directory
|
||
copy it to dst, overwriting existing files if they exist
|
||
see copy command for full details</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This doesn't transfer unchanged files, testing by size and modification time or MD5SUM. It doesn't delete files from the destination.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone copyto source:path dest:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-30">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for copyto</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-cryptcheck">rclone cryptcheck</h2>
|
||
<p>Cryptcheck checks the integrity of a crypted remote.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-31">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>rclone cryptcheck checks a remote against a crypted remote. This is the equivalent of running rclone check, but able to check the checksums of the crypted remote.</p>
|
||
<p>For it to work the underlying remote of the cryptedremote must support some kind of checksum.</p>
|
||
<p>It works by reading the nonce from each file on the cryptedremote: and using that to encrypt each file on the remote:. It then checks the checksum of the underlying file on the cryptedremote: against the checksum of the file it has just encrypted.</p>
|
||
<p>Use it like this</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone cryptcheck /path/to/files encryptedremote:path</code></pre>
|
||
<p>You can use it like this also, but that will involve downloading all the files in remote:path.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone cryptcheck remote:path encryptedremote:path</code></pre>
|
||
<p>After it has run it will log the status of the encryptedremote:.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone cryptcheck remote:path cryptedremote:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-31">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for cryptcheck</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-cryptdecode">rclone cryptdecode</h2>
|
||
<p>Cryptdecode returns unencrypted file names.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-32">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>rclone cryptdecode returns unencrypted file names when provided with a list of encrypted file names. List limit is 10 items.</p>
|
||
<p>If you supply the --reverse flag, it will return encrypted file names.</p>
|
||
<p>use it like this</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone cryptdecode encryptedremote: encryptedfilename1 encryptedfilename2
|
||
|
||
rclone cryptdecode --reverse encryptedremote: filename1 filename2</code></pre>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone cryptdecode encryptedremote: encryptedfilename [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-32">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for cryptdecode
|
||
--reverse Reverse cryptdecode, encrypts filenames</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-dbhashsum">rclone dbhashsum</h2>
|
||
<p>Produces a Dropbox hash file for all the objects in the path.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-33">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Produces a Dropbox hash file for all the objects in the path. The hashes are calculated according to <a href="https://www.dropbox.com/developers/reference/content-hash">Dropbox content hash rules</a>. The output is in the same format as md5sum and sha1sum.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone dbhashsum remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-33">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for dbhashsum</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-genautocomplete">rclone genautocomplete</h2>
|
||
<p>Output completion script for a given shell.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-34">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Generates a shell completion script for rclone. Run with --help to list the supported shells.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="options-34">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for genautocomplete</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-genautocomplete-bash">rclone genautocomplete bash</h2>
|
||
<p>Output bash completion script for rclone.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-35">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Generates a bash shell autocompletion script for rclone.</p>
|
||
<p>This writes to /etc/bash_completion.d/rclone by default so will probably need to be run with sudo or as root, eg</p>
|
||
<pre><code>sudo rclone genautocomplete bash</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Logout and login again to use the autocompletion scripts, or source them directly</p>
|
||
<pre><code>. /etc/bash_completion</code></pre>
|
||
<p>If you supply a command line argument the script will be written there.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone genautocomplete bash [output_file] [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-35">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for bash</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-genautocomplete-zsh">rclone genautocomplete zsh</h2>
|
||
<p>Output zsh completion script for rclone.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-36">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Generates a zsh autocompletion script for rclone.</p>
|
||
<p>This writes to /usr/share/zsh/vendor-completions/_rclone by default so will probably need to be run with sudo or as root, eg</p>
|
||
<pre><code>sudo rclone genautocomplete zsh</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Logout and login again to use the autocompletion scripts, or source them directly</p>
|
||
<pre><code>autoload -U compinit && compinit</code></pre>
|
||
<p>If you supply a command line argument the script will be written there.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone genautocomplete zsh [output_file] [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-36">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for zsh</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-gendocs">rclone gendocs</h2>
|
||
<p>Output markdown docs for rclone to the directory supplied.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-37">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>This produces markdown docs for the rclone commands to the directory supplied. These are in a format suitable for hugo to render into the rclone.org website.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone gendocs output_directory [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-37">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for gendocs</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-listremotes">rclone listremotes</h2>
|
||
<p>List all the remotes in the config file.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-38">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>rclone listremotes lists all the available remotes from the config file.</p>
|
||
<p>When uses with the -l flag it lists the types too.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone listremotes [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-38">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for listremotes
|
||
-l, --long Show the type as well as names.</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-lsf">rclone lsf</h2>
|
||
<p>List directories and objects in remote:path formatted for parsing</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-39">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>List the contents of the source path (directories and objects) to standard output in a form which is easy to parse by scripts. By default this will just be the names of the objects and directories, one per line. The directories will have a / suffix.</p>
|
||
<p>Use the --format option to control what gets listed. By default this is just the path, but you can use these parameters to control the output:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>p - path
|
||
s - size
|
||
t - modification time
|
||
h - hash</code></pre>
|
||
<p>So if you wanted the path, size and modification time, you would use --format "pst", or maybe --format "tsp" to put the path last.</p>
|
||
<p>If you specify "h" in the format you will get the MD5 hash by default, use the "--hash" flag to change which hash you want. Note that this can be returned as an empty string if it isn't available on the object (and for directories), "ERROR" if there was an error reading it from the object and "UNSUPPORTED" if that object does not support that hash type.</p>
|
||
<p>For example to emulate the md5sum command you can use</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone lsf -R --hash MD5 --format hp --separator " " --files-only .</code></pre>
|
||
<p>(Though "rclone md5sum ." is an easier way of typing this.)</p>
|
||
<p>By default the separator is ";" this can be changed with the --separator flag. Note that separators aren't escaped in the path so putting it last is a good strategy.</p>
|
||
<p>Any of the filtering options can be applied to this commmand.</p>
|
||
<p>There are several related list commands</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><code>ls</code> to list size and path of objects only</li>
|
||
<li><code>lsl</code> to list modification time, size and path of objects only</li>
|
||
<li><code>lsd</code> to list directories only</li>
|
||
<li><code>lsf</code> to list objects and directories in easy to parse format</li>
|
||
<li><code>lsjson</code> to list objects and directories in JSON format</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p><code>ls</code>,<code>lsl</code>,<code>lsd</code> are designed to be human readable. <code>lsf</code> is designed to be human and machine readable. <code>lsjson</code> is designed to be machine readable.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that <code>ls</code>,<code>lsl</code>,<code>lsd</code> all recurse by default - use "--max-depth 1" to stop the recursion.</p>
|
||
<p>The other list commands <code>lsf</code>,<code>lsjson</code> do not recurse by default - use "-R" to make them recurse.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone lsf remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-39">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -d, --dir-slash Append a slash to directory names. (default true)
|
||
--dirs-only Only list directories.
|
||
--files-only Only list files.
|
||
-F, --format string Output format - see help for details (default "p")
|
||
--hash h Use this hash when h is used in the format MD5|SHA-1|DropboxHash (default "MD5")
|
||
-h, --help help for lsf
|
||
-R, --recursive Recurse into the listing.
|
||
-s, --separator string Separator for the items in the format. (default ";")</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-lsjson">rclone lsjson</h2>
|
||
<p>List directories and objects in the path in JSON format.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-40">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>List directories and objects in the path in JSON format.</p>
|
||
<p>The output is an array of Items, where each Item looks like this</p>
|
||
<p>{ "Hashes" : { "SHA-1" : "f572d396fae9206628714fb2ce00f72e94f2258f", "MD5" : "b1946ac92492d2347c6235b4d2611184", "DropboxHash" : "ecb65bb98f9d905b70458986c39fcbad7715e5f2fcc3b1f07767d7c83e2438cc" }, "IsDir" : false, "ModTime" : "2017-05-31T16:15:57.034468261+01:00", "Name" : "file.txt", "Encrypted" : "v0qpsdq8anpci8n929v3uu9338", "Path" : "full/path/goes/here/file.txt", "Size" : 6 }</p>
|
||
<p>If --hash is not specified the Hashes property won't be emitted.</p>
|
||
<p>If --no-modtime is specified then ModTime will be blank.</p>
|
||
<p>If --encrypted is not specified the Encrypted won't be emitted.</p>
|
||
<p>The Path field will only show folders below the remote path being listed. If "remote:path" contains the file "subfolder/file.txt", the Path for "file.txt" will be "subfolder/file.txt", not "remote:path/subfolder/file.txt". When used without --recursive the Path will always be the same as Name.</p>
|
||
<p>The time is in RFC3339 format with nanosecond precision.</p>
|
||
<p>The whole output can be processed as a JSON blob, or alternatively it can be processed line by line as each item is written one to a line.</p>
|
||
<p>Any of the filtering options can be applied to this commmand.</p>
|
||
<p>There are several related list commands</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><code>ls</code> to list size and path of objects only</li>
|
||
<li><code>lsl</code> to list modification time, size and path of objects only</li>
|
||
<li><code>lsd</code> to list directories only</li>
|
||
<li><code>lsf</code> to list objects and directories in easy to parse format</li>
|
||
<li><code>lsjson</code> to list objects and directories in JSON format</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p><code>ls</code>,<code>lsl</code>,<code>lsd</code> are designed to be human readable. <code>lsf</code> is designed to be human and machine readable. <code>lsjson</code> is designed to be machine readable.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that <code>ls</code>,<code>lsl</code>,<code>lsd</code> all recurse by default - use "--max-depth 1" to stop the recursion.</p>
|
||
<p>The other list commands <code>lsf</code>,<code>lsjson</code> do not recurse by default - use "-R" to make them recurse.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone lsjson remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-40">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -M, --encrypted Show the encrypted names.
|
||
--hash Include hashes in the output (may take longer).
|
||
-h, --help help for lsjson
|
||
--no-modtime Don't read the modification time (can speed things up).
|
||
-R, --recursive Recurse into the listing.</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-mount">rclone mount</h2>
|
||
<p>Mount the remote as a mountpoint. <strong>EXPERIMENTAL</strong></p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-41">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>rclone mount allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to mount any of Rclone's cloud storage systems as a file system with FUSE.</p>
|
||
<p>This is <strong>EXPERIMENTAL</strong> - use with care.</p>
|
||
<p>First set up your remote using <code>rclone config</code>. Check it works with <code>rclone ls</code> etc.</p>
|
||
<p>Start the mount like this</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone mount remote:path/to/files /path/to/local/mount</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Or on Windows like this where X: is an unused drive letter</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone mount remote:path/to/files X:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>When the program ends, either via Ctrl+C or receiving a SIGINT or SIGTERM signal, the mount is automatically stopped.</p>
|
||
<p>The umount operation can fail, for example when the mountpoint is busy. When that happens, it is the user's responsibility to stop the mount manually with</p>
|
||
<pre><code># Linux
|
||
fusermount -u /path/to/local/mount
|
||
# OS X
|
||
umount /path/to/local/mount</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="installing-on-windows">Installing on Windows</h3>
|
||
<p>To run rclone mount on Windows, you will need to download and install <a href="http://www.secfs.net/winfsp/">WinFsp</a>.</p>
|
||
<p>WinFsp is an <a href="https://github.com/billziss-gh/winfsp">open source</a> Windows File System Proxy which makes it easy to write user space file systems for Windows. It provides a FUSE emulation layer which rclone uses combination with <a href="https://github.com/billziss-gh/cgofuse">cgofuse</a>. Both of these packages are by Bill Zissimopoulos who was very helpful during the implementation of rclone mount for Windows.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="windows-caveats">Windows caveats</h4>
|
||
<p>Note that drives created as Administrator are not visible by other accounts (including the account that was elevated as Administrator). So if you start a Windows drive from an Administrative Command Prompt and then try to access the same drive from Explorer (which does not run as Administrator), you will not be able to see the new drive.</p>
|
||
<p>The easiest way around this is to start the drive from a normal command prompt. It is also possible to start a drive from the SYSTEM account (using <a href="https://github.com/billziss-gh/winfsp/wiki/WinFsp-Service-Architecture">the WinFsp.Launcher infrastructure</a>) which creates drives accessible for everyone on the system or alternatively using <a href="https://nssm.cc/usage">the nssm service manager</a>.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="limitations">Limitations</h3>
|
||
<p>Without the use of "--vfs-cache-mode" this can only write files sequentially, it can only seek when reading. This means that many applications won't work with their files on an rclone mount without "--vfs-cache-mode writes" or "--vfs-cache-mode full". See the <a href="#file-caching">File Caching</a> section for more info.</p>
|
||
<p>The bucket based remotes (eg Swift, S3, Google Compute Storage, B2, Hubic) won't work from the root - you will need to specify a bucket, or a path within the bucket. So <code>swift:</code> won't work whereas <code>swift:bucket</code> will as will <code>swift:bucket/path</code>. None of these support the concept of directories, so empty directories will have a tendency to disappear once they fall out of the directory cache.</p>
|
||
<p>Only supported on Linux, FreeBSD, OS X and Windows at the moment.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="rclone-mount-vs-rclone-synccopy">rclone mount vs rclone sync/copy</h3>
|
||
<p>File systems expect things to be 100% reliable, whereas cloud storage systems are a long way from 100% reliable. The rclone sync/copy commands cope with this with lots of retries. However rclone mount can't use retries in the same way without making local copies of the uploads. Look at the <strong>EXPERIMENTAL</strong> <a href="#file-caching">file caching</a> for solutions to make mount mount more reliable.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="attribute-caching">Attribute caching</h3>
|
||
<p>You can use the flag --attr-timeout to set the time the kernel caches the attributes (size, modification time etc) for directory entries.</p>
|
||
<p>The default is 0s - no caching - which is recommended for filesystems which can change outside the control of the kernel.</p>
|
||
<p>If you set it higher ('1s' or '1m' say) then the kernel will call back to rclone less often making it more efficient, however there may be strange effects when files change on the remote.</p>
|
||
<p>This is the same as setting the attr_timeout option in mount.fuse.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="filters">Filters</h3>
|
||
<p>Note that all the rclone filters can be used to select a subset of the files to be visible in the mount.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="systemd">systemd</h3>
|
||
<p>When running rclone mount as a systemd service, it is possible to use Type=notify. In this case the service will enter the started state after the mountpoint has been successfully set up. Units having the rclone mount service specified as a requirement will see all files and folders immediately in this mode.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="directory-cache">Directory Cache</h3>
|
||
<p>Using the <code>--dir-cache-time</code> flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the cache expires.</p>
|
||
<p>Alternatively, you can send a <code>SIGHUP</code> signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)</code></pre>
|
||
<p>If you configure rclone with a <a href="/rc">remote control</a> then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Or individual files or directories:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="file-caching">File Caching</h3>
|
||
<p><strong>NB</strong> File caching is <strong>EXPERIMENTAL</strong> - use with care!</p>
|
||
<p>These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a normal file system.</p>
|
||
<p>You'll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
|
||
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
|
||
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
|
||
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)</code></pre>
|
||
<p>If run with <code>-vv</code> rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with <code>--cache-dir</code> or setting the appropriate environment variable.</p>
|
||
<p>The cache has 4 different modes selected by <code>--vfs-cache-mode</code>. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won't get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on disk cache.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-off">--vfs-cache-mode off</h4>
|
||
<p>In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.</p>
|
||
<p>This will mean some operations are not possible</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Files can't be opened for both read AND write</li>
|
||
<li>Files opened for write can't be seeked</li>
|
||
<li>Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set</li>
|
||
<li>Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only</li>
|
||
<li>Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied</li>
|
||
<li>Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored</li>
|
||
<li>If an upload fails it can't be retried</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-minimal">--vfs-cache-mode minimal</h4>
|
||
<p>This is very similar to "off" except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.</p>
|
||
<p>These operations are not possible</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Files opened for write only can't be seeked</li>
|
||
<li>Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set</li>
|
||
<li>Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC</li>
|
||
<li>If an upload fails it can't be retried</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-writes">--vfs-cache-mode writes</h4>
|
||
<p>In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.</p>
|
||
<p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p>
|
||
<p>If an upload fails it will be retried up to --low-level-retries times.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-full">--vfs-cache-mode full</h4>
|
||
<p>In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.</p>
|
||
<p>This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching, including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.</p>
|
||
<p>In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk, it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It will be purged on a schedule according to <code>--vfs-cache-max-age</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p>
|
||
<p>If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to --low-level-retries times.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone mount remote:path /path/to/mountpoint [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-41">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> --allow-non-empty Allow mounting over a non-empty directory.
|
||
--allow-other Allow access to other users.
|
||
--allow-root Allow access to root user.
|
||
--attr-timeout duration Time for which file/directory attributes are cached.
|
||
--daemon Run mount as a daemon (background mode).
|
||
--debug-fuse Debug the FUSE internals - needs -v.
|
||
--default-permissions Makes kernel enforce access control based on the file mode.
|
||
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s)
|
||
--fuse-flag stringArray Flags or arguments to be passed direct to libfuse/WinFsp. Repeat if required.
|
||
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 502)
|
||
-h, --help help for mount
|
||
--max-read-ahead int The number of bytes that can be prefetched for sequential reads. (default 128k)
|
||
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
|
||
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
|
||
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
|
||
-o, --option stringArray Option for libfuse/WinFsp. Repeat if required.
|
||
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s)
|
||
--read-only Mount read-only.
|
||
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 502)
|
||
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem.
|
||
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
|
||
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
|
||
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
|
||
--write-back-cache Makes kernel buffer writes before sending them to rclone. Without this, writethrough caching is used.</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-moveto">rclone moveto</h2>
|
||
<p>Move file or directory from source to dest.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-42">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>If source:path is a file or directory then it moves it to a file or directory named dest:path.</p>
|
||
<p>This can be used to rename files or upload single files to other than their existing name. If the source is a directory then it acts exacty like the move command.</p>
|
||
<p>So</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone moveto src dst</code></pre>
|
||
<p>where src and dst are rclone paths, either remote:path or /path/to/local or C:.</p>
|
||
<p>This will:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>if src is file
|
||
move it to dst, overwriting an existing file if it exists
|
||
if src is directory
|
||
move it to dst, overwriting existing files if they exist
|
||
see move command for full details</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This doesn't transfer unchanged files, testing by size and modification time or MD5SUM. src will be deleted on successful transfer.</p>
|
||
<p><strong>Important</strong>: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the --dry-run flag.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone moveto source:path dest:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-42">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for moveto</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-ncdu">rclone ncdu</h2>
|
||
<p>Explore a remote with a text based user interface.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-43">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>This displays a text based user interface allowing the navigation of a remote. It is most useful for answering the question - "What is using all my disk space?".</p>
|
||
<script src="https://asciinema.org/a/157793.js" id="asciicast-157793" async></script>
|
||
<p>To make the user interface it first scans the entire remote given and builds an in memory representation. rclone ncdu can be used during this scanning phase and you will see it building up the directory structure as it goes along.</p>
|
||
<p>Here are the keys - press '?' to toggle the help on and off</p>
|
||
<pre><code> ↑,↓ or k,j to Move
|
||
→,l to enter
|
||
←,h to return
|
||
c toggle counts
|
||
g toggle graph
|
||
n,s,C sort by name,size,count
|
||
? to toggle help on and off
|
||
q/ESC/c-C to quit</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This an homage to the <a href="https://dev.yorhel.nl/ncdu">ncdu tool</a> but for rclone remotes. It is missing lots of features at the moment, most importantly deleting files, but is useful as it stands.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone ncdu remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-43">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for ncdu</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-obscure">rclone obscure</h2>
|
||
<p>Obscure password for use in the rclone.conf</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-44">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Obscure password for use in the rclone.conf</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone obscure password [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-44">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for obscure</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-rc">rclone rc</h2>
|
||
<p>Run a command against a running rclone.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-45">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>This runs a command against a running rclone. By default it will use that specified in the --rc-addr command.</p>
|
||
<p>Arguments should be passed in as parameter=value.</p>
|
||
<p>The result will be returned as a JSON object by default.</p>
|
||
<p>Use "rclone rc list" to see a list of all possible commands.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone rc commands parameter [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-45">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for rc
|
||
--no-output If set don't output the JSON result.
|
||
--url string URL to connect to rclone remote control. (default "http://localhost:5572/")</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-rcat">rclone rcat</h2>
|
||
<p>Copies standard input to file on remote.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-46">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>rclone rcat reads from standard input (stdin) and copies it to a single remote file.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>echo "hello world" | rclone rcat remote:path/to/file
|
||
ffmpeg - | rclone rcat --checksum remote:path/to/file</code></pre>
|
||
<p>If the remote file already exists, it will be overwritten.</p>
|
||
<p>rcat will try to upload small files in a single request, which is usually more efficient than the streaming/chunked upload endpoints, which use multiple requests. Exact behaviour depends on the remote. What is considered a small file may be set through <code>--streaming-upload-cutoff</code>. Uploading only starts after the cutoff is reached or if the file ends before that. The data must fit into RAM. The cutoff needs to be small enough to adhere the limits of your remote, please see there. Generally speaking, setting this cutoff too high will decrease your performance.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that the upload can also not be retried because the data is not kept around until the upload succeeds. If you need to transfer a lot of data, you're better off caching locally and then <code>rclone move</code> it to the destination.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone rcat remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-46">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for rcat</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-rmdirs">rclone rmdirs</h2>
|
||
<p>Remove empty directories under the path.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-47">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>This removes any empty directories (or directories that only contain empty directories) under the path that it finds, including the path if it has nothing in.</p>
|
||
<p>If you supply the --leave-root flag, it will not remove the root directory.</p>
|
||
<p>This is useful for tidying up remotes that rclone has left a lot of empty directories in.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone rmdirs remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-47">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for rmdirs
|
||
--leave-root Do not remove root directory if empty</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-serve">rclone serve</h2>
|
||
<p>Serve a remote over a protocol.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-48">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>rclone serve is used to serve a remote over a given protocol. This command requires the use of a subcommand to specify the protocol, eg</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone serve http remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Each subcommand has its own options which you can see in their help.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone serve <protocol> [opts] <remote> [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-48">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for serve</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-serve-http">rclone serve http</h2>
|
||
<p>Serve the remote over HTTP.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-49">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>rclone serve http implements a basic web server to serve the remote over HTTP. This can be viewed in a web browser or you can make a remote of type http read from it.</p>
|
||
<p>You can use the filter flags (eg --include, --exclude) to control what is served.</p>
|
||
<p>The server will log errors. Use -v to see access logs.</p>
|
||
<p>--bwlimit will be respected for file transfers. Use --stats to control the stats printing.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="server-options">Server options</h3>
|
||
<p>Use --addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, eg --addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or --addr :8080 to listen to all IPs. By default it only listens on localhost.</p>
|
||
<p>If you set --addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address then using Authentication if advised - see the next section for info.</p>
|
||
<p>--server-read-timeout and --server-write-timeout can be used to control the timeouts on the server. Note that this is the total time for a transfer.</p>
|
||
<p>--max-header-bytes controls the maximum number of bytes the server will accept in the HTTP header.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="authentication">Authentication</h4>
|
||
<p>By default this will serve files without needing a login.</p>
|
||
<p>You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or set a single username and password with the --user and --pass flags.</p>
|
||
<p>Use --htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd to provide an htpasswd file. This is in standard apache format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for basic authentication. Bcrypt is recommended.</p>
|
||
<p>To create an htpasswd file:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>touch htpasswd
|
||
htpasswd -B htpasswd user
|
||
htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
|
||
<p>The password file can be updated while rclone is running.</p>
|
||
<p>Use --realm to set the authentication realm.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="ssltls">SSL/TLS</h4>
|
||
<p>By default this will serve over http. If you want you can serve over https. You will need to supply the --cert and --key flags. If you wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need to supply --client-ca also.</p>
|
||
<p>--cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of that with the CA certificate. --key should be the PEM encoded private key and --client-ca should be the PEM encoded client certificate authority certificate.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="directory-cache-1">Directory Cache</h3>
|
||
<p>Using the <code>--dir-cache-time</code> flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the cache expires.</p>
|
||
<p>Alternatively, you can send a <code>SIGHUP</code> signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)</code></pre>
|
||
<p>If you configure rclone with a <a href="/rc">remote control</a> then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Or individual files or directories:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="file-caching-1">File Caching</h3>
|
||
<p><strong>NB</strong> File caching is <strong>EXPERIMENTAL</strong> - use with care!</p>
|
||
<p>These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a normal file system.</p>
|
||
<p>You'll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
|
||
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
|
||
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
|
||
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)</code></pre>
|
||
<p>If run with <code>-vv</code> rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with <code>--cache-dir</code> or setting the appropriate environment variable.</p>
|
||
<p>The cache has 4 different modes selected by <code>--vfs-cache-mode</code>. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won't get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on disk cache.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-off-1">--vfs-cache-mode off</h4>
|
||
<p>In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.</p>
|
||
<p>This will mean some operations are not possible</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Files can't be opened for both read AND write</li>
|
||
<li>Files opened for write can't be seeked</li>
|
||
<li>Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set</li>
|
||
<li>Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only</li>
|
||
<li>Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied</li>
|
||
<li>Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored</li>
|
||
<li>If an upload fails it can't be retried</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-minimal-1">--vfs-cache-mode minimal</h4>
|
||
<p>This is very similar to "off" except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.</p>
|
||
<p>These operations are not possible</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Files opened for write only can't be seeked</li>
|
||
<li>Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set</li>
|
||
<li>Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC</li>
|
||
<li>If an upload fails it can't be retried</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-writes-1">--vfs-cache-mode writes</h4>
|
||
<p>In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.</p>
|
||
<p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p>
|
||
<p>If an upload fails it will be retried up to --low-level-retries times.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-full-1">--vfs-cache-mode full</h4>
|
||
<p>In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.</p>
|
||
<p>This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching, including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.</p>
|
||
<p>In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk, it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It will be purged on a schedule according to <code>--vfs-cache-max-age</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p>
|
||
<p>If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to --low-level-retries times.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone serve http remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-49">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> --addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:8080")
|
||
--cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||
--client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s)
|
||
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 502)
|
||
-h, --help help for http
|
||
--htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||
--key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||
--max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
|
||
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
|
||
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
|
||
--pass string Password for authentication.
|
||
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s)
|
||
--read-only Mount read-only.
|
||
--realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||
--server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||
--server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 502)
|
||
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2)
|
||
--user string User name for authentication.
|
||
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
|
||
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
|
||
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-serve-restic">rclone serve restic</h2>
|
||
<p>Serve the remote for restic's REST API.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-50">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>rclone serve restic implements restic's REST backend API over HTTP. This allows restic to use rclone as a data storage mechanism for cloud providers that restic does not support directly.</p>
|
||
<p><a href="https://restic.net/">Restic</a> is a command line program for doing backups.</p>
|
||
<p>The server will log errors. Use -v to see access logs.</p>
|
||
<p>--bwlimit will be respected for file transfers. Use --stats to control the stats printing.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="setting-up-rclone-for-use-by-restic">Setting up rclone for use by restic</h3>
|
||
<p>First <a href="/docs/#configure">set up a remote for your chosen cloud provider</a>.</p>
|
||
<p>Once you have set up the remote, check it is working with, for example "rclone lsd remote:". You may have called the remote something other than "remote:" - just substitute whatever you called it in the following instructions.</p>
|
||
<p>Now start the rclone restic server</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone serve restic -v remote:backup</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Where you can replace "backup" in the above by whatever path in the remote you wish to use.</p>
|
||
<p>By default this will serve on "localhost:8080" you can change this with use of the "--addr" flag.</p>
|
||
<p>You might wish to start this server on boot.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="setting-up-restic-to-use-rclone">Setting up restic to use rclone</h3>
|
||
<p>Now you can <a href="http://restic.readthedocs.io/en/latest/030_preparing_a_new_repo.html#rest-server">follow the restic instructions</a> on setting up restic.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that you will need restic 0.8.2 or later to interoperate with rclone.</p>
|
||
<p>For the example above you will want to use "http://localhost:8080/" as the URL for the REST server.</p>
|
||
<p>For example:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>$ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/
|
||
$ export RESTIC_PASSWORD=yourpassword
|
||
$ restic init
|
||
created restic backend 8b1a4b56ae at rest:http://localhost:8080/
|
||
|
||
Please note that knowledge of your password is required to access
|
||
the repository. Losing your password means that your data is
|
||
irrecoverably lost.
|
||
$ restic backup /path/to/files/to/backup
|
||
scan [/path/to/files/to/backup]
|
||
scanned 189 directories, 312 files in 0:00
|
||
[0:00] 100.00% 38.128 MiB / 38.128 MiB 501 / 501 items 0 errors ETA 0:00
|
||
duration: 0:00
|
||
snapshot 45c8fdd8 saved</code></pre>
|
||
<h4 id="multiple-repositories">Multiple repositories</h4>
|
||
<p>Note that you can use the endpoint to host multiple repositories. Do this by adding a directory name or path after the URL. Note that these <strong>must</strong> end with /. Eg</p>
|
||
<pre><code>$ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/user1repo/
|
||
# backup user1 stuff
|
||
$ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/user2repo/
|
||
# backup user2 stuff</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="server-options-1">Server options</h3>
|
||
<p>Use --addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, eg --addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or --addr :8080 to listen to all IPs. By default it only listens on localhost.</p>
|
||
<p>If you set --addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address then using Authentication if advised - see the next section for info.</p>
|
||
<p>--server-read-timeout and --server-write-timeout can be used to control the timeouts on the server. Note that this is the total time for a transfer.</p>
|
||
<p>--max-header-bytes controls the maximum number of bytes the server will accept in the HTTP header.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="authentication-1">Authentication</h4>
|
||
<p>By default this will serve files without needing a login.</p>
|
||
<p>You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or set a single username and password with the --user and --pass flags.</p>
|
||
<p>Use --htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd to provide an htpasswd file. This is in standard apache format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for basic authentication. Bcrypt is recommended.</p>
|
||
<p>To create an htpasswd file:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>touch htpasswd
|
||
htpasswd -B htpasswd user
|
||
htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
|
||
<p>The password file can be updated while rclone is running.</p>
|
||
<p>Use --realm to set the authentication realm.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="ssltls-1">SSL/TLS</h4>
|
||
<p>By default this will serve over http. If you want you can serve over https. You will need to supply the --cert and --key flags. If you wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need to supply --client-ca also.</p>
|
||
<p>--cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of that with the CA certificate. --key should be the PEM encoded private key and --client-ca should be the PEM encoded client certificate authority certificate.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone serve restic remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-50">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> --addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:8080")
|
||
--cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||
--client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||
-h, --help help for restic
|
||
--htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||
--key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||
--max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||
--pass string Password for authentication.
|
||
--realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||
--server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||
--server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||
--stdio run an HTTP2 server on stdin/stdout
|
||
--user string User name for authentication.</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-serve-webdav">rclone serve webdav</h2>
|
||
<p>Serve remote:path over webdav.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-51">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>rclone serve webdav implements a basic webdav server to serve the remote over HTTP via the webdav protocol. This can be viewed with a webdav client or you can make a remote of type webdav to read and write it.</p>
|
||
<p>NB at the moment each directory listing reads the start of each file which is undesirable: see https://github.com/golang/go/issues/22577</p>
|
||
<h3 id="server-options-2">Server options</h3>
|
||
<p>Use --addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, eg --addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or --addr :8080 to listen to all IPs. By default it only listens on localhost.</p>
|
||
<p>If you set --addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address then using Authentication if advised - see the next section for info.</p>
|
||
<p>--server-read-timeout and --server-write-timeout can be used to control the timeouts on the server. Note that this is the total time for a transfer.</p>
|
||
<p>--max-header-bytes controls the maximum number of bytes the server will accept in the HTTP header.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="authentication-2">Authentication</h4>
|
||
<p>By default this will serve files without needing a login.</p>
|
||
<p>You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or set a single username and password with the --user and --pass flags.</p>
|
||
<p>Use --htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd to provide an htpasswd file. This is in standard apache format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for basic authentication. Bcrypt is recommended.</p>
|
||
<p>To create an htpasswd file:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>touch htpasswd
|
||
htpasswd -B htpasswd user
|
||
htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
|
||
<p>The password file can be updated while rclone is running.</p>
|
||
<p>Use --realm to set the authentication realm.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="ssltls-2">SSL/TLS</h4>
|
||
<p>By default this will serve over http. If you want you can serve over https. You will need to supply the --cert and --key flags. If you wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need to supply --client-ca also.</p>
|
||
<p>--cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of that with the CA certificate. --key should be the PEM encoded private key and --client-ca should be the PEM encoded client certificate authority certificate.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="directory-cache-2">Directory Cache</h3>
|
||
<p>Using the <code>--dir-cache-time</code> flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the cache expires.</p>
|
||
<p>Alternatively, you can send a <code>SIGHUP</code> signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)</code></pre>
|
||
<p>If you configure rclone with a <a href="/rc">remote control</a> then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Or individual files or directories:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="file-caching-2">File Caching</h3>
|
||
<p><strong>NB</strong> File caching is <strong>EXPERIMENTAL</strong> - use with care!</p>
|
||
<p>These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a normal file system.</p>
|
||
<p>You'll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>--cache-dir string Directory rclone will use for caching.
|
||
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
|
||
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
|
||
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)</code></pre>
|
||
<p>If run with <code>-vv</code> rclone will print the location of the file cache. The files are stored in the user cache file area which is OS dependent but can be controlled with <code>--cache-dir</code> or setting the appropriate environment variable.</p>
|
||
<p>The cache has 4 different modes selected by <code>--vfs-cache-mode</code>. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won't get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on disk cache.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-off-2">--vfs-cache-mode off</h4>
|
||
<p>In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.</p>
|
||
<p>This will mean some operations are not possible</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Files can't be opened for both read AND write</li>
|
||
<li>Files opened for write can't be seeked</li>
|
||
<li>Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set</li>
|
||
<li>Files open for read with O_TRUNC will be opened write only</li>
|
||
<li>Files open for write only will behave as if O_TRUNC was supplied</li>
|
||
<li>Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored</li>
|
||
<li>If an upload fails it can't be retried</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-minimal-2">--vfs-cache-mode minimal</h4>
|
||
<p>This is very similar to "off" except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.</p>
|
||
<p>These operations are not possible</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Files opened for write only can't be seeked</li>
|
||
<li>Existing files opened for write must have O_TRUNC set</li>
|
||
<li>Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC</li>
|
||
<li>If an upload fails it can't be retried</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-writes-2">--vfs-cache-mode writes</h4>
|
||
<p>In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.</p>
|
||
<p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p>
|
||
<p>If an upload fails it will be retried up to --low-level-retries times.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-full-2">--vfs-cache-mode full</h4>
|
||
<p>In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.</p>
|
||
<p>This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching, including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.</p>
|
||
<p>In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk, it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It will be purged on a schedule according to <code>--vfs-cache-max-age</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p>
|
||
<p>If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to --low-level-retries times.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone serve webdav remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-51">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> --addr string IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:8080")
|
||
--cert string SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
|
||
--client-ca string Client certificate authority to verify clients with
|
||
--dir-cache-time duration Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s)
|
||
--gid uint32 Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 502)
|
||
-h, --help help for webdav
|
||
--htpasswd string htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
|
||
--key string SSL PEM Private key
|
||
--max-header-bytes int Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
|
||
--no-checksum Don't compare checksums on up/download.
|
||
--no-modtime Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
|
||
--no-seek Don't allow seeking in files.
|
||
--pass string Password for authentication.
|
||
--poll-interval duration Time to wait between polling for changes. Must be smaller than dir-cache-time. Only on supported remotes. Set to 0 to disable. (default 1m0s)
|
||
--read-only Mount read-only.
|
||
--realm string realm for authentication (default "rclone")
|
||
--server-read-timeout duration Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||
--server-write-timeout duration Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
|
||
--uid uint32 Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 502)
|
||
--umask int Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2)
|
||
--user string User name for authentication.
|
||
--vfs-cache-max-age duration Max age of objects in the cache. (default 1h0m0s)
|
||
--vfs-cache-mode string Cache mode off|minimal|writes|full (default "off")
|
||
--vfs-cache-poll-interval duration Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-touch">rclone touch</h2>
|
||
<p>Create new file or change file modification time.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-52">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>Create new file or change file modification time.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone touch remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-52">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -h, --help help for touch
|
||
-C, --no-create Do not create the file if it does not exist.
|
||
-t, --timestamp string Change the modification times to the specified time instead of the current time of day. The argument is of the form 'YYMMDD' (ex. 17.10.30) or 'YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS' (ex. 2006-01-02T15:04:05)</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="rclone-tree">rclone tree</h2>
|
||
<p>List the contents of the remote in a tree like fashion.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="synopsis-53">Synopsis</h3>
|
||
<p>rclone tree lists the contents of a remote in a similar way to the unix tree command.</p>
|
||
<p>For example</p>
|
||
<pre><code>$ rclone tree remote:path
|
||
/
|
||
├── file1
|
||
├── file2
|
||
├── file3
|
||
└── subdir
|
||
├── file4
|
||
└── file5
|
||
|
||
1 directories, 5 files</code></pre>
|
||
<p>You can use any of the filtering options with the tree command (eg --include and --exclude). You can also use --fast-list.</p>
|
||
<p>The tree command has many options for controlling the listing which are compatible with the tree command. Note that not all of them have short options as they conflict with rclone's short options.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone tree remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="options-53">Options</h3>
|
||
<pre><code> -a, --all All files are listed (list . files too).
|
||
-C, --color Turn colorization on always.
|
||
-d, --dirs-only List directories only.
|
||
--dirsfirst List directories before files (-U disables).
|
||
--full-path Print the full path prefix for each file.
|
||
-h, --help help for tree
|
||
--human Print the size in a more human readable way.
|
||
--level int Descend only level directories deep.
|
||
-D, --modtime Print the date of last modification.
|
||
-i, --noindent Don't print indentation lines.
|
||
--noreport Turn off file/directory count at end of tree listing.
|
||
-o, --output string Output to file instead of stdout.
|
||
-p, --protections Print the protections for each file.
|
||
-Q, --quote Quote filenames with double quotes.
|
||
-s, --size Print the size in bytes of each file.
|
||
--sort string Select sort: name,version,size,mtime,ctime.
|
||
--sort-ctime Sort files by last status change time.
|
||
-t, --sort-modtime Sort files by last modification time.
|
||
-r, --sort-reverse Reverse the order of the sort.
|
||
-U, --unsorted Leave files unsorted.
|
||
--version Sort files alphanumerically by version.</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="copying-single-files">Copying single files</h2>
|
||
<p>rclone normally syncs or copies directories. However, if the source remote points to a file, rclone will just copy that file. The destination remote must point to a directory - rclone will give the error <code>Failed to create file system for "remote:file": is a file not a directory</code> if it isn't.</p>
|
||
<p>For example, suppose you have a remote with a file in called <code>test.jpg</code>, then you could copy just that file like this</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone copy remote:test.jpg /tmp/download</code></pre>
|
||
<p>The file <code>test.jpg</code> will be placed inside <code>/tmp/download</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>This is equivalent to specifying</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone copy --files-from /tmp/files remote: /tmp/download</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Where <code>/tmp/files</code> contains the single line</p>
|
||
<pre><code>test.jpg</code></pre>
|
||
<p>It is recommended to use <code>copy</code> when copying individual files, not <code>sync</code>. They have pretty much the same effect but <code>copy</code> will use a lot less memory.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="quoting-and-the-shell">Quoting and the shell</h2>
|
||
<p>When you are typing commands to your computer you are using something called the command line shell. This interprets various characters in an OS specific way.</p>
|
||
<p>Here are some gotchas which may help users unfamiliar with the shell rules</p>
|
||
<h3 id="linux-osx">Linux / OSX</h3>
|
||
<p>If your names have spaces or shell metacharacters (eg <code>*</code>, <code>?</code>, <code>$</code>, <code>'</code>, <code>"</code> etc) then you must quote them. Use single quotes <code>'</code> by default.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone copy 'Important files?' remote:backup</code></pre>
|
||
<p>If you want to send a <code>'</code> you will need to use <code>"</code>, eg</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone copy "O'Reilly Reviews" remote:backup</code></pre>
|
||
<p>The rules for quoting metacharacters are complicated and if you want the full details you'll have to consult the manual page for your shell.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="windows">Windows</h3>
|
||
<p>If your names have spaces in you need to put them in <code>"</code>, eg</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone copy "E:\folder name\folder name\folder name" remote:backup</code></pre>
|
||
<p>If you are using the root directory on its own then don't quote it (see <a href="https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/464">#464</a> for why), eg</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone copy E:\ remote:backup</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="copying-files-or-directories-with-in-the-names">Copying files or directories with <code>:</code> in the names</h2>
|
||
<p>rclone uses <code>:</code> to mark a remote name. This is, however, a valid filename component in non-Windows OSes. The remote name parser will only search for a <code>:</code> up to the first <code>/</code> so if you need to act on a file or directory like this then use the full path starting with a <code>/</code>, or use <code>./</code> as a current directory prefix.</p>
|
||
<p>So to sync a directory called <code>sync:me</code> to a remote called <code>remote:</code> use</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone sync ./sync:me remote:path</code></pre>
|
||
<p>or</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone sync /full/path/to/sync:me remote:path</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="server-side-copy">Server Side Copy</h2>
|
||
<p>Most remotes (but not all - see <a href="/overview/#optional-features">the overview</a>) support server side copy.</p>
|
||
<p>This means if you want to copy one folder to another then rclone won't download all the files and re-upload them; it will instruct the server to copy them in place.</p>
|
||
<p>Eg</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone copy s3:oldbucket s3:newbucket</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Will copy the contents of <code>oldbucket</code> to <code>newbucket</code> without downloading and re-uploading.</p>
|
||
<p>Remotes which don't support server side copy <strong>will</strong> download and re-upload in this case.</p>
|
||
<p>Server side copies are used with <code>sync</code> and <code>copy</code> and will be identified in the log when using the <code>-v</code> flag. The <code>move</code> command may also use them if remote doesn't support server side move directly. This is done by issuing a server side copy then a delete which is much quicker than a download and re-upload.</p>
|
||
<p>Server side copies will only be attempted if the remote names are the same.</p>
|
||
<p>This can be used when scripting to make aged backups efficiently, eg</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone sync remote:current-backup remote:previous-backup
|
||
rclone sync /path/to/files remote:current-backup</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="options-54">Options</h2>
|
||
<p>Rclone has a number of options to control its behaviour.</p>
|
||
<p>Options which use TIME use the go time parser. A duration string is a possibly signed sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms", "-1.5h" or "2h45m". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h".</p>
|
||
<p>Options which use SIZE use kByte by default. However, a suffix of <code>b</code> for bytes, <code>k</code> for kBytes, <code>M</code> for MBytes and <code>G</code> for GBytes may be used. These are the binary units, eg 1, 2**10, 2**20, 2**30 respectively.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="backup-dirdir">--backup-dir=DIR</h3>
|
||
<p>When using <code>sync</code>, <code>copy</code> or <code>move</code> any files which would have been overwritten or deleted are moved in their original hierarchy into this directory.</p>
|
||
<p>If <code>--suffix</code> is set, then the moved files will have the suffix added to them. If there is a file with the same path (after the suffix has been added) in DIR, then it will be overwritten.</p>
|
||
<p>The remote in use must support server side move or copy and you must use the same remote as the destination of the sync. The backup directory must not overlap the destination directory.</p>
|
||
<p>For example</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone sync /path/to/local remote:current --backup-dir remote:old</code></pre>
|
||
<p>will sync <code>/path/to/local</code> to <code>remote:current</code>, but for any files which would have been updated or deleted will be stored in <code>remote:old</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>If running rclone from a script you might want to use today's date as the directory name passed to <code>--backup-dir</code> to store the old files, or you might want to pass <code>--suffix</code> with today's date.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="bind-string">--bind string</h3>
|
||
<p>Local address to bind to for outgoing connections. This can be an IPv4 address (1.2.3.4), an IPv6 address (1234::789A) or host name. If the host name doesn't resolve or resolves to more than one IP address it will give an error.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="bwlimitbandwidth_spec">--bwlimit=BANDWIDTH_SPEC</h3>
|
||
<p>This option controls the bandwidth limit. Limits can be specified in two ways: As a single limit, or as a timetable.</p>
|
||
<p>Single limits last for the duration of the session. To use a single limit, specify the desired bandwidth in kBytes/s, or use a suffix b|k|M|G. The default is <code>0</code> which means to not limit bandwidth.</p>
|
||
<p>For example, to limit bandwidth usage to 10 MBytes/s use <code>--bwlimit 10M</code></p>
|
||
<p>It is also possible to specify a "timetable" of limits, which will cause certain limits to be applied at certain times. To specify a timetable, format your entries as "HH:MM,BANDWIDTH HH:MM,BANDWIDTH...".</p>
|
||
<p>An example of a typical timetable to avoid link saturation during daytime working hours could be:</p>
|
||
<p><code>--bwlimit "08:00,512 12:00,10M 13:00,512 18:00,30M 23:00,off"</code></p>
|
||
<p>In this example, the transfer bandwidth will be set to 512kBytes/sec at 8am. At noon, it will raise to 10Mbytes/s, and drop back to 512kBytes/sec at 1pm. At 6pm, the bandwidth limit will be set to 30MBytes/s, and at 11pm it will be completely disabled (full speed). Anything between 11pm and 8am will remain unlimited.</p>
|
||
<p>Bandwidth limits only apply to the data transfer. They don't apply to the bandwidth of the directory listings etc.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that the units are Bytes/s, not Bits/s. Typically connections are measured in Bits/s - to convert divide by 8. For example, let's say you have a 10 Mbit/s connection and you wish rclone to use half of it - 5 Mbit/s. This is 5/8 = 0.625MByte/s so you would use a <code>--bwlimit 0.625M</code> parameter for rclone.</p>
|
||
<p>On Unix systems (Linux, MacOS, …) the bandwidth limiter can be toggled by sending a <code>SIGUSR2</code> signal to rclone. This allows to remove the limitations of a long running rclone transfer and to restore it back to the value specified with <code>--bwlimit</code> quickly when needed. Assuming there is only one rclone instance running, you can toggle the limiter like this:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>kill -SIGUSR2 $(pidof rclone)</code></pre>
|
||
<p>If you configure rclone with a <a href="/rc">remote control</a> then you can use change the bwlimit dynamically:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="buffer-sizesize">--buffer-size=SIZE</h3>
|
||
<p>Use this sized buffer to speed up file transfers. Each <code>--transfer</code> will use this much memory for buffering.</p>
|
||
<p>Set to 0 to disable the buffering for the minimum memory usage.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="checkersn">--checkers=N</h3>
|
||
<p>The number of checkers to run in parallel. Checkers do the equality checking of files during a sync. For some storage systems (eg S3, Swift, Dropbox) this can take a significant amount of time so they are run in parallel.</p>
|
||
<p>The default is to run 8 checkers in parallel.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="c---checksum">-c, --checksum</h3>
|
||
<p>Normally rclone will look at modification time and size of files to see if they are equal. If you set this flag then rclone will check the file hash and size to determine if files are equal.</p>
|
||
<p>This is useful when the remote doesn't support setting modified time and a more accurate sync is desired than just checking the file size.</p>
|
||
<p>This is very useful when transferring between remotes which store the same hash type on the object, eg Drive and Swift. For details of which remotes support which hash type see the table in the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/">overview section</a>.</p>
|
||
<p>Eg <code>rclone --checksum sync s3:/bucket swift:/bucket</code> would run much quicker than without the <code>--checksum</code> flag.</p>
|
||
<p>When using this flag, rclone won't update mtimes of remote files if they are incorrect as it would normally.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="configconfig_file">--config=CONFIG_FILE</h3>
|
||
<p>Specify the location of the rclone config file.</p>
|
||
<p>Normally the config file is in your home directory as a file called <code>.config/rclone/rclone.conf</code> (or <code>.rclone.conf</code> if created with an older version). If <code>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME</code> is set it will be at <code>$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/rclone/rclone.conf</code></p>
|
||
<p>If you run <code>rclone -h</code> and look at the help for the <code>--config</code> option you will see where the default location is for you.</p>
|
||
<p>Use this flag to override the config location, eg <code>rclone --config=".myconfig" .config</code>.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="contimeouttime">--contimeout=TIME</h3>
|
||
<p>Set the connection timeout. This should be in go time format which looks like <code>5s</code> for 5 seconds, <code>10m</code> for 10 minutes, or <code>3h30m</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>The connection timeout is the amount of time rclone will wait for a connection to go through to a remote object storage system. It is <code>1m</code> by default.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="dedupe-mode-mode">--dedupe-mode MODE</h3>
|
||
<p>Mode to run dedupe command in. One of <code>interactive</code>, <code>skip</code>, <code>first</code>, <code>newest</code>, <code>oldest</code>, <code>rename</code>. The default is <code>interactive</code>. See the dedupe command for more information as to what these options mean.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="disable-featurefeature...">--disable FEATURE,FEATURE,...</h3>
|
||
<p>This disables a comma separated list of optional features. For example to disable server side move and server side copy use:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>--disable move,copy</code></pre>
|
||
<p>The features can be put in in any case.</p>
|
||
<p>To see a list of which features can be disabled use:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>--disable help</code></pre>
|
||
<p>See the overview <a href="/overview/#features">features</a> and <a href="/overview/#optional-features">optional features</a> to get an idea of which feature does what.</p>
|
||
<p>This flag can be useful for debugging and in exceptional circumstances (eg Google Drive limiting the total volume of Server Side Copies to 100GB/day).</p>
|
||
<h3 id="n---dry-run">-n, --dry-run</h3>
|
||
<p>Do a trial run with no permanent changes. Use this to see what rclone would do without actually doing it. Useful when setting up the <code>sync</code> command which deletes files in the destination.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="ignore-checksum">--ignore-checksum</h3>
|
||
<p>Normally rclone will check that the checksums of transferred files match, and give an error "corrupted on transfer" if they don't.</p>
|
||
<p>You can use this option to skip that check. You should only use it if you have had the "corrupted on transfer" error message and you are sure you might want to transfer potentially corrupted data.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="ignore-existing">--ignore-existing</h3>
|
||
<p>Using this option will make rclone unconditionally skip all files that exist on the destination, no matter the content of these files.</p>
|
||
<p>While this isn't a generally recommended option, it can be useful in cases where your files change due to encryption. However, it cannot correct partial transfers in case a transfer was interrupted.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="ignore-size">--ignore-size</h3>
|
||
<p>Normally rclone will look at modification time and size of files to see if they are equal. If you set this flag then rclone will check only the modification time. If <code>--checksum</code> is set then it only checks the checksum.</p>
|
||
<p>It will also cause rclone to skip verifying the sizes are the same after transfer.</p>
|
||
<p>This can be useful for transferring files to and from OneDrive which occasionally misreports the size of image files (see <a href="https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/399">#399</a> for more info).</p>
|
||
<h3 id="i---ignore-times">-I, --ignore-times</h3>
|
||
<p>Using this option will cause rclone to unconditionally upload all files regardless of the state of files on the destination.</p>
|
||
<p>Normally rclone would skip any files that have the same modification time and are the same size (or have the same checksum if using <code>--checksum</code>).</p>
|
||
<h3 id="immutable">--immutable</h3>
|
||
<p>Treat source and destination files as immutable and disallow modification.</p>
|
||
<p>With this option set, files will be created and deleted as requested, but existing files will never be updated. If an existing file does not match between the source and destination, rclone will give the error <code>Source and destination exist but do not match: immutable file modified</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that only commands which transfer files (e.g. <code>sync</code>, <code>copy</code>, <code>move</code>) are affected by this behavior, and only modification is disallowed. Files may still be deleted explicitly (e.g. <code>delete</code>, <code>purge</code>) or implicitly (e.g. <code>sync</code>, <code>move</code>). Use <code>copy --immutable</code> if it is desired to avoid deletion as well as modification.</p>
|
||
<p>This can be useful as an additional layer of protection for immutable or append-only data sets (notably backup archives), where modification implies corruption and should not be propagated.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="leave-root">--leave-root</h2>
|
||
<p>During rmdirs it will not remove root directory, even if it's empty.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="log-filefile">--log-file=FILE</h3>
|
||
<p>Log all of rclone's output to FILE. This is not active by default. This can be useful for tracking down problems with syncs in combination with the <code>-v</code> flag. See the <a href="#logging">Logging section</a> for more info.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="log-level-level">--log-level LEVEL</h3>
|
||
<p>This sets the log level for rclone. The default log level is <code>NOTICE</code>.</p>
|
||
<p><code>DEBUG</code> is equivalent to <code>-vv</code>. It outputs lots of debug info - useful for bug reports and really finding out what rclone is doing.</p>
|
||
<p><code>INFO</code> is equivalent to <code>-v</code>. It outputs information about each transfer and prints stats once a minute by default.</p>
|
||
<p><code>NOTICE</code> is the default log level if no logging flags are supplied. It outputs very little when things are working normally. It outputs warnings and significant events.</p>
|
||
<p><code>ERROR</code> is equivalent to <code>-q</code>. It only outputs error messages.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="low-level-retries-number">--low-level-retries NUMBER</h3>
|
||
<p>This controls the number of low level retries rclone does.</p>
|
||
<p>A low level retry is used to retry a failing operation - typically one HTTP request. This might be uploading a chunk of a big file for example. You will see low level retries in the log with the <code>-v</code> flag.</p>
|
||
<p>This shouldn't need to be changed from the default in normal operations. However, if you get a lot of low level retries you may wish to reduce the value so rclone moves on to a high level retry (see the <code>--retries</code> flag) quicker.</p>
|
||
<p>Disable low level retries with <code>--low-level-retries 1</code>.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="max-deleten">--max-delete=N</h3>
|
||
<p>This tells rclone not to delete more than N files. If that limit is exceeded then a fatal error will be generated and rclone will stop the operation in progress.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="max-depthn">--max-depth=N</h3>
|
||
<p>This modifies the recursion depth for all the commands except purge.</p>
|
||
<p>So if you do <code>rclone --max-depth 1 ls remote:path</code> you will see only the files in the top level directory. Using <code>--max-depth 2</code> means you will see all the files in first two directory levels and so on.</p>
|
||
<p>For historical reasons the <code>lsd</code> command defaults to using a <code>--max-depth</code> of 1 - you can override this with the command line flag.</p>
|
||
<p>You can use this command to disable recursion (with <code>--max-depth 1</code>).</p>
|
||
<p>Note that if you use this with <code>sync</code> and <code>--delete-excluded</code> the files not recursed through are considered excluded and will be deleted on the destination. Test first with <code>--dry-run</code> if you are not sure what will happen.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="modify-windowtime">--modify-window=TIME</h3>
|
||
<p>When checking whether a file has been modified, this is the maximum allowed time difference that a file can have and still be considered equivalent.</p>
|
||
<p>The default is <code>1ns</code> unless this is overridden by a remote. For example OS X only stores modification times to the nearest second so if you are reading and writing to an OS X filing system this will be <code>1s</code> by default.</p>
|
||
<p>This command line flag allows you to override that computed default.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="no-gzip-encoding">--no-gzip-encoding</h3>
|
||
<p>Don't set <code>Accept-Encoding: gzip</code>. This means that rclone won't ask the server for compressed files automatically. Useful if you've set the server to return files with <code>Content-Encoding: gzip</code> but you uploaded compressed files.</p>
|
||
<p>There is no need to set this in normal operation, and doing so will decrease the network transfer efficiency of rclone.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="no-update-modtime">--no-update-modtime</h3>
|
||
<p>When using this flag, rclone won't update modification times of remote files if they are incorrect as it would normally.</p>
|
||
<p>This can be used if the remote is being synced with another tool also (eg the Google Drive client).</p>
|
||
<h3 id="q---quiet">-q, --quiet</h3>
|
||
<p>Normally rclone outputs stats and a completion message. If you set this flag it will make as little output as possible.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="retries-int">--retries int</h3>
|
||
<p>Retry the entire sync if it fails this many times it fails (default 3).</p>
|
||
<p>Some remotes can be unreliable and a few retries help pick up the files which didn't get transferred because of errors.</p>
|
||
<p>Disable retries with <code>--retries 1</code>.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="size-only">--size-only</h3>
|
||
<p>Normally rclone will look at modification time and size of files to see if they are equal. If you set this flag then rclone will check only the size.</p>
|
||
<p>This can be useful transferring files from Dropbox which have been modified by the desktop sync client which doesn't set checksums of modification times in the same way as rclone.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="statstime">--stats=TIME</h3>
|
||
<p>Commands which transfer data (<code>sync</code>, <code>copy</code>, <code>copyto</code>, <code>move</code>, <code>moveto</code>) will print data transfer stats at regular intervals to show their progress.</p>
|
||
<p>This sets the interval.</p>
|
||
<p>The default is <code>1m</code>. Use 0 to disable.</p>
|
||
<p>If you set the stats interval then all commands can show stats. This can be useful when running other commands, <code>check</code> or <code>mount</code> for example.</p>
|
||
<p>Stats are logged at <code>INFO</code> level by default which means they won't show at default log level <code>NOTICE</code>. Use <code>--stats-log-level NOTICE</code> or <code>-v</code> to make them show. See the <a href="#logging">Logging section</a> for more info on log levels.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="stats-file-name-length-integer">--stats-file-name-length integer</h3>
|
||
<p>By default, the <code>--stats</code> output will truncate file names and paths longer than 40 characters. This is equivalent to providing <code>--stats-file-name-length 40</code>. Use <code>--stats-file-name-length 0</code> to disable any truncation of file names printed by stats.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="stats-log-level-string">--stats-log-level string</h3>
|
||
<p>Log level to show <code>--stats</code> output at. This can be <code>DEBUG</code>, <code>INFO</code>, <code>NOTICE</code>, or <code>ERROR</code>. The default is <code>INFO</code>. This means at the default level of logging which is <code>NOTICE</code> the stats won't show - if you want them to then use <code>--stats-log-level NOTICE</code>. See the <a href="#logging">Logging section</a> for more info on log levels.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="stats-unitbitsbytes">--stats-unit=bits|bytes</h3>
|
||
<p>By default, data transfer rates will be printed in bytes/second.</p>
|
||
<p>This option allows the data rate to be printed in bits/second.</p>
|
||
<p>Data transfer volume will still be reported in bytes.</p>
|
||
<p>The rate is reported as a binary unit, not SI unit. So 1 Mbit/s equals 1,048,576 bits/s and not 1,000,000 bits/s.</p>
|
||
<p>The default is <code>bytes</code>.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="suffixsuffix">--suffix=SUFFIX</h3>
|
||
<p>This is for use with <code>--backup-dir</code> only. If this isn't set then <code>--backup-dir</code> will move files with their original name. If it is set then the files will have SUFFIX added on to them.</p>
|
||
<p>See <code>--backup-dir</code> for more info.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="syslog">--syslog</h3>
|
||
<p>On capable OSes (not Windows or Plan9) send all log output to syslog.</p>
|
||
<p>This can be useful for running rclone in a script or <code>rclone mount</code>.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="syslog-facility-string">--syslog-facility string</h3>
|
||
<p>If using <code>--syslog</code> this sets the syslog facility (eg <code>KERN</code>, <code>USER</code>). See <code>man syslog</code> for a list of possible facilities. The default facility is <code>DAEMON</code>.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="tpslimit-float">--tpslimit float</h3>
|
||
<p>Limit HTTP transactions per second to this. Default is 0 which is used to mean unlimited transactions per second.</p>
|
||
<p>For example to limit rclone to 10 HTTP transactions per second use <code>--tpslimit 10</code>, or to 1 transaction every 2 seconds use <code>--tpslimit 0.5</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>Use this when the number of transactions per second from rclone is causing a problem with the cloud storage provider (eg getting you banned or rate limited).</p>
|
||
<p>This can be very useful for <code>rclone mount</code> to control the behaviour of applications using it.</p>
|
||
<p>See also <code>--tpslimit-burst</code>.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="tpslimit-burst-int">--tpslimit-burst int</h3>
|
||
<p>Max burst of transactions for <code>--tpslimit</code>. (default 1)</p>
|
||
<p>Normally <code>--tpslimit</code> will do exactly the number of transaction per second specified. However if you supply <code>--tps-burst</code> then rclone can save up some transactions from when it was idle giving a burst of up to the parameter supplied.</p>
|
||
<p>For example if you provide <code>--tpslimit-burst 10</code> then if rclone has been idle for more than 10*<code>--tpslimit</code> then it can do 10 transactions very quickly before they are limited again.</p>
|
||
<p>This may be used to increase performance of <code>--tpslimit</code> without changing the long term average number of transactions per second.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="track-renames">--track-renames</h3>
|
||
<p>By default, rclone doesn't keep track of renamed files, so if you rename a file locally then sync it to a remote, rclone will delete the old file on the remote and upload a new copy.</p>
|
||
<p>If you use this flag, and the remote supports server side copy or server side move, and the source and destination have a compatible hash, then this will track renames during <code>sync</code>, <code>copy</code>, and <code>move</code> operations and perform renaming server-side.</p>
|
||
<p>Files will be matched by size and hash - if both match then a rename will be considered.</p>
|
||
<p>If the destination does not support server-side copy or move, rclone will fall back to the default behaviour and log an error level message to the console.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that <code>--track-renames</code> uses extra memory to keep track of all the rename candidates.</p>
|
||
<p>Note also that <code>--track-renames</code> is incompatible with <code>--delete-before</code> and will select <code>--delete-after</code> instead of <code>--delete-during</code>.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="delete-beforeduringafter">--delete-(before,during,after)</h3>
|
||
<p>This option allows you to specify when files on your destination are deleted when you sync folders.</p>
|
||
<p>Specifying the value <code>--delete-before</code> will delete all files present on the destination, but not on the source <em>before</em> starting the transfer of any new or updated files. This uses two passes through the file systems, one for the deletions and one for the copies.</p>
|
||
<p>Specifying <code>--delete-during</code> will delete files while checking and uploading files. This is the fastest option and uses the least memory.</p>
|
||
<p>Specifying <code>--delete-after</code> (the default value) will delay deletion of files until all new/updated files have been successfully transferred. The files to be deleted are collected in the copy pass then deleted after the copy pass has completed successfully. The files to be deleted are held in memory so this mode may use more memory. This is the safest mode as it will only delete files if there have been no errors subsequent to that. If there have been errors before the deletions start then you will get the message <code>not deleting files as there were IO errors</code>.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="fast-list">--fast-list</h3>
|
||
<p>When doing anything which involves a directory listing (eg <code>sync</code>, <code>copy</code>, <code>ls</code> - in fact nearly every command), rclone normally lists a directory and processes it before using more directory lists to process any subdirectories. This can be parallelised and works very quickly using the least amount of memory.</p>
|
||
<p>However, some remotes have a way of listing all files beneath a directory in one (or a small number) of transactions. These tend to be the bucket based remotes (eg S3, B2, GCS, Swift, Hubic).</p>
|
||
<p>If you use the <code>--fast-list</code> flag then rclone will use this method for listing directories. This will have the following consequences for the listing:</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>It <strong>will</strong> use fewer transactions (important if you pay for them)</li>
|
||
<li>It <strong>will</strong> use more memory. Rclone has to load the whole listing into memory.</li>
|
||
<li>It <em>may</em> be faster because it uses fewer transactions</li>
|
||
<li>It <em>may</em> be slower because it can't be parallelized</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>rclone should always give identical results with and without <code>--fast-list</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>If you pay for transactions and can fit your entire sync listing into memory then <code>--fast-list</code> is recommended. If you have a very big sync to do then don't use <code>--fast-list</code> otherwise you will run out of memory.</p>
|
||
<p>If you use <code>--fast-list</code> on a remote which doesn't support it, then rclone will just ignore it.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="timeouttime">--timeout=TIME</h3>
|
||
<p>This sets the IO idle timeout. If a transfer has started but then becomes idle for this long it is considered broken and disconnected.</p>
|
||
<p>The default is <code>5m</code>. Set to 0 to disable.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="transfersn">--transfers=N</h3>
|
||
<p>The number of file transfers to run in parallel. It can sometimes be useful to set this to a smaller number if the remote is giving a lot of timeouts or bigger if you have lots of bandwidth and a fast remote.</p>
|
||
<p>The default is to run 4 file transfers in parallel.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="u---update">-u, --update</h3>
|
||
<p>This forces rclone to skip any files which exist on the destination and have a modified time that is newer than the source file.</p>
|
||
<p>If an existing destination file has a modification time equal (within the computed modify window precision) to the source file's, it will be updated if the sizes are different.</p>
|
||
<p>On remotes which don't support mod time directly the time checked will be the uploaded time. This means that if uploading to one of these remotes, rclone will skip any files which exist on the destination and have an uploaded time that is newer than the modification time of the source file.</p>
|
||
<p>This can be useful when transferring to a remote which doesn't support mod times directly as it is more accurate than a <code>--size-only</code> check and faster than using <code>--checksum</code>.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="v--vv---verbose">-v, -vv, --verbose</h3>
|
||
<p>With <code>-v</code> rclone will tell you about each file that is transferred and a small number of significant events.</p>
|
||
<p>With <code>-vv</code> rclone will become very verbose telling you about every file it considers and transfers. Please send bug reports with a log with this setting.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="v---version">-V, --version</h3>
|
||
<p>Prints the version number</p>
|
||
<h2 id="configuration-encryption">Configuration Encryption</h2>
|
||
<p>Your configuration file contains information for logging in to your cloud services. This means that you should keep your <code>.rclone.conf</code> file in a secure location.</p>
|
||
<p>If you are in an environment where that isn't possible, you can add a password to your configuration. This means that you will have to enter the password every time you start rclone.</p>
|
||
<p>To add a password to your rclone configuration, execute <code>rclone config</code>.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>>rclone config
|
||
Current remotes:
|
||
|
||
e) Edit existing remote
|
||
n) New remote
|
||
d) Delete remote
|
||
s) Set configuration password
|
||
q) Quit config
|
||
e/n/d/s/q></code></pre>
|
||
<p>Go into <code>s</code>, Set configuration password:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>e/n/d/s/q> s
|
||
Your configuration is not encrypted.
|
||
If you add a password, you will protect your login information to cloud services.
|
||
a) Add Password
|
||
q) Quit to main menu
|
||
a/q> a
|
||
Enter NEW configuration password:
|
||
password:
|
||
Confirm NEW password:
|
||
password:
|
||
Password set
|
||
Your configuration is encrypted.
|
||
c) Change Password
|
||
u) Unencrypt configuration
|
||
q) Quit to main menu
|
||
c/u/q></code></pre>
|
||
<p>Your configuration is now encrypted, and every time you start rclone you will now be asked for the password. In the same menu, you can change the password or completely remove encryption from your configuration.</p>
|
||
<p>There is no way to recover the configuration if you lose your password.</p>
|
||
<p>rclone uses <a href="https://godoc.org/golang.org/x/crypto/nacl/secretbox">nacl secretbox</a> which in turn uses XSalsa20 and Poly1305 to encrypt and authenticate your configuration with secret-key cryptography. The password is SHA-256 hashed, which produces the key for secretbox. The hashed password is not stored.</p>
|
||
<p>While this provides very good security, we do not recommend storing your encrypted rclone configuration in public if it contains sensitive information, maybe except if you use a very strong password.</p>
|
||
<p>If it is safe in your environment, you can set the <code>RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS</code> environment variable to contain your password, in which case it will be used for decrypting the configuration.</p>
|
||
<p>You can set this for a session from a script. For unix like systems save this to a file called <code>set-rclone-password</code>:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>#!/bin/echo Source this file don't run it
|
||
|
||
read -s RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS
|
||
export RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Then source the file when you want to use it. From the shell you would do <code>source set-rclone-password</code>. It will then ask you for the password and set it in the environment variable.</p>
|
||
<p>If you are running rclone inside a script, you might want to disable password prompts. To do that, pass the parameter <code>--ask-password=false</code> to rclone. This will make rclone fail instead of asking for a password if <code>RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS</code> doesn't contain a valid password.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="developer-options">Developer options</h2>
|
||
<p>These options are useful when developing or debugging rclone. There are also some more remote specific options which aren't documented here which are used for testing. These start with remote name eg <code>--drive-test-option</code> - see the docs for the remote in question.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="cpuprofilefile">--cpuprofile=FILE</h3>
|
||
<p>Write CPU profile to file. This can be analysed with <code>go tool pprof</code>.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="dump-flagflagflag">--dump flag,flag,flag</h4>
|
||
<p>The <code>--dump</code> flag takes a comma separated list of flags to dump info about. These are:</p>
|
||
<h4 id="dump-headers">--dump headers</h4>
|
||
<p>Dump HTTP headers with <code>Authorization:</code> lines removed. May still contain sensitive info. Can be very verbose. Useful for debugging only.</p>
|
||
<p>Use <code>--dump auth</code> if you do want the <code>Authorization:</code> headers.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="dump-bodies">--dump bodies</h4>
|
||
<p>Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info. Can be very verbose. Useful for debugging only.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that the bodies are buffered in memory so don't use this for enormous files.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="dump-requests">--dump requests</h4>
|
||
<p>Like <code>--dump bodies</code> but dumps the request bodies and the response headers. Useful for debugging download problems.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="dump-responses">--dump responses</h4>
|
||
<p>Like <code>--dump bodies</code> but dumps the response bodies and the request headers. Useful for debugging upload problems.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="dump-auth">--dump auth</h4>
|
||
<p>Dump HTTP headers - will contain sensitive info such as <code>Authorization:</code> headers - use <code>--dump headers</code> to dump without <code>Authorization:</code> headers. Can be very verbose. Useful for debugging only.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="dump-filters">--dump filters</h4>
|
||
<p>Dump the filters to the output. Useful to see exactly what include and exclude options are filtering on.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="memprofilefile">--memprofile=FILE</h3>
|
||
<p>Write memory profile to file. This can be analysed with <code>go tool pprof</code>.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="no-check-certificatetruefalse">--no-check-certificate=true/false</h3>
|
||
<p><code>--no-check-certificate</code> controls whether a client verifies the server's certificate chain and host name. If <code>--no-check-certificate</code> is true, TLS accepts any certificate presented by the server and any host name in that certificate. In this mode, TLS is susceptible to man-in-the-middle attacks.</p>
|
||
<p>This option defaults to <code>false</code>.</p>
|
||
<p><strong>This should be used only for testing.</strong></p>
|
||
<h2 id="filtering">Filtering</h2>
|
||
<p>For the filtering options</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><code>--delete-excluded</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>--filter</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>--filter-from</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>--exclude</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>--exclude-from</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>--include</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>--include-from</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>--files-from</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>--min-size</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>--max-size</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>--min-age</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>--max-age</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>--dump filters</code></li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/filtering/">filtering section</a>.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="remote-control">Remote control</h2>
|
||
<p>For the remote control options and for instructions on how to remote control rclone</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><code>--rc</code></li>
|
||
<li>and anything starting with <code>--rc-</code></li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>See <a href="https://rclone.org/rc/">the remote control section</a>.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="logging">Logging</h2>
|
||
<p>rclone has 4 levels of logging, <code>ERROR</code>, <code>NOTICE</code>, <code>INFO</code> and <code>DEBUG</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>By default, rclone logs to standard error. This means you can redirect standard error and still see the normal output of rclone commands (eg <code>rclone ls</code>).</p>
|
||
<p>By default, rclone will produce <code>Error</code> and <code>Notice</code> level messages.</p>
|
||
<p>If you use the <code>-q</code> flag, rclone will only produce <code>Error</code> messages.</p>
|
||
<p>If you use the <code>-v</code> flag, rclone will produce <code>Error</code>, <code>Notice</code> and <code>Info</code> messages.</p>
|
||
<p>If you use the <code>-vv</code> flag, rclone will produce <code>Error</code>, <code>Notice</code>, <code>Info</code> and <code>Debug</code> messages.</p>
|
||
<p>You can also control the log levels with the <code>--log-level</code> flag.</p>
|
||
<p>If you use the <code>--log-file=FILE</code> option, rclone will redirect <code>Error</code>, <code>Info</code> and <code>Debug</code> messages along with standard error to FILE.</p>
|
||
<p>If you use the <code>--syslog</code> flag then rclone will log to syslog and the <code>--syslog-facility</code> control which facility it uses.</p>
|
||
<p>Rclone prefixes all log messages with their level in capitals, eg INFO which makes it easy to grep the log file for different kinds of information.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="exit-code">Exit Code</h2>
|
||
<p>If any errors occur during the command execution, rclone will exit with a non-zero exit code. This allows scripts to detect when rclone operations have failed.</p>
|
||
<p>During the startup phase, rclone will exit immediately if an error is detected in the configuration. There will always be a log message immediately before exiting.</p>
|
||
<p>When rclone is running it will accumulate errors as it goes along, and only exit with a non-zero exit code if (after retries) there were still failed transfers. For every error counted there will be a high priority log message (visible with <code>-q</code>) showing the message and which file caused the problem. A high priority message is also shown when starting a retry so the user can see that any previous error messages may not be valid after the retry. If rclone has done a retry it will log a high priority message if the retry was successful.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="list-of-exit-codes">List of exit codes</h3>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><code>0</code> - success</li>
|
||
<li><code>1</code> - Syntax or usage error</li>
|
||
<li><code>2</code> - Error not otherwise categorised</li>
|
||
<li><code>3</code> - Directory not found</li>
|
||
<li><code>4</code> - File not found</li>
|
||
<li><code>5</code> - Temporary error (one that more retries might fix) (Retry errors)</li>
|
||
<li><code>6</code> - Less serious errors (like 461 errors from dropbox) (NoRetry errors)</li>
|
||
<li><code>7</code> - Fatal error (one that more retries won't fix, like account suspended) (Fatal errors)</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<h2 id="environment-variables">Environment Variables</h2>
|
||
<p>Rclone can be configured entirely using environment variables. These can be used to set defaults for options or config file entries.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="options-55">Options</h3>
|
||
<p>Every option in rclone can have its default set by environment variable.</p>
|
||
<p>To find the name of the environment variable, first, take the long option name, strip the leading <code>--</code>, change <code>-</code> to <code>_</code>, make upper case and prepend <code>RCLONE_</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>For example, to always set <code>--stats 5s</code>, set the environment variable <code>RCLONE_STATS=5s</code>. If you set stats on the command line this will override the environment variable setting.</p>
|
||
<p>Or to always use the trash in drive <code>--drive-use-trash</code>, set <code>RCLONE_DRIVE_USE_TRASH=true</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>The same parser is used for the options and the environment variables so they take exactly the same form.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="config-file">Config file</h3>
|
||
<p>You can set defaults for values in the config file on an individual remote basis. If you want to use this feature, you will need to discover the name of the config items that you want. The easiest way is to run through <code>rclone config</code> by hand, then look in the config file to see what the values are (the config file can be found by looking at the help for <code>--config</code> in <code>rclone help</code>).</p>
|
||
<p>To find the name of the environment variable, you need to set, take <code>RCLONE_CONFIG_</code> + name of remote + <code>_</code> + name of config file option and make it all uppercase.</p>
|
||
<p>For example, to configure an S3 remote named <code>mys3:</code> without a config file (using unix ways of setting environment variables):</p>
|
||
<pre><code>$ export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYS3_TYPE=s3
|
||
$ export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYS3_ACCESS_KEY_ID=XXX
|
||
$ export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYS3_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=XXX
|
||
$ rclone lsd MYS3:
|
||
-1 2016-09-21 12:54:21 -1 my-bucket
|
||
$ rclone listremotes | grep mys3
|
||
mys3:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Note that if you want to create a remote using environment variables you must create the <code>..._TYPE</code> variable as above.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="other-environment-variables">Other environment variables</h3>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS` set to contain your config file password (see <a href="#configuration-encryption">Configuration Encryption</a> section)</li>
|
||
<li>HTTP_PROXY, HTTPS_PROXY and NO_PROXY (or the lowercase versions thereof).
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>HTTPS_PROXY takes precedence over HTTP_PROXY for https requests.</li>
|
||
<li>The environment values may be either a complete URL or a "host[:port]" for, in which case the "http" scheme is assumed.</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<h1 id="configuring-rclone-on-a-remote-headless-machine">Configuring rclone on a remote / headless machine</h1>
|
||
<p>Some of the configurations (those involving oauth2) require an Internet connected web browser.</p>
|
||
<p>If you are trying to set rclone up on a remote or headless box with no browser available on it (eg a NAS or a server in a datacenter) then you will need to use an alternative means of configuration. There are two ways of doing it, described below.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="configuring-using-rclone-authorize">Configuring using rclone authorize</h2>
|
||
<p>On the headless box</p>
|
||
<pre><code>...
|
||
Remote config
|
||
Use auto config?
|
||
* Say Y if not sure
|
||
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
|
||
y) Yes
|
||
n) No
|
||
y/n> n
|
||
For this to work, you will need rclone available on a machine that has a web browser available.
|
||
Execute the following on your machine:
|
||
rclone authorize "amazon cloud drive"
|
||
Then paste the result below:
|
||
result></code></pre>
|
||
<p>Then on your main desktop machine</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone authorize "amazon cloud drive"
|
||
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
|
||
Log in and authorize rclone for access
|
||
Waiting for code...
|
||
Got code
|
||
Paste the following into your remote machine --->
|
||
SECRET_TOKEN
|
||
<---End paste</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Then back to the headless box, paste in the code</p>
|
||
<pre><code>result> SECRET_TOKEN
|
||
--------------------
|
||
[acd12]
|
||
client_id =
|
||
client_secret =
|
||
token = SECRET_TOKEN
|
||
--------------------
|
||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||
e) Edit this remote
|
||
d) Delete this remote
|
||
y/e/d></code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="configuring-by-copying-the-config-file">Configuring by copying the config file</h2>
|
||
<p>Rclone stores all of its config in a single configuration file. This can easily be copied to configure a remote rclone.</p>
|
||
<p>So first configure rclone on your desktop machine</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone config</code></pre>
|
||
<p>to set up the config file.</p>
|
||
<p>Find the config file by running <code>rclone -h</code> and looking for the help for the <code>--config</code> option</p>
|
||
<pre><code>$ rclone -h
|
||
[snip]
|
||
--config="/home/user/.rclone.conf": Config file.
|
||
[snip]</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Now transfer it to the remote box (scp, cut paste, ftp, sftp etc) and place it in the correct place (use <code>rclone -h</code> on the remote box to find out where).</p>
|
||
<h1 id="filtering-includes-and-excludes">Filtering, includes and excludes</h1>
|
||
<p>Rclone has a sophisticated set of include and exclude rules. Some of these are based on patterns and some on other things like file size.</p>
|
||
<p>The filters are applied for the <code>copy</code>, <code>sync</code>, <code>move</code>, <code>ls</code>, <code>lsl</code>, <code>md5sum</code>, <code>sha1sum</code>, <code>size</code>, <code>delete</code> and <code>check</code> operations. Note that <code>purge</code> does not obey the filters.</p>
|
||
<p>Each path as it passes through rclone is matched against the include and exclude rules like <code>--include</code>, <code>--exclude</code>, <code>--include-from</code>, <code>--exclude-from</code>, <code>--filter</code>, or <code>--filter-from</code>. The simplest way to try them out is using the <code>ls</code> command, or <code>--dry-run</code> together with <code>-v</code>.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="patterns">Patterns</h2>
|
||
<p>The patterns used to match files for inclusion or exclusion are based on "file globs" as used by the unix shell.</p>
|
||
<p>If the pattern starts with a <code>/</code> then it only matches at the top level of the directory tree, <strong>relative to the root of the remote</strong> (not necessarily the root of the local drive). If it doesn't start with <code>/</code> then it is matched starting at the <strong>end of the path</strong>, but it will only match a complete path element:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>file.jpg - matches "file.jpg"
|
||
- matches "directory/file.jpg"
|
||
- doesn't match "afile.jpg"
|
||
- doesn't match "directory/afile.jpg"
|
||
/file.jpg - matches "file.jpg" in the root directory of the remote
|
||
- doesn't match "afile.jpg"
|
||
- doesn't match "directory/file.jpg"</code></pre>
|
||
<p><strong>Important</strong> Note that you must use <code>/</code> in patterns and not <code>\</code> even if running on Windows.</p>
|
||
<p>A <code>*</code> matches anything but not a <code>/</code>.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>*.jpg - matches "file.jpg"
|
||
- matches "directory/file.jpg"
|
||
- doesn't match "file.jpg/something"</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Use <code>**</code> to match anything, including slashes (<code>/</code>).</p>
|
||
<pre><code>dir/** - matches "dir/file.jpg"
|
||
- matches "dir/dir1/dir2/file.jpg"
|
||
- doesn't match "directory/file.jpg"
|
||
- doesn't match "adir/file.jpg"</code></pre>
|
||
<p>A <code>?</code> matches any character except a slash <code>/</code>.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>l?ss - matches "less"
|
||
- matches "lass"
|
||
- doesn't match "floss"</code></pre>
|
||
<p>A <code>[</code> and <code>]</code> together make a a character class, such as <code>[a-z]</code> or <code>[aeiou]</code> or <code>[[:alpha:]]</code>. See the <a href="https://golang.org/pkg/regexp/syntax/">go regexp docs</a> for more info on these.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>h[ae]llo - matches "hello"
|
||
- matches "hallo"
|
||
- doesn't match "hullo"</code></pre>
|
||
<p>A <code>{</code> and <code>}</code> define a choice between elements. It should contain a comma separated list of patterns, any of which might match. These patterns can contain wildcards.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>{one,two}_potato - matches "one_potato"
|
||
- matches "two_potato"
|
||
- doesn't match "three_potato"
|
||
- doesn't match "_potato"</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Special characters can be escaped with a <code>\</code> before them.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>\*.jpg - matches "*.jpg"
|
||
\\.jpg - matches "\.jpg"
|
||
\[one\].jpg - matches "[one].jpg"</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Note also that rclone filter globs can only be used in one of the filter command line flags, not in the specification of the remote, so <code>rclone copy "remote:dir*.jpg" /path/to/dir</code> won't work - what is required is <code>rclone --include "*.jpg" copy remote:dir /path/to/dir</code></p>
|
||
<h3 id="directories">Directories</h3>
|
||
<p>Rclone keeps track of directories that could match any file patterns.</p>
|
||
<p>Eg if you add the include rule</p>
|
||
<pre><code>/a/*.jpg</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Rclone will synthesize the directory include rule</p>
|
||
<pre><code>/a/</code></pre>
|
||
<p>If you put any rules which end in <code>/</code> then it will only match directories.</p>
|
||
<p>Directory matches are <strong>only</strong> used to optimise directory access patterns - you must still match the files that you want to match. Directory matches won't optimise anything on bucket based remotes (eg s3, swift, google compute storage, b2) which don't have a concept of directory.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="differences-between-rsync-and-rclone-patterns">Differences between rsync and rclone patterns</h3>
|
||
<p>Rclone implements bash style <code>{a,b,c}</code> glob matching which rsync doesn't.</p>
|
||
<p>Rclone always does a wildcard match so <code>\</code> must always escape a <code>\</code>.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="how-the-rules-are-used">How the rules are used</h2>
|
||
<p>Rclone maintains a combined list of include rules and exclude rules.</p>
|
||
<p>Each file is matched in order, starting from the top, against the rule in the list until it finds a match. The file is then included or excluded according to the rule type.</p>
|
||
<p>If the matcher fails to find a match after testing against all the entries in the list then the path is included.</p>
|
||
<p>For example given the following rules, <code>+</code> being include, <code>-</code> being exclude,</p>
|
||
<pre><code>- secret*.jpg
|
||
+ *.jpg
|
||
+ *.png
|
||
+ file2.avi
|
||
- *</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This would include</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><code>file1.jpg</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>file3.png</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>file2.avi</code></li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>This would exclude</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><code>secret17.jpg</code></li>
|
||
<li>non <code>*.jpg</code> and <code>*.png</code></li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>A similar process is done on directory entries before recursing into them. This only works on remotes which have a concept of directory (Eg local, google drive, onedrive, amazon drive) and not on bucket based remotes (eg s3, swift, google compute storage, b2).</p>
|
||
<h2 id="adding-filtering-rules">Adding filtering rules</h2>
|
||
<p>Filtering rules are added with the following command line flags.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="repeating-options">Repeating options</h3>
|
||
<p>You can repeat the following options to add more than one rule of that type.</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><code>--include</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>--include-from</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>--exclude</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>--exclude-from</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>--filter</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>--filter-from</code></li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p><strong>Important</strong> You should not use <code>--include*</code> together with <code>--exclude*</code>. It may produce different results than you expected. In that case try to use: <code>--filter*</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that all the options of the same type are processed together in the order above, regardless of what order they were placed on the command line.</p>
|
||
<p>So all <code>--include</code> options are processed first in the order they appeared on the command line, then all <code>--include-from</code> options etc.</p>
|
||
<p>To mix up the order includes and excludes, the <code>--filter</code> flag can be used.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="exclude---exclude-files-matching-pattern"><code>--exclude</code> - Exclude files matching pattern</h3>
|
||
<p>Add a single exclude rule with <code>--exclude</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are processed in.</p>
|
||
<p>Eg <code>--exclude *.bak</code> to exclude all bak files from the sync.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="exclude-from---read-exclude-patterns-from-file"><code>--exclude-from</code> - Read exclude patterns from file</h3>
|
||
<p>Add exclude rules from a file.</p>
|
||
<p>This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are processed in.</p>
|
||
<p>Prepare a file like this <code>exclude-file.txt</code></p>
|
||
<pre><code># a sample exclude rule file
|
||
*.bak
|
||
file2.jpg</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Then use as <code>--exclude-from exclude-file.txt</code>. This will sync all files except those ending in <code>bak</code> and <code>file2.jpg</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>This is useful if you have a lot of rules.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="include---include-files-matching-pattern"><code>--include</code> - Include files matching pattern</h3>
|
||
<p>Add a single include rule with <code>--include</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are processed in.</p>
|
||
<p>Eg <code>--include *.{png,jpg}</code> to include all <code>png</code> and <code>jpg</code> files in the backup and no others.</p>
|
||
<p>This adds an implicit <code>--exclude *</code> at the very end of the filter list. This means you can mix <code>--include</code> and <code>--include-from</code> with the other filters (eg <code>--exclude</code>) but you must include all the files you want in the include statement. If this doesn't provide enough flexibility then you must use <code>--filter-from</code>.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="include-from---read-include-patterns-from-file"><code>--include-from</code> - Read include patterns from file</h3>
|
||
<p>Add include rules from a file.</p>
|
||
<p>This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are processed in.</p>
|
||
<p>Prepare a file like this <code>include-file.txt</code></p>
|
||
<pre><code># a sample include rule file
|
||
*.jpg
|
||
*.png
|
||
file2.avi</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Then use as <code>--include-from include-file.txt</code>. This will sync all <code>jpg</code>, <code>png</code> files and <code>file2.avi</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>This is useful if you have a lot of rules.</p>
|
||
<p>This adds an implicit <code>--exclude *</code> at the very end of the filter list. This means you can mix <code>--include</code> and <code>--include-from</code> with the other filters (eg <code>--exclude</code>) but you must include all the files you want in the include statement. If this doesn't provide enough flexibility then you must use <code>--filter-from</code>.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="filter---add-a-file-filtering-rule"><code>--filter</code> - Add a file-filtering rule</h3>
|
||
<p>This can be used to add a single include or exclude rule. Include rules start with <code>+</code> and exclude rules start with <code>-</code>. A special rule called <code>!</code> can be used to clear the existing rules.</p>
|
||
<p>This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are processed in.</p>
|
||
<p>Eg <code>--filter "- *.bak"</code> to exclude all bak files from the sync.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="filter-from---read-filtering-patterns-from-a-file"><code>--filter-from</code> - Read filtering patterns from a file</h3>
|
||
<p>Add include/exclude rules from a file.</p>
|
||
<p>This flag can be repeated. See above for the order the flags are processed in.</p>
|
||
<p>Prepare a file like this <code>filter-file.txt</code></p>
|
||
<pre><code># a sample filter rule file
|
||
- secret*.jpg
|
||
+ *.jpg
|
||
+ *.png
|
||
+ file2.avi
|
||
- /dir/Trash/**
|
||
+ /dir/**
|
||
# exclude everything else
|
||
- *</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Then use as <code>--filter-from filter-file.txt</code>. The rules are processed in the order that they are defined.</p>
|
||
<p>This example will include all <code>jpg</code> and <code>png</code> files, exclude any files matching <code>secret*.jpg</code> and include <code>file2.avi</code>. It will also include everything in the directory <code>dir</code> at the root of the sync, except <code>dir/Trash</code> which it will exclude. Everything else will be excluded from the sync.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="files-from---read-list-of-source-file-names"><code>--files-from</code> - Read list of source-file names</h3>
|
||
<p>This reads a list of file names from the file passed in and <strong>only</strong> these files are transferred. The <strong>filtering rules are ignored</strong> completely if you use this option.</p>
|
||
<p>This option can be repeated to read from more than one file. These are read in the order that they are placed on the command line.</p>
|
||
<p>Paths within the <code>--files-from</code> file will be interpreted as starting with the root specified in the command. Leading <code>/</code> characters are ignored.</p>
|
||
<p>For example, suppose you had <code>files-from.txt</code> with this content:</p>
|
||
<pre><code># comment
|
||
file1.jpg
|
||
subdir/file2.jpg</code></pre>
|
||
<p>You could then use it like this:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone copy --files-from files-from.txt /home/me/pics remote:pics</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This will transfer these files only (if they exist)</p>
|
||
<pre><code>/home/me/pics/file1.jpg → remote:pics/file1.jpg
|
||
/home/me/pics/subdir/file2.jpg → remote:pics/subdirfile1.jpg</code></pre>
|
||
<p>To take a more complicated example, let's say you had a few files you want to back up regularly with these absolute paths:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>/home/user1/important
|
||
/home/user1/dir/file
|
||
/home/user2/stuff</code></pre>
|
||
<p>To copy these you'd find a common subdirectory - in this case <code>/home</code> and put the remaining files in <code>files-from.txt</code> with or without leading <code>/</code>, eg</p>
|
||
<pre><code>user1/important
|
||
user1/dir/file
|
||
user2/stuff</code></pre>
|
||
<p>You could then copy these to a remote like this</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone copy --files-from files-from.txt /home remote:backup</code></pre>
|
||
<p>The 3 files will arrive in <code>remote:backup</code> with the paths as in the <code>files-from.txt</code> like this:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>/home/user1/important → remote:backup/user1/important
|
||
/home/user1/dir/file → remote:backup/user1/dir/file
|
||
/home/user2/stuff → remote:backup/stuff</code></pre>
|
||
<p>You could of course choose <code>/</code> as the root too in which case your <code>files-from.txt</code> might look like this.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>/home/user1/important
|
||
/home/user1/dir/file
|
||
/home/user2/stuff</code></pre>
|
||
<p>And you would transfer it like this</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone copy --files-from files-from.txt / remote:backup</code></pre>
|
||
<p>In this case there will be an extra <code>home</code> directory on the remote:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>/home/user1/important → remote:home/backup/user1/important
|
||
/home/user1/dir/file → remote:home/backup/user1/dir/file
|
||
/home/user2/stuff → remote:home/backup/stuff</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="min-size---dont-transfer-any-file-smaller-than-this"><code>--min-size</code> - Don't transfer any file smaller than this</h3>
|
||
<p>This option controls the minimum size file which will be transferred. This defaults to <code>kBytes</code> but a suffix of <code>k</code>, <code>M</code>, or <code>G</code> can be used.</p>
|
||
<p>For example <code>--min-size 50k</code> means no files smaller than 50kByte will be transferred.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="max-size---dont-transfer-any-file-larger-than-this"><code>--max-size</code> - Don't transfer any file larger than this</h3>
|
||
<p>This option controls the maximum size file which will be transferred. This defaults to <code>kBytes</code> but a suffix of <code>k</code>, <code>M</code>, or <code>G</code> can be used.</p>
|
||
<p>For example <code>--max-size 1G</code> means no files larger than 1GByte will be transferred.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="max-age---dont-transfer-any-file-older-than-this"><code>--max-age</code> - Don't transfer any file older than this</h3>
|
||
<p>This option controls the maximum age of files to transfer. Give in seconds or with a suffix of:</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><code>ms</code> - Milliseconds</li>
|
||
<li><code>s</code> - Seconds</li>
|
||
<li><code>m</code> - Minutes</li>
|
||
<li><code>h</code> - Hours</li>
|
||
<li><code>d</code> - Days</li>
|
||
<li><code>w</code> - Weeks</li>
|
||
<li><code>M</code> - Months</li>
|
||
<li><code>y</code> - Years</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>For example <code>--max-age 2d</code> means no files older than 2 days will be transferred.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="min-age---dont-transfer-any-file-younger-than-this"><code>--min-age</code> - Don't transfer any file younger than this</h3>
|
||
<p>This option controls the minimum age of files to transfer. Give in seconds or with a suffix (see <code>--max-age</code> for list of suffixes)</p>
|
||
<p>For example <code>--min-age 2d</code> means no files younger than 2 days will be transferred.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="delete-excluded---delete-files-on-dest-excluded-from-sync"><code>--delete-excluded</code> - Delete files on dest excluded from sync</h3>
|
||
<p><strong>Important</strong> this flag is dangerous - use with <code>--dry-run</code> and <code>-v</code> first.</p>
|
||
<p>When doing <code>rclone sync</code> this will delete any files which are excluded from the sync on the destination.</p>
|
||
<p>If for example you did a sync from <code>A</code> to <code>B</code> without the <code>--min-size 50k</code> flag</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone sync A: B:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Then you repeated it like this with the <code>--delete-excluded</code></p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone --min-size 50k --delete-excluded sync A: B:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This would delete all files on <code>B</code> which are less than 50 kBytes as these are now excluded from the sync.</p>
|
||
<p>Always test first with <code>--dry-run</code> and <code>-v</code> before using this flag.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="dump-filters---dump-the-filters-to-the-output"><code>--dump filters</code> - dump the filters to the output</h3>
|
||
<p>This dumps the defined filters to the output as regular expressions.</p>
|
||
<p>Useful for debugging.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="quoting-shell-metacharacters">Quoting shell metacharacters</h2>
|
||
<p>The examples above may not work verbatim in your shell as they have shell metacharacters in them (eg <code>*</code>), and may require quoting.</p>
|
||
<p>Eg linux, OSX</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><code>--include \*.jpg</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>--include '*.jpg'</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>--include='*.jpg'</code></li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>In Windows the expansion is done by the command not the shell so this should work fine</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><code>--include *.jpg</code></li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<h2 id="exclude-directory-based-on-a-file">Exclude directory based on a file</h2>
|
||
<p>It is possible to exclude a directory based on a file, which is present in this directory. Filename should be specified using the <code>--exclude-if-present</code> flag. This flag has a priority over the other filtering flags.</p>
|
||
<p>Imagine, you have the following directory structure:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>dir1/file1
|
||
dir1/dir2/file2
|
||
dir1/dir2/dir3/file3
|
||
dir1/dir2/dir3/.ignore</code></pre>
|
||
<p>You can exclude <code>dir3</code> from sync by running the following command:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone sync --exclude-if-present .ignore dir1 remote:backup</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Currently only one filename is supported, i.e. <code>--exclude-if-present</code> should not be used multiple times.</p>
|
||
<h1 id="remote-controlling-rclone">Remote controlling rclone</h1>
|
||
<p>If rclone is run with the <code>--rc</code> flag then it starts an http server which can be used to remote control rclone.</p>
|
||
<p><strong>NB</strong> this is experimental and everything here is subject to change!</p>
|
||
<h2 id="supported-parameters">Supported parameters</h2>
|
||
<h4 id="rc">--rc</h4>
|
||
<p>Flag to start the http server listen on remote requests</p>
|
||
<h4 id="rc-addrip">--rc-addr=IP</h4>
|
||
<p>IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")</p>
|
||
<h4 id="rc-certkey">--rc-cert=KEY</h4>
|
||
<p>SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)</p>
|
||
<h4 id="rc-client-capath">--rc-client-ca=PATH</h4>
|
||
<p>Client certificate authority to verify clients with</p>
|
||
<h4 id="rc-htpasswdpath">--rc-htpasswd=PATH</h4>
|
||
<p>htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done</p>
|
||
<h4 id="rc-keypath">--rc-key=PATH</h4>
|
||
<p>SSL PEM Private key</p>
|
||
<h4 id="rc-max-header-bytesvalue">--rc-max-header-bytes=VALUE</h4>
|
||
<p>Maximum size of request header (default 4096)</p>
|
||
<h4 id="rc-uservalue">--rc-user=VALUE</h4>
|
||
<p>User name for authentication.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="rc-passvalue">--rc-pass=VALUE</h4>
|
||
<p>Password for authentication.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="rc-realmvalue">--rc-realm=VALUE</h4>
|
||
<p>Realm for authentication (default "rclone")</p>
|
||
<h4 id="rc-server-read-timeoutduration">--rc-server-read-timeout=DURATION</h4>
|
||
<p>Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)</p>
|
||
<h4 id="rc-server-write-timeoutduration">--rc-server-write-timeout=DURATION</h4>
|
||
<p>Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)</p>
|
||
<h2 id="accessing-the-remote-control-via-the-rclone-rc-command">Accessing the remote control via the rclone rc command</h2>
|
||
<p>Rclone itself implements the remote control protocol in its <code>rclone rc</code> command.</p>
|
||
<p>You can use it like this</p>
|
||
<pre><code>$ rclone rc rc/noop param1=one param2=two
|
||
{
|
||
"param1": "one",
|
||
"param2": "two"
|
||
}</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Run <code>rclone rc</code> on its own to see the help for the installed remote control commands.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="supported-commands">Supported commands</h2>
|
||
<h3 id="corebwlimit-set-the-bandwidth-limit.">core/bwlimit: Set the bandwidth limit.</h3>
|
||
<p>This sets the bandwidth limit to that passed in.</p>
|
||
<p>Eg</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone core/bwlimit rate=1M
|
||
rclone core/bwlimit rate=off</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="cacheexpire-purge-a-remote-from-cache">cache/expire: Purge a remote from cache</h3>
|
||
<p>Purge a remote from the cache backend. Supports either a directory or a file. Params:</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>remote = path to remote (required)</li>
|
||
<li>withData = true/false to delete cached data (chunks) as well (optional)</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<h3 id="vfsforget-forget-files-or-directories-in-the-directory-cache.">vfs/forget: Forget files or directories in the directory cache.</h3>
|
||
<p>This forgets the paths in the directory cache causing them to be re-read from the remote when needed.</p>
|
||
<p>If no paths are passed in then it will forget all the paths in the directory cache.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Otherwise pass files or dirs in as file=path or dir=path. Any parameter key starting with file will forget that file and any starting with dir will forget that dir, eg</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget file=hello file2=goodbye dir=home/junk</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="rcnoop-echo-the-input-to-the-output-parameters">rc/noop: Echo the input to the output parameters</h3>
|
||
<p>This echoes the input parameters to the output parameters for testing purposes. It can be used to check that rclone is still alive and to check that parameter passing is working properly.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="rcerror-this-returns-an-error">rc/error: This returns an error</h3>
|
||
<p>This returns an error with the input as part of its error string. Useful for testing error handling.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="rclist-list-all-the-registered-remote-control-commands">rc/list: List all the registered remote control commands</h3>
|
||
<p>This lists all the registered remote control commands as a JSON map in the commands response.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="accessing-the-remote-control-via-http">Accessing the remote control via HTTP</h2>
|
||
<p>Rclone implements a simple HTTP based protocol.</p>
|
||
<p>Each endpoint takes an JSON object and returns a JSON object or an error. The JSON objects are essentially a map of string names to values.</p>
|
||
<p>All calls must made using POST.</p>
|
||
<p>The input objects can be supplied using URL parameters, POST parameters or by supplying "Content-Type: application/json" and a JSON blob in the body. There are examples of these below using <code>curl</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>The response will be a JSON blob in the body of the response. This is formatted to be reasonably human readable.</p>
|
||
<p>If an error occurs then there will be an HTTP error status (usually 400) and the body of the response will contain a JSON encoded error object.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="using-post-with-url-parameters-only">Using POST with URL parameters only</h3>
|
||
<pre><code>curl -X POST 'http://localhost:5572/rc/noop/?potato=1&sausage=2'</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Response</p>
|
||
<pre><code>{
|
||
"potato": "1",
|
||
"sausage": "2"
|
||
}</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Here is what an error response looks like:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>curl -X POST 'http://localhost:5572/rc/error/?potato=1&sausage=2'</code></pre>
|
||
<pre><code>{
|
||
"error": "arbitrary error on input map[potato:1 sausage:2]",
|
||
"input": {
|
||
"potato": "1",
|
||
"sausage": "2"
|
||
}
|
||
}</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Note that curl doesn't return errors to the shell unless you use the <code>-f</code> option</p>
|
||
<pre><code>$ curl -f -X POST 'http://localhost:5572/rc/error/?potato=1&sausage=2'
|
||
curl: (22) The requested URL returned error: 400 Bad Request
|
||
$ echo $?
|
||
22</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="using-post-with-a-form">Using POST with a form</h3>
|
||
<pre><code>curl --data "potato=1" --data "sausage=2" http://localhost:5572/rc/noop/</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Response</p>
|
||
<pre><code>{
|
||
"potato": "1",
|
||
"sausage": "2"
|
||
}</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Note that you can combine these with URL parameters too with the POST parameters taking precedence.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>curl --data "potato=1" --data "sausage=2" "http://localhost:5572/rc/noop/?rutabaga=3&sausage=4"</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Response</p>
|
||
<pre><code>{
|
||
"potato": "1",
|
||
"rutabaga": "3",
|
||
"sausage": "4"
|
||
}
|
||
</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="using-post-with-a-json-blob">Using POST with a JSON blob</h3>
|
||
<pre><code>curl -H "Content-Type: application/json" -X POST -d '{"potato":2,"sausage":1}' http://localhost:5572/rc/noop/</code></pre>
|
||
<p>response</p>
|
||
<pre><code>{
|
||
"password": "xyz",
|
||
"username": "xyz"
|
||
}</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This can be combined with URL parameters too if required. The JSON blob takes precedence.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>curl -H "Content-Type: application/json" -X POST -d '{"potato":2,"sausage":1}' 'http://localhost:5572/rc/noop/?rutabaga=3&potato=4'</code></pre>
|
||
<pre><code>{
|
||
"potato": 2,
|
||
"rutabaga": "3",
|
||
"sausage": 1
|
||
}</code></pre>
|
||
<h1 id="overview-of-cloud-storage-systems">Overview of cloud storage systems</h1>
|
||
<p>Each cloud storage system is slightly different. Rclone attempts to provide a unified interface to them, but some underlying differences show through.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="features">Features</h2>
|
||
<p>Here is an overview of the major features of each cloud storage system.</p>
|
||
<table>
|
||
<thead>
|
||
<tr class="header">
|
||
<th>Name</th>
|
||
<th align="center">Hash</th>
|
||
<th align="center">ModTime</th>
|
||
<th align="center">Case Insensitive</th>
|
||
<th align="center">Duplicate Files</th>
|
||
<th align="center">MIME Type</th>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
</thead>
|
||
<tbody>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>Amazon Drive</td>
|
||
<td align="center">MD5</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">R</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>Amazon S3</td>
|
||
<td align="center">MD5</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">R/W</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>Backblaze B2</td>
|
||
<td align="center">SHA1</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">R/W</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>Box</td>
|
||
<td align="center">SHA1</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">-</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>Dropbox</td>
|
||
<td align="center">DBHASH †</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">-</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>FTP</td>
|
||
<td align="center">-</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">-</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>Google Cloud Storage</td>
|
||
<td align="center">MD5</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">R/W</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>Google Drive</td>
|
||
<td align="center">MD5</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">R/W</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>HTTP</td>
|
||
<td align="center">-</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">R</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>Hubic</td>
|
||
<td align="center">MD5</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">R/W</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>Microsoft Azure Blob Storage</td>
|
||
<td align="center">MD5</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">R/W</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>Microsoft OneDrive</td>
|
||
<td align="center">SHA1</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">R</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>Openstack Swift</td>
|
||
<td align="center">MD5</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">R/W</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>pCloud</td>
|
||
<td align="center">MD5, SHA1</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">W</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>QingStor</td>
|
||
<td align="center">MD5</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">R/W</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>SFTP</td>
|
||
<td align="center">MD5, SHA1 ‡</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Depends</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">-</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>WebDAV</td>
|
||
<td align="center">-</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes ††</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Depends</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">-</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>Yandex Disk</td>
|
||
<td align="center">MD5</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">R/W</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>The local filesystem</td>
|
||
<td align="center">All</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Depends</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">-</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
</tbody>
|
||
</table>
|
||
<h3 id="hash">Hash</h3>
|
||
<p>The cloud storage system supports various hash types of the objects. The hashes are used when transferring data as an integrity check and can be specifically used with the <code>--checksum</code> flag in syncs and in the <code>check</code> command.</p>
|
||
<p>To use the verify checksums when transferring between cloud storage systems they must support a common hash type.</p>
|
||
<p>† Note that Dropbox supports <a href="https://www.dropbox.com/developers/reference/content-hash">its own custom hash</a>. This is an SHA256 sum of all the 4MB block SHA256s.</p>
|
||
<p>‡ SFTP supports checksums if the same login has shell access and <code>md5sum</code> or <code>sha1sum</code> as well as <code>echo</code> are in the remote's PATH.</p>
|
||
<p>†† WebDAV supports modtimes when used with Owncloud and Nextcloud only.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="modtime">ModTime</h3>
|
||
<p>The cloud storage system supports setting modification times on objects. If it does then this enables a using the modification times as part of the sync. If not then only the size will be checked by default, though the MD5SUM can be checked with the <code>--checksum</code> flag.</p>
|
||
<p>All cloud storage systems support some kind of date on the object and these will be set when transferring from the cloud storage system.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="case-insensitive">Case Insensitive</h3>
|
||
<p>If a cloud storage systems is case sensitive then it is possible to have two files which differ only in case, eg <code>file.txt</code> and <code>FILE.txt</code>. If a cloud storage system is case insensitive then that isn't possible.</p>
|
||
<p>This can cause problems when syncing between a case insensitive system and a case sensitive system. The symptom of this is that no matter how many times you run the sync it never completes fully.</p>
|
||
<p>The local filesystem and SFTP may or may not be case sensitive depending on OS.</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Windows - usually case insensitive, though case is preserved</li>
|
||
<li>OSX - usually case insensitive, though it is possible to format case sensitive</li>
|
||
<li>Linux - usually case sensitive, but there are case insensitive file systems (eg FAT formatted USB keys)</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>Most of the time this doesn't cause any problems as people tend to avoid files whose name differs only by case even on case sensitive systems.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="duplicate-files">Duplicate files</h3>
|
||
<p>If a cloud storage system allows duplicate files then it can have two objects with the same name.</p>
|
||
<p>This confuses rclone greatly when syncing - use the <code>rclone dedupe</code> command to rename or remove duplicates.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="mime-type">MIME Type</h3>
|
||
<p>MIME types (also known as media types) classify types of documents using a simple text classification, eg <code>text/html</code> or <code>application/pdf</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>Some cloud storage systems support reading (<code>R</code>) the MIME type of objects and some support writing (<code>W</code>) the MIME type of objects.</p>
|
||
<p>The MIME type can be important if you are serving files directly to HTTP from the storage system.</p>
|
||
<p>If you are copying from a remote which supports reading (<code>R</code>) to a remote which supports writing (<code>W</code>) then rclone will preserve the MIME types. Otherwise they will be guessed from the extension, or the remote itself may assign the MIME type.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="optional-features">Optional Features</h2>
|
||
<p>All the remotes support a basic set of features, but there are some optional features supported by some remotes used to make some operations more efficient.</p>
|
||
<table>
|
||
<thead>
|
||
<tr class="header">
|
||
<th>Name</th>
|
||
<th align="center">Purge</th>
|
||
<th align="center">Copy</th>
|
||
<th align="center">Move</th>
|
||
<th align="center">DirMove</th>
|
||
<th align="center">CleanUp</th>
|
||
<th align="center">ListR</th>
|
||
<th align="center">StreamUpload</th>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
</thead>
|
||
<tbody>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>Amazon Drive</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No <a href="https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/575">#575</a></td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>Amazon S3</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>Backblaze B2</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>Box</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No <a href="https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/575">#575</a></td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>Dropbox</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No <a href="https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/575">#575</a></td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>FTP</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>Google Cloud Storage</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>Google Drive</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>HTTP</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>Hubic</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes †</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>Microsoft Azure Blob Storage</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>Microsoft OneDrive</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No <a href="https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/197">#197</a></td>
|
||
<td align="center">No <a href="https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/575">#575</a></td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>Openstack Swift</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes †</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>pCloud</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>QingStor</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>SFTP</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>WebDAV</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes ‡</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>Yandex Disk</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>The local filesystem</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">No</td>
|
||
<td align="center">Yes</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
</tbody>
|
||
</table>
|
||
<h3 id="purge">Purge</h3>
|
||
<p>This deletes a directory quicker than just deleting all the files in the directory.</p>
|
||
<p>† Note Swift and Hubic implement this in order to delete directory markers but they don't actually have a quicker way of deleting files other than deleting them individually.</p>
|
||
<p>‡ StreamUpload is not supported with Nextcloud</p>
|
||
<h3 id="copy">Copy</h3>
|
||
<p>Used when copying an object to and from the same remote. This known as a server side copy so you can copy a file without downloading it and uploading it again. It is used if you use <code>rclone copy</code> or <code>rclone move</code> if the remote doesn't support <code>Move</code> directly.</p>
|
||
<p>If the server doesn't support <code>Copy</code> directly then for copy operations the file is downloaded then re-uploaded.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="move">Move</h3>
|
||
<p>Used when moving/renaming an object on the same remote. This is known as a server side move of a file. This is used in <code>rclone move</code> if the server doesn't support <code>DirMove</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>If the server isn't capable of <code>Move</code> then rclone simulates it with <code>Copy</code> then delete. If the server doesn't support <code>Copy</code> then rclone will download the file and re-upload it.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="dirmove">DirMove</h3>
|
||
<p>This is used to implement <code>rclone move</code> to move a directory if possible. If it isn't then it will use <code>Move</code> on each file (which falls back to <code>Copy</code> then download and upload - see <code>Move</code> section).</p>
|
||
<h3 id="cleanup">CleanUp</h3>
|
||
<p>This is used for emptying the trash for a remote by <code>rclone cleanup</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>If the server can't do <code>CleanUp</code> then <code>rclone cleanup</code> will return an error.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="listr">ListR</h3>
|
||
<p>The remote supports a recursive list to list all the contents beneath a directory quickly. This enables the <code>--fast-list</code> flag to work. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="streamupload">StreamUpload</h3>
|
||
<p>Some remotes allow files to be uploaded without knowing the file size in advance. This allows certain operations to work without spooling the file to local disk first, e.g. <code>rclone rcat</code>.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="alias">Alias</h2>
|
||
<p>The <code>alias</code> remote provides a new name for another remote.</p>
|
||
<p>Paths may be as deep as required or a local path, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code> or <code>/directory/subdirectory</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>During the initial setup with <code>rclone config</code> you will specify the target remote. The target remote can either be a local path or another remote.</p>
|
||
<p>Subfolders can be used in target remote. Asume a alias remote named <code>backup</code> with the target <code>mydrive:private/backup</code>. Invoking <code>rclone mkdir backup:desktop</code> is exactly the same as invoking <code>rclone mkdir mydrive:private/backup/desktop</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>There will be no special handling of paths containing <code>..</code> segments. Invoking <code>rclone mkdir backup:../desktop</code> is exactly the same as invoking <code>rclone mkdir mydrive:private/backup/../desktop</code>. The empty path is not allowed as a remote. To alias the current directory use <code>.</code> instead.</p>
|
||
<p>Here is an example of how to make a alias called <code>remote</code> for local folder. First run:</p>
|
||
<pre><code> rclone config</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one
|
||
n) New remote
|
||
s) Set configuration password
|
||
q) Quit config
|
||
n/s/q> n
|
||
name> remote
|
||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Alias for a existing remote
|
||
\ "alias"
|
||
2 / Amazon Drive
|
||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||
3 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||
\ "s3"
|
||
4 / Backblaze B2
|
||
\ "b2"
|
||
5 / Box
|
||
\ "box"
|
||
6 / Cache a remote
|
||
\ "cache"
|
||
7 / Dropbox
|
||
\ "dropbox"
|
||
8 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||
\ "crypt"
|
||
9 / FTP Connection
|
||
\ "ftp"
|
||
10 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||
11 / Google Drive
|
||
\ "drive"
|
||
12 / Hubic
|
||
\ "hubic"
|
||
13 / Local Disk
|
||
\ "local"
|
||
14 / Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
|
||
\ "azureblob"
|
||
15 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||
\ "onedrive"
|
||
16 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||
\ "swift"
|
||
17 / Pcloud
|
||
\ "pcloud"
|
||
18 / QingCloud Object Storage
|
||
\ "qingstor"
|
||
19 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||
\ "sftp"
|
||
20 / Webdav
|
||
\ "webdav"
|
||
21 / Yandex Disk
|
||
\ "yandex"
|
||
22 / http Connection
|
||
\ "http"
|
||
Storage> 1
|
||
Remote or path to alias.
|
||
Can be "myremote:path/to/dir", "myremote:bucket", "myremote:" or "/local/path".
|
||
remote> /mnt/storage/backup
|
||
Remote config
|
||
--------------------
|
||
[remote]
|
||
remote = /mnt/storage/backup
|
||
--------------------
|
||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||
e) Edit this remote
|
||
d) Delete this remote
|
||
y/e/d> y
|
||
Current remotes:
|
||
|
||
Name Type
|
||
==== ====
|
||
remote alias
|
||
|
||
e) Edit existing remote
|
||
n) New remote
|
||
d) Delete remote
|
||
r) Rename remote
|
||
c) Copy remote
|
||
s) Set configuration password
|
||
q) Quit config
|
||
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> q</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Once configured you can then use <code>rclone</code> like this,</p>
|
||
<p>List directories in top level in <code>/mnt/storage/backup</code></p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>List all the files in <code>/mnt/storage/backup</code></p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Copy another local directory to the alias directory called source</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:source</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="amazon-drive">Amazon Drive</h2>
|
||
<p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p>
|
||
<p>Paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>The initial setup for Amazon Drive involves getting a token from Amazon which you need to do in your browser. <code>rclone config</code> walks you through it.</p>
|
||
<p>The configuration process for Amazon Drive may involve using an <a href="https://github.com/ncw/oauthproxy">oauth proxy</a>. This is used to keep the Amazon credentials out of the source code. The proxy runs in Google's very secure App Engine environment and doesn't store any credentials which pass through it.</p>
|
||
<p><strong>NB</strong> rclone doesn't not currently have its own Amazon Drive credentials (see <a href="https://forum.rclone.org/t/rclone-has-been-banned-from-amazon-drive/">the forum</a> for why) so you will either need to have your own <code>client_id</code> and <code>client_secret</code> with Amazon Drive, or use a a third party ouath proxy in which case you will need to enter <code>client_id</code>, <code>client_secret</code>, <code>auth_url</code> and <code>token_url</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>Note also if you are not using Amazon's <code>auth_url</code> and <code>token_url</code>, (ie you filled in something for those) then if setting up on a remote machine you can only use the <a href="https://rclone.org/remote_setup/#configuring-by-copying-the-config-file">copying the config method of configuration</a> - <code>rclone authorize</code> will not work.</p>
|
||
<p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p>
|
||
<pre><code> rclone config</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one
|
||
n) New remote
|
||
r) Rename remote
|
||
c) Copy remote
|
||
s) Set configuration password
|
||
q) Quit config
|
||
n/r/c/s/q> n
|
||
name> remote
|
||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||
\ "s3"
|
||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||
\ "b2"
|
||
4 / Dropbox
|
||
\ "dropbox"
|
||
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||
\ "crypt"
|
||
6 / FTP Connection
|
||
\ "ftp"
|
||
7 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||
8 / Google Drive
|
||
\ "drive"
|
||
9 / Hubic
|
||
\ "hubic"
|
||
10 / Local Disk
|
||
\ "local"
|
||
11 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||
\ "onedrive"
|
||
12 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||
\ "swift"
|
||
13 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||
\ "sftp"
|
||
14 / Yandex Disk
|
||
\ "yandex"
|
||
Storage> 1
|
||
Amazon Application Client Id - required.
|
||
client_id> your client ID goes here
|
||
Amazon Application Client Secret - required.
|
||
client_secret> your client secret goes here
|
||
Auth server URL - leave blank to use Amazon's.
|
||
auth_url> Optional auth URL
|
||
Token server url - leave blank to use Amazon's.
|
||
token_url> Optional token URL
|
||
Remote config
|
||
Make sure your Redirect URL is set to "http://127.0.0.1:53682/" in your custom config.
|
||
Use auto config?
|
||
* Say Y if not sure
|
||
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
|
||
y) Yes
|
||
n) No
|
||
y/n> y
|
||
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
|
||
Log in and authorize rclone for access
|
||
Waiting for code...
|
||
Got code
|
||
--------------------
|
||
[remote]
|
||
client_id = your client ID goes here
|
||
client_secret = your client secret goes here
|
||
auth_url = Optional auth URL
|
||
token_url = Optional token URL
|
||
token = {"access_token":"xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","token_type":"bearer","refresh_token":"xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","expiry":"2015-09-06T16:07:39.658438471+01:00"}
|
||
--------------------
|
||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||
e) Edit this remote
|
||
d) Delete this remote
|
||
y/e/d> y</code></pre>
|
||
<p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/remote_setup/">remote setup docs</a> for how to set it up on a machine with no Internet browser available.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned from Amazon. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on <code>http://127.0.0.1:53682/</code> and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.</p>
|
||
<p>Once configured you can then use <code>rclone</code> like this,</p>
|
||
<p>List directories in top level of your Amazon Drive</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>List all the files in your Amazon Drive</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>To copy a local directory to an Amazon Drive directory called backup</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="modified-time-and-md5sums">Modified time and MD5SUMs</h3>
|
||
<p>Amazon Drive doesn't allow modification times to be changed via the API so these won't be accurate or used for syncing.</p>
|
||
<p>It does store MD5SUMs so for a more accurate sync, you can use the <code>--checksum</code> flag.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="deleting-files">Deleting files</h3>
|
||
<p>Any files you delete with rclone will end up in the trash. Amazon don't provide an API to permanently delete files, nor to empty the trash, so you will have to do that with one of Amazon's apps or via the Amazon Drive website. As of November 17, 2016, files are automatically deleted by Amazon from the trash after 30 days.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="using-with-non-.com-amazon-accounts">Using with non <code>.com</code> Amazon accounts</h3>
|
||
<p>Let's say you usually use <code>amazon.co.uk</code>. When you authenticate with rclone it will take you to an <code>amazon.com</code> page to log in. Your <code>amazon.co.uk</code> email and password should work here just fine.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="specific-options">Specific options</h3>
|
||
<p>Here are the command line options specific to this cloud storage system.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="acd-templink-thresholdsize">--acd-templink-threshold=SIZE</h4>
|
||
<p>Files this size or more will be downloaded via their <code>tempLink</code>. This is to work around a problem with Amazon Drive which blocks downloads of files bigger than about 10GB. The default for this is 9GB which shouldn't need to be changed.</p>
|
||
<p>To download files above this threshold, rclone requests a <code>tempLink</code> which downloads the file through a temporary URL directly from the underlying S3 storage.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="acd-upload-wait-per-gbtime">--acd-upload-wait-per-gb=TIME</h4>
|
||
<p>Sometimes Amazon Drive gives an error when a file has been fully uploaded but the file appears anyway after a little while. This happens sometimes for files over 1GB in size and nearly every time for files bigger than 10GB. This parameter controls the time rclone waits for the file to appear.</p>
|
||
<p>The default value for this parameter is 3 minutes per GB, so by default it will wait 3 minutes for every GB uploaded to see if the file appears.</p>
|
||
<p>You can disable this feature by setting it to 0. This may cause conflict errors as rclone retries the failed upload but the file will most likely appear correctly eventually.</p>
|
||
<p>These values were determined empirically by observing lots of uploads of big files for a range of file sizes.</p>
|
||
<p>Upload with the <code>-v</code> flag to see more info about what rclone is doing in this situation.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="limitations-1">Limitations</h3>
|
||
<p>Note that Amazon Drive is case insensitive so you can't have a file called "Hello.doc" and one called "hello.doc".</p>
|
||
<p>Amazon Drive has rate limiting so you may notice errors in the sync (429 errors). rclone will automatically retry the sync up to 3 times by default (see <code>--retries</code> flag) which should hopefully work around this problem.</p>
|
||
<p>Amazon Drive has an internal limit of file sizes that can be uploaded to the service. This limit is not officially published, but all files larger than this will fail.</p>
|
||
<p>At the time of writing (Jan 2016) is in the area of 50GB per file. This means that larger files are likely to fail.</p>
|
||
<p>Unfortunately there is no way for rclone to see that this failure is because of file size, so it will retry the operation, as any other failure. To avoid this problem, use <code>--max-size 50000M</code> option to limit the maximum size of uploaded files. Note that <code>--max-size</code> does not split files into segments, it only ignores files over this size.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="amazon-s3">Amazon S3</h2>
|
||
<p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:bucket</code> (or <code>remote:</code> for the <code>lsd</code> command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg <code>remote:bucket/path/to/dir</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>Here is an example of making an s3 configuration. First run</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone config</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one
|
||
n) New remote
|
||
s) Set configuration password
|
||
q) Quit config
|
||
n/s/q> n
|
||
name> remote
|
||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Alias for a existing remote
|
||
\ "alias"
|
||
2 / Amazon Drive
|
||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||
3 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||
\ "s3"
|
||
4 / Backblaze B2
|
||
\ "b2"
|
||
[snip]
|
||
23 / http Connection
|
||
\ "http"
|
||
Storage> s3
|
||
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars). Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step
|
||
\ "false"
|
||
2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
|
||
\ "true"
|
||
env_auth> 1
|
||
AWS Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
|
||
access_key_id> XXX
|
||
AWS Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
|
||
secret_access_key> YYY
|
||
Region to connect to. Leave blank if you are using an S3 clone and you don't have a region.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
/ The default endpoint - a good choice if you are unsure.
|
||
1 | US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest.
|
||
| Leave location constraint empty.
|
||
\ "us-east-1"
|
||
/ US East (Ohio) Region
|
||
2 | Needs location constraint us-east-2.
|
||
\ "us-east-2"
|
||
/ US West (Oregon) Region
|
||
3 | Needs location constraint us-west-2.
|
||
\ "us-west-2"
|
||
/ US West (Northern California) Region
|
||
4 | Needs location constraint us-west-1.
|
||
\ "us-west-1"
|
||
/ Canada (Central) Region
|
||
5 | Needs location constraint ca-central-1.
|
||
\ "ca-central-1"
|
||
/ EU (Ireland) Region
|
||
6 | Needs location constraint EU or eu-west-1.
|
||
\ "eu-west-1"
|
||
/ EU (London) Region
|
||
7 | Needs location constraint eu-west-2.
|
||
\ "eu-west-2"
|
||
/ EU (Frankfurt) Region
|
||
8 | Needs location constraint eu-central-1.
|
||
\ "eu-central-1"
|
||
/ Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region
|
||
9 | Needs location constraint ap-southeast-1.
|
||
\ "ap-southeast-1"
|
||
/ Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region
|
||
10 | Needs location constraint ap-southeast-2.
|
||
\ "ap-southeast-2"
|
||
/ Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region
|
||
11 | Needs location constraint ap-northeast-1.
|
||
\ "ap-northeast-1"
|
||
/ Asia Pacific (Seoul)
|
||
12 | Needs location constraint ap-northeast-2.
|
||
\ "ap-northeast-2"
|
||
/ Asia Pacific (Mumbai)
|
||
13 | Needs location constraint ap-south-1.
|
||
\ "ap-south-1"
|
||
/ South America (Sao Paulo) Region
|
||
14 | Needs location constraint sa-east-1.
|
||
\ "sa-east-1"
|
||
/ Use this only if v4 signatures don't work, eg pre Jewel/v10 CEPH.
|
||
15 | Set this and make sure you set the endpoint.
|
||
\ "other-v2-signature"
|
||
region> 1
|
||
Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||
Leave blank if using AWS to use the default endpoint for the region.
|
||
Specify if using an S3 clone such as Ceph.
|
||
endpoint>
|
||
Location constraint - must be set to match the Region. Used when creating buckets only.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Empty for US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest.
|
||
\ ""
|
||
2 / US East (Ohio) Region.
|
||
\ "us-east-2"
|
||
3 / US West (Oregon) Region.
|
||
\ "us-west-2"
|
||
4 / US West (Northern California) Region.
|
||
\ "us-west-1"
|
||
5 / Canada (Central) Region.
|
||
\ "ca-central-1"
|
||
6 / EU (Ireland) Region.
|
||
\ "eu-west-1"
|
||
7 / EU (London) Region.
|
||
\ "eu-west-2"
|
||
8 / EU Region.
|
||
\ "EU"
|
||
9 / Asia Pacific (Singapore) Region.
|
||
\ "ap-southeast-1"
|
||
10 / Asia Pacific (Sydney) Region.
|
||
\ "ap-southeast-2"
|
||
11 / Asia Pacific (Tokyo) Region.
|
||
\ "ap-northeast-1"
|
||
12 / Asia Pacific (Seoul)
|
||
\ "ap-northeast-2"
|
||
13 / Asia Pacific (Mumbai)
|
||
\ "ap-south-1"
|
||
14 / South America (Sao Paulo) Region.
|
||
\ "sa-east-1"
|
||
location_constraint> 1
|
||
Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||
For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default).
|
||
\ "private"
|
||
2 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ access.
|
||
\ "public-read"
|
||
/ Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access.
|
||
3 | Granting this on a bucket is generally not recommended.
|
||
\ "public-read-write"
|
||
4 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access.
|
||
\ "authenticated-read"
|
||
/ Object owner gets FULL_CONTROL. Bucket owner gets READ access.
|
||
5 | If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores it.
|
||
\ "bucket-owner-read"
|
||
/ Both the object owner and the bucket owner get FULL_CONTROL over the object.
|
||
6 | If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores it.
|
||
\ "bucket-owner-full-control"
|
||
acl> 1
|
||
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / None
|
||
\ ""
|
||
2 / AES256
|
||
\ "AES256"
|
||
server_side_encryption> 1
|
||
The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Default
|
||
\ ""
|
||
2 / Standard storage class
|
||
\ "STANDARD"
|
||
3 / Reduced redundancy storage class
|
||
\ "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY"
|
||
4 / Standard Infrequent Access storage class
|
||
\ "STANDARD_IA"
|
||
storage_class> 1
|
||
Remote config
|
||
--------------------
|
||
[remote]
|
||
env_auth = false
|
||
access_key_id = XXX
|
||
secret_access_key = YYY
|
||
region = us-east-1
|
||
endpoint =
|
||
location_constraint =
|
||
acl = private
|
||
server_side_encryption =
|
||
storage_class =
|
||
--------------------
|
||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||
e) Edit this remote
|
||
d) Delete this remote
|
||
y/e/d> y</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This remote is called <code>remote</code> and can now be used like this</p>
|
||
<p>See all buckets</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Make a new bucket</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone mkdir remote:bucket</code></pre>
|
||
<p>List the contents of a bucket</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone ls remote:bucket</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Sync <code>/home/local/directory</code> to the remote bucket, deleting any excess files in the bucket.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:bucket</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="fast-list-1">--fast-list</h3>
|
||
<p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="modified-time">Modified time</h3>
|
||
<p>The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as <code>X-Amz-Meta-Mtime</code> as floating point since the epoch accurate to 1 ns.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="multipart-uploads">Multipart uploads</h3>
|
||
<p>rclone supports multipart uploads with S3 which means that it can upload files bigger than 5GB. Note that files uploaded <em>both</em> with multipart upload <em>and</em> through crypt remotes do not have MD5 sums.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="buckets-and-regions">Buckets and Regions</h3>
|
||
<p>With Amazon S3 you can list buckets (<code>rclone lsd</code>) using any region, but you can only access the content of a bucket from the region it was created in. If you attempt to access a bucket from the wrong region, you will get an error, <code>incorrect region, the bucket is not in 'XXX' region</code>.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="authentication-3">Authentication</h3>
|
||
<p>There are two ways to supply <code>rclone</code> with a set of AWS credentials. In order of precedence:</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Directly in the rclone configuration file (as configured by <code>rclone config</code>)</li>
|
||
<li>set <code>access_key_id</code> and <code>secret_access_key</code>. <code>session_token</code> can be optionally set when using AWS STS.</li>
|
||
<li>Runtime configuration:</li>
|
||
<li>set <code>env_auth</code> to <code>true</code> in the config file</li>
|
||
<li>Exporting the following environment variables before running <code>rclone</code>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Access Key ID: <code>AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID</code> or <code>AWS_ACCESS_KEY</code></li>
|
||
<li>Secret Access Key: <code>AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY</code> or <code>AWS_SECRET_KEY</code></li>
|
||
<li>Session Token: <code>AWS_SESSION_TOKEN</code></li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Running <code>rclone</code> in an ECS task with an IAM role</li>
|
||
<li>Running <code>rclone</code> on an EC2 instance with an IAM role</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>If none of these option actually end up providing <code>rclone</code> with AWS credentials then S3 interaction will be non-authenticated (see below).</p>
|
||
<h3 id="s3-permissions">S3 Permissions</h3>
|
||
<p>When using the <code>sync</code> subcommand of <code>rclone</code> the following minimum permissions are required to be available on the bucket being written to:</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><code>ListBucket</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>DeleteObject</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>GetObject</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>PutObject</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>PutObjectACL</code></li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>Example policy:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>{
|
||
"Version": "2012-10-17",
|
||
"Statement": [
|
||
{
|
||
"Effect": "Allow",
|
||
"Principal": {
|
||
"AWS": "arn:aws:iam::USER_SID:user/USER_NAME"
|
||
},
|
||
"Action": [
|
||
"s3:ListBucket",
|
||
"s3:DeleteObject",
|
||
"s3:GetObject",
|
||
"s3:PutObject",
|
||
"s3:PutObjectAcl"
|
||
],
|
||
"Resource": [
|
||
"arn:aws:s3:::BUCKET_NAME/*",
|
||
"arn:aws:s3:::BUCKET_NAME"
|
||
]
|
||
}
|
||
]
|
||
}</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Notes on above:</p>
|
||
<ol style="list-style-type: decimal">
|
||
<li>This is a policy that can be used when creating bucket. It assumes that <code>USER_NAME</code> has been created.</li>
|
||
<li>The Resource entry must include both resource ARNs, as one implies the bucket and the other implies the bucket's objects.</li>
|
||
</ol>
|
||
<p>For reference, <a href="https://gist.github.com/ebridges/ebfc9042dd7c756cd101cfa807b7ae2b">here's an Ansible script</a> that will generate one or more buckets that will work with <code>rclone sync</code>.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="key-management-system-kms">Key Management System (KMS)</h3>
|
||
<p>If you are using server side encryption with KMS then you will find you can't transfer small objects. As a work-around you can use the <code>--ignore-checksum</code> flag.</p>
|
||
<p>A proper fix is being worked on in <a href="https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/1824">issue #1824</a>.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="glacier">Glacier</h3>
|
||
<p>You can transition objects to glacier storage using a <a href="http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/user-guide/create-lifecycle.html">lifecycle policy</a>. The bucket can still be synced or copied into normally, but if rclone tries to access the data you will see an error like below.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>2017/09/11 19:07:43 Failed to sync: failed to open source object: Object in GLACIER, restore first: path/to/file</code></pre>
|
||
<p>In this case you need to <a href="http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/user-guide/restore-archived-objects.html">restore</a> the object(s) in question before using rclone.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="specific-options-1">Specific options</h3>
|
||
<p>Here are the command line options specific to this cloud storage system.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="s3-aclstring">--s3-acl=STRING</h4>
|
||
<p>Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.</p>
|
||
<p>For more info visit the <a href="https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl">canned ACL docs</a>.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="s3-storage-classstring">--s3-storage-class=STRING</h4>
|
||
<p>Storage class to upload new objects with.</p>
|
||
<p>Available options include:</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>STANDARD - default storage class</li>
|
||
<li>STANDARD_IA - for less frequently accessed data (e.g backups)</li>
|
||
<li>REDUCED_REDUNDANCY (only for noncritical, reproducible data, has lower redundancy)</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<h3 id="anonymous-access-to-public-buckets">Anonymous access to public buckets</h3>
|
||
<p>If you want to use rclone to access a public bucket, configure with a blank <code>access_key_id</code> and <code>secret_access_key</code>. Eg</p>
|
||
<pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one
|
||
n) New remote
|
||
q) Quit config
|
||
n/q> n
|
||
name> anons3
|
||
What type of source is it?
|
||
Choose a number from below
|
||
1) amazon cloud drive
|
||
2) b2
|
||
3) drive
|
||
4) dropbox
|
||
5) google cloud storage
|
||
6) swift
|
||
7) hubic
|
||
8) local
|
||
9) onedrive
|
||
10) s3
|
||
11) yandex
|
||
type> 10
|
||
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars). Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
* Enter AWS credentials in the next step
|
||
1) false
|
||
* Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
|
||
2) true
|
||
env_auth> 1
|
||
AWS Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
|
||
access_key_id>
|
||
AWS Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
|
||
secret_access_key>
|
||
...</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Then use it as normal with the name of the public bucket, eg</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone lsd anons3:1000genomes</code></pre>
|
||
<p>You will be able to list and copy data but not upload it.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="ceph">Ceph</h3>
|
||
<p><a href="https://ceph.com/">Ceph</a> is an open source unified, distributed storage system designed for excellent performance, reliability and scalability. It has an S3 compatible object storage interface.</p>
|
||
<p>To use rclone with Ceph, configure as above but leave the region blank and set the endpoint. You should end up with something like this in your config:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>[ceph]
|
||
type = s3
|
||
env_auth = false
|
||
access_key_id = XXX
|
||
secret_access_key = YYY
|
||
region =
|
||
endpoint = https://ceph.endpoint.example.com
|
||
location_constraint =
|
||
acl =
|
||
server_side_encryption =
|
||
storage_class = </code></pre>
|
||
<p>Note also that Ceph sometimes puts <code>/</code> in the passwords it gives users. If you read the secret access key using the command line tools you will get a JSON blob with the <code>/</code> escaped as <code>\/</code>. Make sure you only write <code>/</code> in the secret access key.</p>
|
||
<p>Eg the dump from Ceph looks something like this (irrelevant keys removed).</p>
|
||
<pre><code>{
|
||
"user_id": "xxx",
|
||
"display_name": "xxxx",
|
||
"keys": [
|
||
{
|
||
"user": "xxx",
|
||
"access_key": "xxxxxx",
|
||
"secret_key": "xxxxxx\/xxxx"
|
||
}
|
||
],
|
||
}</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Because this is a json dump, it is encoding the <code>/</code> as <code>\/</code>, so if you use the secret key as <code>xxxxxx/xxxx</code> it will work fine.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="dreamhost">Dreamhost</h3>
|
||
<p>Dreamhost <a href="https://www.dreamhost.com/cloud/storage/">DreamObjects</a> is an object storage system based on CEPH.</p>
|
||
<p>To use rclone with Dreamhost, configure as above but leave the region blank and set the endpoint. You should end up with something like this in your config:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>[dreamobjects]
|
||
env_auth = false
|
||
access_key_id = your_access_key
|
||
secret_access_key = your_secret_key
|
||
region =
|
||
endpoint = objects-us-west-1.dream.io
|
||
location_constraint =
|
||
acl = private
|
||
server_side_encryption =
|
||
storage_class =</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="digitalocean-spaces">DigitalOcean Spaces</h3>
|
||
<p><a href="https://www.digitalocean.com/products/object-storage/">Spaces</a> is an <a href="https://developers.digitalocean.com/documentation/spaces/">S3-interoperable</a> object storage service from cloud provider DigitalOcean.</p>
|
||
<p>To connect to DigitalOcean Spaces you will need an access key and secret key. These can be retrieved on the "<a href="https://cloud.digitalocean.com/settings/api/tokens">Applications & API</a>" page of the DigitalOcean control panel. They will be needed when promted by <code>rclone config</code> for your <code>access_key_id</code> and <code>secret_access_key</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>When prompted for a <code>region</code> or <code>location_constraint</code>, press enter to use the default value. The region must be included in the <code>endpoint</code> setting (e.g. <code>nyc3.digitaloceanspaces.com</code>). The defualt values can be used for other settings.</p>
|
||
<p>Going through the whole process of creating a new remote by running <code>rclone config</code>, each prompt should be answered as shown below:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>Storage> s3
|
||
env_auth> 1
|
||
access_key_id> YOUR_ACCESS_KEY
|
||
secret_access_key> YOUR_SECRET_KEY
|
||
region>
|
||
endpoint> nyc3.digitaloceanspaces.com
|
||
location_constraint>
|
||
acl>
|
||
storage_class> </code></pre>
|
||
<p>The resulting configuration file should look like:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>[spaces]
|
||
type = s3
|
||
env_auth = false
|
||
access_key_id = YOUR_ACCESS_KEY
|
||
secret_access_key = YOUR_SECRET_KEY
|
||
region =
|
||
endpoint = nyc3.digitaloceanspaces.com
|
||
location_constraint =
|
||
acl =
|
||
server_side_encryption =
|
||
storage_class = </code></pre>
|
||
<p>Once configured, you can create a new Space and begin copying files. For example:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone mkdir spaces:my-new-space
|
||
rclone copy /path/to/files spaces:my-new-space</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="ibm-cos-s3">IBM COS (S3)</h3>
|
||
<p>Information stored with IBM Cloud Object Storage is encrypted and dispersed across multiple geographic locations, and accessed through an implementation of the S3 API. This service makes use of the distributed storage technologies provided by IBM’s Cloud Object Storage System (formerly Cleversafe). For more information visit: (https://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage)</p>
|
||
<p>To configure access to IBM COS S3, follow the steps below:</p>
|
||
<ol style="list-style-type: decimal">
|
||
<li><p>Run rclone config and select n for a new remote.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>2018/02/14 14:13:11 NOTICE: Config file "C:\\Users\\a\\.config\\rclone\\rclone.conf" not found - using defaults
|
||
No remotes found - make a new one
|
||
n) New remote
|
||
s) Set configuration password
|
||
q) Quit config
|
||
n/s/q> n</code></pre></li>
|
||
<li><p>Enter the name for the configuration</p>
|
||
<pre><code>name> IBM-COS-XREGION</code></pre></li>
|
||
<li><p>Select "s3" storage.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>Type of storage to configure.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio, IBM COS(S3))
|
||
\ "s3"
|
||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||
Storage> 2</code></pre></li>
|
||
<li><p>Select "Enter AWS credentials…"</p>
|
||
<pre><code>Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars). Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step
|
||
\ "false"
|
||
2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
|
||
\ "true"
|
||
env_auth> 1</code></pre></li>
|
||
<li><p>Enter the Access Key and Secret.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>AWS Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
|
||
access_key_id> <>
|
||
AWS Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
|
||
secret_access_key> <></code></pre></li>
|
||
<li><p>Select "other-v4-signature" region.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>Region to connect to.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
/ The default endpoint - a good choice if you are unsure.
|
||
1 | US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest.
|
||
| Leave location constraint empty.
|
||
\ "us-east-1"
|
||
/ US East (Ohio) Region
|
||
2 | Needs location constraint us-east-2.
|
||
\ "us-east-2"
|
||
/ US West (Oregon) Region
|
||
…<omitted>…
|
||
15 | eg Ceph/Dreamhost
|
||
| set this and make sure you set the endpoint.
|
||
\ "other-v2-signature"
|
||
/ If using an S3 clone that understands v4 signatures set this
|
||
16 | and make sure you set the endpoint.
|
||
\ "other-v4-signature
|
||
region> 16</code></pre></li>
|
||
<li><p>Enter the endpoint FQDN.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>Leave blank if using AWS to use the default endpoint for the region.
|
||
Specify if using an S3 clone such as Ceph.
|
||
endpoint> s3-api.us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net</code></pre></li>
|
||
<li>Specify a IBM COS Location Constraint.
|
||
<ol style="list-style-type: lower-alpha">
|
||
<li><p>Currently, the only IBM COS values for LocationConstraint are: us-standard / us-vault / us-cold / us-flex us-east-standard / us-east-vault / us-east-cold / us-east-flex us-south-standard / us-south-vault / us-south-cold / us-south-flex eu-standard / eu-vault / eu-cold / eu-flex</p>
|
||
<pre><code>Location constraint - must be set to match the Region. Used when creating buckets only.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Empty for US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest.
|
||
\ ""
|
||
2 / US East (Ohio) Region.
|
||
\ "us-east-2"
|
||
…<omitted>…
|
||
location_constraint> us-standard</code></pre></li>
|
||
</ol></li>
|
||
<li><p>Specify a canned ACL.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||
For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default).
|
||
\ "private"
|
||
2 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ access.
|
||
\ "public-read"
|
||
/ Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AllUsers group gets READ and WRITE access.
|
||
3 | Granting this on a bucket is generally not recommended.
|
||
\ "public-read-write"
|
||
4 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access.
|
||
\ "authenticated-read"
|
||
/ Object owner gets FULL_CONTROL. Bucket owner gets READ access.
|
||
5 | If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores it.
|
||
\ "bucket-owner-read"
|
||
/ Both the object owner and the bucket owner get FULL_CONTROL over the object.
|
||
6 | If you specify this canned ACL when creating a bucket, Amazon S3 ignores it.
|
||
\ "bucket-owner-full-control"
|
||
acl> 1</code></pre></li>
|
||
<li><p>Set the SSE option to "None".</p>
|
||
<pre><code>Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / None
|
||
\ ""
|
||
2 / AES256
|
||
\ "AES256"
|
||
server_side_encryption> 1</code></pre></li>
|
||
<li><p>Set the storage class to "None" (IBM COS uses the LocationConstraint at the bucket level).</p>
|
||
<pre><code>The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Default
|
||
\ ""
|
||
2 / Standard storage class
|
||
\ "STANDARD"
|
||
3 / Reduced redundancy storage class
|
||
\ "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY"
|
||
4 / Standard Infrequent Access storage class
|
||
\ "STANDARD_IA"
|
||
storage_class></code></pre></li>
|
||
<li><p>Review the displayed configuration and accept to save the "remote" then quit.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>Remote config
|
||
--------------------
|
||
[IBM-COS-XREGION]
|
||
env_auth = false
|
||
access_key_id = <>
|
||
secret_access_key = <>
|
||
region = other-v4-signature
|
||
endpoint = s3-api.us-geo.objectstorage.softlayer.net
|
||
location_constraint = us-standard
|
||
acl = private
|
||
server_side_encryption =
|
||
storage_class =
|
||
--------------------
|
||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||
e) Edit this remote
|
||
d) Delete this remote
|
||
y/e/d> y
|
||
Remote config
|
||
Current remotes:
|
||
|
||
Name Type
|
||
==== ====
|
||
IBM-COS-XREGION s3
|
||
|
||
e) Edit existing remote
|
||
n) New remote
|
||
d) Delete remote
|
||
r) Rename remote
|
||
c) Copy remote
|
||
s) Set configuration password
|
||
q) Quit config
|
||
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> q</code></pre></li>
|
||
<li><p>Execute rclone commands</p>
|
||
<pre><code>1) Create a bucket.
|
||
rclone mkdir IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket
|
||
2) List available buckets.
|
||
rclone lsd IBM-COS-XREGION:
|
||
-1 2017-11-08 21:16:22 -1 test
|
||
-1 2018-02-14 20:16:39 -1 newbucket
|
||
3) List contents of a bucket.
|
||
rclone ls IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket
|
||
18685952 test.exe
|
||
4) Copy a file from local to remote.
|
||
rclone copy /Users/file.txt IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket
|
||
5) Copy a file from remote to local.
|
||
rclone copy IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket/file.txt .
|
||
6) Delete a file on remote.
|
||
rclone delete IBM-COS-XREGION:newbucket/file.txt</code></pre></li>
|
||
</ol>
|
||
<h3 id="minio">Minio</h3>
|
||
<p><a href="https://minio.io/">Minio</a> is an object storage server built for cloud application developers and devops.</p>
|
||
<p>It is very easy to install and provides an S3 compatible server which can be used by rclone.</p>
|
||
<p>To use it, install Minio following the instructions <a href="https://docs.minio.io/docs/minio-quickstart-guide">here</a>.</p>
|
||
<p>When it configures itself Minio will print something like this</p>
|
||
<pre><code>Endpoint: http://192.168.1.106:9000 http://172.23.0.1:9000
|
||
AccessKey: USWUXHGYZQYFYFFIT3RE
|
||
SecretKey: MOJRH0mkL1IPauahWITSVvyDrQbEEIwljvmxdq03
|
||
Region: us-east-1
|
||
SQS ARNs: arn:minio:sqs:us-east-1:1:redis arn:minio:sqs:us-east-1:2:redis
|
||
|
||
Browser Access:
|
||
http://192.168.1.106:9000 http://172.23.0.1:9000
|
||
|
||
Command-line Access: https://docs.minio.io/docs/minio-client-quickstart-guide
|
||
$ mc config host add myminio http://192.168.1.106:9000 USWUXHGYZQYFYFFIT3RE MOJRH0mkL1IPauahWITSVvyDrQbEEIwljvmxdq03
|
||
|
||
Object API (Amazon S3 compatible):
|
||
Go: https://docs.minio.io/docs/golang-client-quickstart-guide
|
||
Java: https://docs.minio.io/docs/java-client-quickstart-guide
|
||
Python: https://docs.minio.io/docs/python-client-quickstart-guide
|
||
JavaScript: https://docs.minio.io/docs/javascript-client-quickstart-guide
|
||
.NET: https://docs.minio.io/docs/dotnet-client-quickstart-guide
|
||
|
||
Drive Capacity: 26 GiB Free, 165 GiB Total</code></pre>
|
||
<p>These details need to go into <code>rclone config</code> like this. Note that it is important to put the region in as stated above.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>env_auth> 1
|
||
access_key_id> USWUXHGYZQYFYFFIT3RE
|
||
secret_access_key> MOJRH0mkL1IPauahWITSVvyDrQbEEIwljvmxdq03
|
||
region> us-east-1
|
||
endpoint> http://192.168.1.106:9000
|
||
location_constraint>
|
||
server_side_encryption></code></pre>
|
||
<p>Which makes the config file look like this</p>
|
||
<pre><code>[minio]
|
||
env_auth = false
|
||
access_key_id = USWUXHGYZQYFYFFIT3RE
|
||
secret_access_key = MOJRH0mkL1IPauahWITSVvyDrQbEEIwljvmxdq03
|
||
region = us-east-1
|
||
endpoint = http://192.168.1.106:9000
|
||
location_constraint =
|
||
server_side_encryption =</code></pre>
|
||
<p>So once set up, for example to copy files into a bucket</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone copy /path/to/files minio:bucket</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="wasabi">Wasabi</h3>
|
||
<p><a href="https://wasabi.com">Wasabi</a> is a cloud-based object storage service for a broad range of applications and use cases. Wasabi is designed for individuals and organizations that require a high-performance, reliable, and secure data storage infrastructure at minimal cost.</p>
|
||
<p>Wasabi provides an S3 interface which can be configured for use with rclone like this.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one
|
||
n) New remote
|
||
s) Set configuration password
|
||
n/s> n
|
||
name> wasabi
|
||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||
\ "s3"
|
||
[snip]
|
||
Storage> s3
|
||
Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars). Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Enter AWS credentials in the next step
|
||
\ "false"
|
||
2 / Get AWS credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
|
||
\ "true"
|
||
env_auth> 1
|
||
AWS Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
|
||
access_key_id> YOURACCESSKEY
|
||
AWS Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
|
||
secret_access_key> YOURSECRETACCESSKEY
|
||
Region to connect to.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
/ The default endpoint - a good choice if you are unsure.
|
||
1 | US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest.
|
||
| Leave location constraint empty.
|
||
\ "us-east-1"
|
||
[snip]
|
||
region> us-east-1
|
||
Endpoint for S3 API.
|
||
Leave blank if using AWS to use the default endpoint for the region.
|
||
Specify if using an S3 clone such as Ceph.
|
||
endpoint> s3.wasabisys.com
|
||
Location constraint - must be set to match the Region. Used when creating buckets only.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Empty for US Region, Northern Virginia or Pacific Northwest.
|
||
\ ""
|
||
[snip]
|
||
location_constraint>
|
||
Canned ACL used when creating buckets and/or storing objects in S3.
|
||
For more info visit https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#canned-acl
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. No one else has access rights (default).
|
||
\ "private"
|
||
[snip]
|
||
acl>
|
||
The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / None
|
||
\ ""
|
||
2 / AES256
|
||
\ "AES256"
|
||
server_side_encryption>
|
||
The storage class to use when storing objects in S3.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Default
|
||
\ ""
|
||
2 / Standard storage class
|
||
\ "STANDARD"
|
||
3 / Reduced redundancy storage class
|
||
\ "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY"
|
||
4 / Standard Infrequent Access storage class
|
||
\ "STANDARD_IA"
|
||
storage_class>
|
||
Remote config
|
||
--------------------
|
||
[wasabi]
|
||
env_auth = false
|
||
access_key_id = YOURACCESSKEY
|
||
secret_access_key = YOURSECRETACCESSKEY
|
||
region = us-east-1
|
||
endpoint = s3.wasabisys.com
|
||
location_constraint =
|
||
acl =
|
||
server_side_encryption =
|
||
storage_class =
|
||
--------------------
|
||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||
e) Edit this remote
|
||
d) Delete this remote
|
||
y/e/d> y</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This will leave the config file looking like this.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>[wasabi]
|
||
env_auth = false
|
||
access_key_id = YOURACCESSKEY
|
||
secret_access_key = YOURSECRETACCESSKEY
|
||
region = us-east-1
|
||
endpoint = s3.wasabisys.com
|
||
location_constraint =
|
||
acl =
|
||
server_side_encryption =
|
||
storage_class = </code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="backblaze-b2">Backblaze B2</h2>
|
||
<p>B2 is <a href="https://www.backblaze.com/b2/">Backblaze's cloud storage system</a>.</p>
|
||
<p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:bucket</code> (or <code>remote:</code> for the <code>lsd</code> command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg <code>remote:bucket/path/to/dir</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>Here is an example of making a b2 configuration. First run</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone config</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process. You will need your account number (a short hex number) and key (a long hex number) which you can get from the b2 control panel.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one
|
||
n) New remote
|
||
q) Quit config
|
||
n/q> n
|
||
name> remote
|
||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||
\ "s3"
|
||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||
\ "b2"
|
||
4 / Dropbox
|
||
\ "dropbox"
|
||
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||
\ "crypt"
|
||
6 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||
7 / Google Drive
|
||
\ "drive"
|
||
8 / Hubic
|
||
\ "hubic"
|
||
9 / Local Disk
|
||
\ "local"
|
||
10 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||
\ "onedrive"
|
||
11 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||
\ "swift"
|
||
12 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||
\ "sftp"
|
||
13 / Yandex Disk
|
||
\ "yandex"
|
||
Storage> 3
|
||
Account ID
|
||
account> 123456789abc
|
||
Application Key
|
||
key> 0123456789abcdef0123456789abcdef0123456789
|
||
Endpoint for the service - leave blank normally.
|
||
endpoint>
|
||
Remote config
|
||
--------------------
|
||
[remote]
|
||
account = 123456789abc
|
||
key = 0123456789abcdef0123456789abcdef0123456789
|
||
endpoint =
|
||
--------------------
|
||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||
e) Edit this remote
|
||
d) Delete this remote
|
||
y/e/d> y</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This remote is called <code>remote</code> and can now be used like this</p>
|
||
<p>See all buckets</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Make a new bucket</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone mkdir remote:bucket</code></pre>
|
||
<p>List the contents of a bucket</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone ls remote:bucket</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Sync <code>/home/local/directory</code> to the remote bucket, deleting any excess files in the bucket.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:bucket</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="fast-list-2">--fast-list</h3>
|
||
<p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="modified-time-1">Modified time</h3>
|
||
<p>The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as <code>X-Bz-Info-src_last_modified_millis</code> as milliseconds since 1970-01-01 in the Backblaze standard. Other tools should be able to use this as a modified time.</p>
|
||
<p>Modified times are used in syncing and are fully supported except in the case of updating a modification time on an existing object. In this case the object will be uploaded again as B2 doesn't have an API method to set the modification time independent of doing an upload.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="sha1-checksums">SHA1 checksums</h3>
|
||
<p>The SHA1 checksums of the files are checked on upload and download and will be used in the syncing process.</p>
|
||
<p>Large files (bigger than the limit in <code>--b2-upload-cutoff</code>) which are uploaded in chunks will store their SHA1 on the object as <code>X-Bz-Info-large_file_sha1</code> as recommended by Backblaze.</p>
|
||
<p>For a large file to be uploaded with an SHA1 checksum, the source needs to support SHA1 checksums. The local disk supports SHA1 checksums so large file transfers from local disk will have an SHA1. See <a href="/overview/#features">the overview</a> for exactly which remotes support SHA1.</p>
|
||
<p>Sources which don't support SHA1, in particular <code>crypt</code> will upload large files without SHA1 checksums. This may be fixed in the future (see <a href="https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/1767">#1767</a>).</p>
|
||
<p>Files sizes below <code>--b2-upload-cutoff</code> will always have an SHA1 regardless of the source.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="transfers">Transfers</h3>
|
||
<p>Backblaze recommends that you do lots of transfers simultaneously for maximum speed. In tests from my SSD equipped laptop the optimum setting is about <code>--transfers 32</code> though higher numbers may be used for a slight speed improvement. The optimum number for you may vary depending on your hardware, how big the files are, how much you want to load your computer, etc. The default of <code>--transfers 4</code> is definitely too low for Backblaze B2 though.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that uploading big files (bigger than 200 MB by default) will use a 96 MB RAM buffer by default. There can be at most <code>--transfers</code> of these in use at any moment, so this sets the upper limit on the memory used.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="versions">Versions</h3>
|
||
<p>When rclone uploads a new version of a file it creates a <a href="https://www.backblaze.com/b2/docs/file_versions.html">new version of it</a>. Likewise when you delete a file, the old version will be marked hidden and still be available. Conversely, you may opt in to a "hard delete" of files with the <code>--b2-hard-delete</code> flag which would permanently remove the file instead of hiding it.</p>
|
||
<p>Old versions of files, where available, are visible using the <code>--b2-versions</code> flag.</p>
|
||
<p>If you wish to remove all the old versions then you can use the <code>rclone cleanup remote:bucket</code> command which will delete all the old versions of files, leaving the current ones intact. You can also supply a path and only old versions under that path will be deleted, eg <code>rclone cleanup remote:bucket/path/to/stuff</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>When you <code>purge</code> a bucket, the current and the old versions will be deleted then the bucket will be deleted.</p>
|
||
<p>However <code>delete</code> will cause the current versions of the files to become hidden old versions.</p>
|
||
<p>Here is a session showing the listing and retrieval of an old version followed by a <code>cleanup</code> of the old versions.</p>
|
||
<p>Show current version and all the versions with <code>--b2-versions</code> flag.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>$ rclone -q ls b2:cleanup-test
|
||
9 one.txt
|
||
|
||
$ rclone -q --b2-versions ls b2:cleanup-test
|
||
9 one.txt
|
||
8 one-v2016-07-04-141032-000.txt
|
||
16 one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt
|
||
15 one-v2016-07-02-155621-000.txt</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Retrieve an old version</p>
|
||
<pre><code>$ rclone -q --b2-versions copy b2:cleanup-test/one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt /tmp
|
||
|
||
$ ls -l /tmp/one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt
|
||
-rw-rw-r-- 1 ncw ncw 16 Jul 2 17:46 /tmp/one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Clean up all the old versions and show that they've gone.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>$ rclone -q cleanup b2:cleanup-test
|
||
|
||
$ rclone -q ls b2:cleanup-test
|
||
9 one.txt
|
||
|
||
$ rclone -q --b2-versions ls b2:cleanup-test
|
||
9 one.txt</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="data-usage">Data usage</h3>
|
||
<p>It is useful to know how many requests are sent to the server in different scenarios.</p>
|
||
<p>All copy commands send the following 4 requests:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>/b2api/v1/b2_authorize_account
|
||
/b2api/v1/b2_create_bucket
|
||
/b2api/v1/b2_list_buckets
|
||
/b2api/v1/b2_list_file_names</code></pre>
|
||
<p>The <code>b2_list_file_names</code> request will be sent once for every 1k files in the remote path, providing the checksum and modification time of the listed files. As of version 1.33 issue <a href="https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/818">#818</a> causes extra requests to be sent when using B2 with Crypt. When a copy operation does not require any files to be uploaded, no more requests will be sent.</p>
|
||
<p>Uploading files that do not require chunking, will send 2 requests per file upload:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>/b2api/v1/b2_get_upload_url
|
||
/b2api/v1/b2_upload_file/</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Uploading files requiring chunking, will send 2 requests (one each to start and finish the upload) and another 2 requests for each chunk:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>/b2api/v1/b2_start_large_file
|
||
/b2api/v1/b2_get_upload_part_url
|
||
/b2api/v1/b2_upload_part/
|
||
/b2api/v1/b2_finish_large_file</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="specific-options-2">Specific options</h3>
|
||
<p>Here are the command line options specific to this cloud storage system.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="b2-chunk-size-valueesize">--b2-chunk-size valuee=SIZE</h4>
|
||
<p>When uploading large files chunk the file into this size. Note that these chunks are buffered in memory and there might a maximum of <code>--transfers</code> chunks in progress at once. 5,000,000 Bytes is the minimim size (default 96M).</p>
|
||
<h4 id="b2-upload-cutoffsize">--b2-upload-cutoff=SIZE</h4>
|
||
<p>Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 190.735 MiB == 200 MB). Files above this size will be uploaded in chunks of <code>--b2-chunk-size</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>This value should be set no larger than 4.657GiB (== 5GB) as this is the largest file size that can be uploaded.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="b2-test-modeflag">--b2-test-mode=FLAG</h4>
|
||
<p>This is for debugging purposes only.</p>
|
||
<p>Setting FLAG to one of the strings below will cause b2 to return specific errors for debugging purposes.</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><code>fail_some_uploads</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>expire_some_account_authorization_tokens</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>force_cap_exceeded</code></li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>These will be set in the <code>X-Bz-Test-Mode</code> header which is documented in the <a href="https://www.backblaze.com/b2/docs/integration_checklist.html">b2 integrations checklist</a>.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="b2-versions">--b2-versions</h4>
|
||
<p>When set rclone will show and act on older versions of files. For example</p>
|
||
<p>Listing without <code>--b2-versions</code></p>
|
||
<pre><code>$ rclone -q ls b2:cleanup-test
|
||
9 one.txt</code></pre>
|
||
<p>And with</p>
|
||
<pre><code>$ rclone -q --b2-versions ls b2:cleanup-test
|
||
9 one.txt
|
||
8 one-v2016-07-04-141032-000.txt
|
||
16 one-v2016-07-04-141003-000.txt
|
||
15 one-v2016-07-02-155621-000.txt</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Showing that the current version is unchanged but older versions can be seen. These have the UTC date that they were uploaded to the server to the nearest millisecond appended to them.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that when using <code>--b2-versions</code> no file write operations are permitted, so you can't upload files or delete them.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="box">Box</h2>
|
||
<p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p>
|
||
<p>Paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>The initial setup for Box involves getting a token from Box which you need to do in your browser. <code>rclone config</code> walks you through it.</p>
|
||
<p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p>
|
||
<pre><code> rclone config</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one
|
||
n) New remote
|
||
s) Set configuration password
|
||
q) Quit config
|
||
n/s/q> n
|
||
name> remote
|
||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||
\ "s3"
|
||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||
\ "b2"
|
||
4 / Box
|
||
\ "box"
|
||
5 / Dropbox
|
||
\ "dropbox"
|
||
6 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||
\ "crypt"
|
||
7 / FTP Connection
|
||
\ "ftp"
|
||
8 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||
9 / Google Drive
|
||
\ "drive"
|
||
10 / Hubic
|
||
\ "hubic"
|
||
11 / Local Disk
|
||
\ "local"
|
||
12 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||
\ "onedrive"
|
||
13 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||
\ "swift"
|
||
14 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||
\ "sftp"
|
||
15 / Yandex Disk
|
||
\ "yandex"
|
||
16 / http Connection
|
||
\ "http"
|
||
Storage> box
|
||
Box App Client Id - leave blank normally.
|
||
client_id>
|
||
Box App Client Secret - leave blank normally.
|
||
client_secret>
|
||
Remote config
|
||
Use auto config?
|
||
* Say Y if not sure
|
||
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
|
||
y) Yes
|
||
n) No
|
||
y/n> y
|
||
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
|
||
Log in and authorize rclone for access
|
||
Waiting for code...
|
||
Got code
|
||
--------------------
|
||
[remote]
|
||
client_id =
|
||
client_secret =
|
||
token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"bearer","refresh_token":"XXX","expiry":"XXX"}
|
||
--------------------
|
||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||
e) Edit this remote
|
||
d) Delete this remote
|
||
y/e/d> y</code></pre>
|
||
<p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/remote_setup/">remote setup docs</a> for how to set it up on a machine with no Internet browser available.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned from Box. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on <code>http://127.0.0.1:53682/</code> and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.</p>
|
||
<p>Once configured you can then use <code>rclone</code> like this,</p>
|
||
<p>List directories in top level of your Box</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>List all the files in your Box</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>To copy a local directory to an Box directory called backup</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="invalid-refresh-token">Invalid refresh token</h3>
|
||
<p>According to the <a href="https://developer.box.com/v2.0/docs/oauth-20#section-6-using-the-access-and-refresh-tokens">box docs</a>:</p>
|
||
<blockquote>
|
||
<p>Each refresh_token is valid for one use in 60 days.</p>
|
||
</blockquote>
|
||
<p>This means that if you</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Don't use the box remote for 60 days</li>
|
||
<li>Copy the config file with a box refresh token in and use it in two places</li>
|
||
<li>Get an error on a token refresh</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>then rclone will return an error which includes the text <code>Invalid refresh token</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>To fix this you will need to use oauth2 again to update the refresh token. You can use the methods in <a href="https://rclone.org/remote_setup/">the remote setup docs</a>, bearing in mind that if you use the copy the config file method, you should not use that remote on the computer you did the authentication on.</p>
|
||
<p>Here is how to do it.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>$ rclone config
|
||
Current remotes:
|
||
|
||
Name Type
|
||
==== ====
|
||
remote box
|
||
|
||
e) Edit existing remote
|
||
n) New remote
|
||
d) Delete remote
|
||
r) Rename remote
|
||
c) Copy remote
|
||
s) Set configuration password
|
||
q) Quit config
|
||
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> e
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in an existing value
|
||
1 > remote
|
||
remote> remote
|
||
--------------------
|
||
[remote]
|
||
type = box
|
||
token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"bearer","refresh_token":"XXX","expiry":"2017-07-08T23:40:08.059167677+01:00"}
|
||
--------------------
|
||
Edit remote
|
||
Value "client_id" = ""
|
||
Edit? (y/n)>
|
||
y) Yes
|
||
n) No
|
||
y/n> n
|
||
Value "client_secret" = ""
|
||
Edit? (y/n)>
|
||
y) Yes
|
||
n) No
|
||
y/n> n
|
||
Remote config
|
||
Already have a token - refresh?
|
||
y) Yes
|
||
n) No
|
||
y/n> y
|
||
Use auto config?
|
||
* Say Y if not sure
|
||
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
|
||
y) Yes
|
||
n) No
|
||
y/n> y
|
||
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
|
||
Log in and authorize rclone for access
|
||
Waiting for code...
|
||
Got code
|
||
--------------------
|
||
[remote]
|
||
type = box
|
||
token = {"access_token":"YYY","token_type":"bearer","refresh_token":"YYY","expiry":"2017-07-23T12:22:29.259137901+01:00"}
|
||
--------------------
|
||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||
e) Edit this remote
|
||
d) Delete this remote
|
||
y/e/d> y</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="modified-time-and-hashes">Modified time and hashes</h3>
|
||
<p>Box allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1 second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or not.</p>
|
||
<p>One drive supports SHA1 type hashes, so you can use the <code>--checksum</code> flag.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="transfers-1">Transfers</h3>
|
||
<p>For files above 50MB rclone will use a chunked transfer. Rclone will upload up to <code>--transfers</code> chunks at the same time (shared among all the multipart uploads). Chunks are buffered in memory and are normally 8MB so increasing <code>--transfers</code> will increase memory use.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="deleting-files-1">Deleting files</h3>
|
||
<p>Depending on the enterprise settings for your user, the item will either be actually deleted from Box or moved to the trash.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="specific-options-3">Specific options</h3>
|
||
<p>Here are the command line options specific to this cloud storage system.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="box-upload-cutoffsize">--box-upload-cutoff=SIZE</h4>
|
||
<p>Cutoff for switching to chunked upload - must be >= 50MB. The default is 50MB.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="limitations-2">Limitations</h3>
|
||
<p>Note that Box is case insensitive so you can't have a file called "Hello.doc" and one called "hello.doc".</p>
|
||
<p>Box file names can't have the <code>\</code> character in. rclone maps this to and from an identical looking unicode equivalent <code>＼</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>Box only supports filenames up to 255 characters in length.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="cache-beta">Cache (BETA)</h2>
|
||
<p>The <code>cache</code> remote wraps another existing remote and stores file structure and its data for long running tasks like <code>rclone mount</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>To get started you just need to have an existing remote which can be configured with <code>cache</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>test-cache</code>. First run:</p>
|
||
<pre><code> rclone config</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one
|
||
n) New remote
|
||
r) Rename remote
|
||
c) Copy remote
|
||
s) Set configuration password
|
||
q) Quit config
|
||
n/r/c/s/q> n
|
||
name> test-cache
|
||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
...
|
||
5 / Cache a remote
|
||
\ "cache"
|
||
...
|
||
Storage> 5
|
||
Remote to cache.
|
||
Normally should contain a ':' and a path, eg "myremote:path/to/dir",
|
||
"myremote:bucket" or maybe "myremote:" (not recommended).
|
||
remote> local:/test
|
||
Optional: The URL of the Plex server
|
||
plex_url> http://127.0.0.1:32400
|
||
Optional: The username of the Plex user
|
||
plex_username> dummyusername
|
||
Optional: The password of the Plex user
|
||
y) Yes type in my own password
|
||
g) Generate random password
|
||
n) No leave this optional password blank
|
||
y/g/n> y
|
||
Enter the password:
|
||
password:
|
||
Confirm the password:
|
||
password:
|
||
The size of a chunk. Lower value good for slow connections but can affect seamless reading.
|
||
Default: 5M
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / 1MB
|
||
\ "1m"
|
||
2 / 5 MB
|
||
\ "5M"
|
||
3 / 10 MB
|
||
\ "10M"
|
||
chunk_size> 2
|
||
How much time should object info (file size, file hashes etc) be stored in cache. Use a very high value if you don't plan on changing the source FS from outside the cache.
|
||
Accepted units are: "s", "m", "h".
|
||
Default: 5m
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / 1 hour
|
||
\ "1h"
|
||
2 / 24 hours
|
||
\ "24h"
|
||
3 / 24 hours
|
||
\ "48h"
|
||
info_age> 2
|
||
The maximum size of stored chunks. When the storage grows beyond this size, the oldest chunks will be deleted.
|
||
Default: 10G
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / 500 MB
|
||
\ "500M"
|
||
2 / 1 GB
|
||
\ "1G"
|
||
3 / 10 GB
|
||
\ "10G"
|
||
chunk_total_size> 3
|
||
Remote config
|
||
--------------------
|
||
[test-cache]
|
||
remote = local:/test
|
||
plex_url = http://127.0.0.1:32400
|
||
plex_username = dummyusername
|
||
plex_password = *** ENCRYPTED ***
|
||
chunk_size = 5M
|
||
info_age = 48h
|
||
chunk_total_size = 10G</code></pre>
|
||
<p>You can then use it like this,</p>
|
||
<p>List directories in top level of your drive</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone lsd test-cache:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>List all the files in your drive</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone ls test-cache:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>To start a cached mount</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone mount --allow-other test-cache: /var/tmp/test-cache</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="write-features">Write Features</h3>
|
||
<h3 id="offline-uploading">Offline uploading</h3>
|
||
<p>In an effort to make writing through cache more reliable, the backend now supports this feature which can be activated by specifying a <code>cache-tmp-upload-path</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>A files goes through these states when using this feature:</p>
|
||
<ol style="list-style-type: decimal">
|
||
<li>An upload is started (usually by copying a file on the cache remote)</li>
|
||
<li>When the copy to the temporary location is complete the file is part of the cached remote and looks and behaves like any other file (reading included)</li>
|
||
<li>After <code>cache-tmp-wait-time</code> passes and the file is next in line, <code>rclone move</code> is used to move the file to the cloud provider</li>
|
||
<li>Reading the file still works during the upload but most modifications on it will be prohibited</li>
|
||
<li>Once the move is complete the file is unlocked for modifications as it becomes as any other regular file</li>
|
||
<li>If the file is being read through <code>cache</code> when it's actually deleted from the temporary path then <code>cache</code> will simply swap the source to the cloud provider without interrupting the reading (small blip can happen though)</li>
|
||
</ol>
|
||
<p>Files are uploaded in sequence and only one file is uploaded at a time. Uploads will be stored in a queue and be processed based on the order they were added. The queue and the temporary storage is persistent across restarts and even purges of the cache.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="write-support">Write Support</h3>
|
||
<p>Writes are supported through <code>cache</code>. One caveat is that a mounted cache remote does not add any retry or fallback mechanism to the upload operation. This will depend on the implementation of the wrapped remote. Consider using <code>Offline uploading</code> for reliable writes.</p>
|
||
<p>One special case is covered with <code>cache-writes</code> which will cache the file data at the same time as the upload when it is enabled making it available from the cache store immediately once the upload is finished.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="read-features">Read Features</h3>
|
||
<h4 id="multiple-connections">Multiple connections</h4>
|
||
<p>To counter the high latency between a local PC where rclone is running and cloud providers, the cache remote can split multiple requests to the cloud provider for smaller file chunks and combines them together locally where they can be available almost immediately before the reader usually needs them.</p>
|
||
<p>This is similar to buffering when media files are played online. Rclone will stay around the current marker but always try its best to stay ahead and prepare the data before.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="plex-integration">Plex Integration</h4>
|
||
<p>There is a direct integration with Plex which allows cache to detect during reading if the file is in playback or not. This helps cache to adapt how it queries the cloud provider depending on what is needed for.</p>
|
||
<p>Scans will have a minimum amount of workers (1) while in a confirmed playback cache will deploy the configured number of workers.</p>
|
||
<p>This integration opens the doorway to additional performance improvements which will be explored in the near future.</p>
|
||
<p><strong>Note:</strong> If Plex options are not configured, <code>cache</code> will function with its configured options without adapting any of its settings.</p>
|
||
<p>How to enable? Run <code>rclone config</code> and add all the Plex options (endpoint, username and password) in your remote and it will be automatically enabled.</p>
|
||
<p>Affected settings: - <code>cache-workers</code>: <em>Configured value</em> during confirmed playback or <em>1</em> all the other times</p>
|
||
<h3 id="known-issues">Known issues</h3>
|
||
<h4 id="mount-and---dir-cache-time">Mount and --dir-cache-time</h4>
|
||
<p>--dir-cache-time controls the first layer of directory caching which works at the mount layer. Being an independent caching mechanism from the <code>cache</code> backend, it will manage its own entries based on the configured time.</p>
|
||
<p>To avoid getting in a scenario where dir cache has obsolete data and cache would have the correct one, try to set <code>--dir-cache-time</code> to a lower time than <code>--cache-info-age</code>. Default values are already configured in this way.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="windows-support---experimental">Windows support - Experimental</h4>
|
||
<p>There are a couple of issues with Windows <code>mount</code> functionality that still require some investigations. It should be considered as experimental thus far as fixes come in for this OS.</p>
|
||
<p>Most of the issues seem to be related to the difference between filesystems on Linux flavors and Windows as cache is heavily dependant on them.</p>
|
||
<p>Any reports or feedback on how cache behaves on this OS is greatly appreciated.</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/1935</li>
|
||
<li>https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/1907</li>
|
||
<li>https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/1834</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<h4 id="risk-of-throttling">Risk of throttling</h4>
|
||
<p>Future iterations of the cache backend will make use of the pooling functionality of the cloud provider to synchronize and at the same time make writing through it more tolerant to failures.</p>
|
||
<p>There are a couple of enhancements in track to add these but in the meantime there is a valid concern that the expiring cache listings can lead to cloud provider throttles or bans due to repeated queries on it for very large mounts.</p>
|
||
<p>Some recommendations: - don't use a very small interval for entry informations (<code>--cache-info-age</code>) - while writes aren't yet optimised, you can still write through <code>cache</code> which gives you the advantage of adding the file in the cache at the same time if configured to do so.</p>
|
||
<p>Future enhancements:</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/1937</li>
|
||
<li>https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/1936</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<h4 id="cache-and-crypt">cache and crypt</h4>
|
||
<p>One common scenario is to keep your data encrypted in the cloud provider using the <code>crypt</code> remote. <code>crypt</code> uses a similar technique to wrap around an existing remote and handles this translation in a seamless way.</p>
|
||
<p>There is an issue with wrapping the remotes in this order: <span style="color:red"><strong>cloud remote</strong> -> <strong>crypt</strong> -> <strong>cache</strong></span></p>
|
||
<p>During testing, I experienced a lot of bans with the remotes in this order. I suspect it might be related to how crypt opens files on the cloud provider which makes it think we're downloading the full file instead of small chunks. Organizing the remotes in this order yelds better results: <span style="color:green"><strong>cloud remote</strong> -> <strong>cache</strong> -> <strong>crypt</strong></span></p>
|
||
<h3 id="cache-and-remote-control---rc">Cache and Remote Control (--rc)</h3>
|
||
<p>Cache supports the new <code>--rc</code> mode in rclone and can be remote controlled through the following end points: By default, the listener is disabled if you do not add the flag.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="rc-cacheexpire">rc cache/expire</h3>
|
||
<p>Purge a remote from the cache backend. Supports either a directory or a file. It supports both encrypted and unencrypted file names if cache is wrapped by crypt.</p>
|
||
<p>Params: - <strong>remote</strong> = path to remote <strong>(required)</strong> - <strong>withData</strong> = true/false to delete cached data (chunks) as well <em>(optional, false by default)</em></p>
|
||
<h3 id="specific-options-4">Specific options</h3>
|
||
<p>Here are the command line options specific to this cloud storage system.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="cache-chunk-pathpath">--cache-chunk-path=PATH</h4>
|
||
<p>Path to where partial file data (chunks) is stored locally. The remote name is appended to the final path.</p>
|
||
<p>This config follows the <code>--cache-db-path</code>. If you specify a custom location for <code>--cache-db-path</code> and don't specify one for <code>--cache-chunk-path</code> then <code>--cache-chunk-path</code> will use the same path as <code>--cache-db-path</code>.</p>
|
||
<p><strong>Default</strong>: <rclone default cache path>/cache-backend/<remote name> <strong>Example</strong>: /.cache/cache-backend/test-cache</p>
|
||
<h4 id="cache-db-pathpath">--cache-db-path=PATH</h4>
|
||
<p>Path to where the file structure metadata (DB) is stored locally. The remote name is used as the DB file name.</p>
|
||
<p><strong>Default</strong>: <rclone default cache path>/cache-backend/<remote name> <strong>Example</strong>: /.cache/cache-backend/test-cache</p>
|
||
<h4 id="cache-db-purge">--cache-db-purge</h4>
|
||
<p>Flag to clear all the cached data for this remote before.</p>
|
||
<p><strong>Default</strong>: not set</p>
|
||
<h4 id="cache-chunk-sizesize">--cache-chunk-size=SIZE</h4>
|
||
<p>The size of a chunk (partial file data). Use lower numbers for slower connections.</p>
|
||
<p><strong>Default</strong>: 5M</p>
|
||
<h4 id="cache-total-chunk-sizesize">--cache-total-chunk-size=SIZE</h4>
|
||
<p>The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. If <code>cache</code> exceeds this value then it will start to the delete the oldest chunks until it goes under this value.</p>
|
||
<p><strong>Default</strong>: 10G</p>
|
||
<h4 id="cache-chunk-clean-intervalduration">--cache-chunk-clean-interval=DURATION</h4>
|
||
<p>How often should <code>cache</code> perform cleanups of the chunk storage. The default value should be ok for most people. If you find that <code>cache</code> goes over <code>cache-total-chunk-size</code> too often then try to lower this value to force it to perform cleanups more often.</p>
|
||
<p><strong>Default</strong>: 1m</p>
|
||
<h4 id="cache-info-ageduration">--cache-info-age=DURATION</h4>
|
||
<p>How long to keep file structure information (directory listings, file size, mod times etc) locally.</p>
|
||
<p>If all write operations are done through <code>cache</code> then you can safely make this value very large as the cache store will also be updated in real time.</p>
|
||
<p><strong>Default</strong>: 6h</p>
|
||
<h4 id="cache-read-retriesretries">--cache-read-retries=RETRIES</h4>
|
||
<p>How many times to retry a read from a cache storage.</p>
|
||
<p>Since reading from a <code>cache</code> stream is independent from downloading file data, readers can get to a point where there's no more data in the cache. Most of the times this can indicate a connectivity issue if <code>cache</code> isn't able to provide file data anymore.</p>
|
||
<p>For really slow connections, increase this to a point where the stream is able to provide data but your experience will be very stuttering.</p>
|
||
<p><strong>Default</strong>: 10</p>
|
||
<h4 id="cache-workersworkers">--cache-workers=WORKERS</h4>
|
||
<p>How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks.</p>
|
||
<p>Higher values will mean more parallel processing (better CPU needed) and more concurrent requests on the cloud provider. This impacts several aspects like the cloud provider API limits, more stress on the hardware that rclone runs on but it also means that streams will be more fluid and data will be available much more faster to readers.</p>
|
||
<p><strong>Note</strong>: If the optional Plex integration is enabled then this setting will adapt to the type of reading performed and the value specified here will be used as a maximum number of workers to use. <strong>Default</strong>: 4</p>
|
||
<h4 id="cache-chunk-no-memory">--cache-chunk-no-memory</h4>
|
||
<p>By default, <code>cache</code> will keep file data during streaming in RAM as well to provide it to readers as fast as possible.</p>
|
||
<p>This transient data is evicted as soon as it is read and the number of chunks stored doesn't exceed the number of workers. However, depending on other settings like <code>cache-chunk-size</code> and <code>cache-workers</code> this footprint can increase if there are parallel streams too (multiple files being read at the same time).</p>
|
||
<p>If the hardware permits it, use this feature to provide an overall better performance during streaming but it can also be disabled if RAM is not available on the local machine.</p>
|
||
<p><strong>Default</strong>: not set</p>
|
||
<h4 id="cache-rpsnumber">--cache-rps=NUMBER</h4>
|
||
<p>This setting places a hard limit on the number of requests per second that <code>cache</code> will be doing to the cloud provider remote and try to respect that value by setting waits between reads.</p>
|
||
<p>If you find that you're getting banned or limited on the cloud provider through cache and know that a smaller number of requests per second will allow you to work with it then you can use this setting for that.</p>
|
||
<p>A good balance of all the other settings should make this setting useless but it is available to set for more special cases.</p>
|
||
<p><strong>NOTE</strong>: This will limit the number of requests during streams but other API calls to the cloud provider like directory listings will still pass.</p>
|
||
<p><strong>Default</strong>: disabled</p>
|
||
<h4 id="cache-writes">--cache-writes</h4>
|
||
<p>If you need to read files immediately after you upload them through <code>cache</code> you can enable this flag to have their data stored in the cache store at the same time during upload.</p>
|
||
<p><strong>Default</strong>: not set</p>
|
||
<h4 id="cache-tmp-upload-pathpath">--cache-tmp-upload-path=PATH</h4>
|
||
<p>This is the path where <code>cache</code> will use as a temporary storage for new files that need to be uploaded to the cloud provider.</p>
|
||
<p>Specifying a value will enable this feature. Without it, it is completely disabled and files will be uploaded directly to the cloud provider</p>
|
||
<p><strong>Default</strong>: empty</p>
|
||
<h4 id="cache-tmp-wait-timeduration">--cache-tmp-wait-time=DURATION</h4>
|
||
<p>This is the duration that a file must wait in the temporary location <em>cache-tmp-upload-path</em> before it is selected for upload.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that only one file is uploaded at a time and it can take longer to start the upload if a queue formed for this purpose.</p>
|
||
<p><strong>Default</strong>: 15m</p>
|
||
<h4 id="cache-db-wait-timeduration">--cache-db-wait-time=DURATION</h4>
|
||
<p>Only one process can have the DB open at any one time, so rclone waits for this duration for the DB to become available before it gives an error.</p>
|
||
<p>If you set it to 0 then it will wait forever.</p>
|
||
<p><strong>Default</strong>: 1s</p>
|
||
<h2 id="crypt">Crypt</h2>
|
||
<p>The <code>crypt</code> remote encrypts and decrypts another remote.</p>
|
||
<p>To use it first set up the underlying remote following the config instructions for that remote. You can also use a local pathname instead of a remote which will encrypt and decrypt from that directory which might be useful for encrypting onto a USB stick for example.</p>
|
||
<p>First check your chosen remote is working - we'll call it <code>remote:path</code> in these docs. Note that anything inside <code>remote:path</code> will be encrypted and anything outside won't. This means that if you are using a bucket based remote (eg S3, B2, swift) then you should probably put the bucket in the remote <code>s3:bucket</code>. If you just use <code>s3:</code> then rclone will make encrypted bucket names too (if using file name encryption) which may or may not be what you want.</p>
|
||
<p>Now configure <code>crypt</code> using <code>rclone config</code>. We will call this one <code>secret</code> to differentiate it from the <code>remote</code>.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one
|
||
n) New remote
|
||
s) Set configuration password
|
||
q) Quit config
|
||
n/s/q> n
|
||
name> secret
|
||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||
\ "s3"
|
||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||
\ "b2"
|
||
4 / Dropbox
|
||
\ "dropbox"
|
||
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||
\ "crypt"
|
||
6 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||
7 / Google Drive
|
||
\ "drive"
|
||
8 / Hubic
|
||
\ "hubic"
|
||
9 / Local Disk
|
||
\ "local"
|
||
10 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||
\ "onedrive"
|
||
11 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||
\ "swift"
|
||
12 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||
\ "sftp"
|
||
13 / Yandex Disk
|
||
\ "yandex"
|
||
Storage> 5
|
||
Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
|
||
Normally should contain a ':' and a path, eg "myremote:path/to/dir",
|
||
"myremote:bucket" or maybe "myremote:" (not recommended).
|
||
remote> remote:path
|
||
How to encrypt the filenames.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Don't encrypt the file names. Adds a ".bin" extension only.
|
||
\ "off"
|
||
2 / Encrypt the filenames see the docs for the details.
|
||
\ "standard"
|
||
3 / Very simple filename obfuscation.
|
||
\ "obfuscate"
|
||
filename_encryption> 2
|
||
Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Encrypt directory names.
|
||
\ "true"
|
||
2 / Don't encrypt directory names, leave them intact.
|
||
\ "false"
|
||
filename_encryption> 1
|
||
Password or pass phrase for encryption.
|
||
y) Yes type in my own password
|
||
g) Generate random password
|
||
y/g> y
|
||
Enter the password:
|
||
password:
|
||
Confirm the password:
|
||
password:
|
||
Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
|
||
Should be different to the previous password.
|
||
y) Yes type in my own password
|
||
g) Generate random password
|
||
n) No leave this optional password blank
|
||
y/g/n> g
|
||
Password strength in bits.
|
||
64 is just about memorable
|
||
128 is secure
|
||
1024 is the maximum
|
||
Bits> 128
|
||
Your password is: JAsJvRcgR-_veXNfy_sGmQ
|
||
Use this password?
|
||
y) Yes
|
||
n) No
|
||
y/n> y
|
||
Remote config
|
||
--------------------
|
||
[secret]
|
||
remote = remote:path
|
||
filename_encryption = standard
|
||
password = *** ENCRYPTED ***
|
||
password2 = *** ENCRYPTED ***
|
||
--------------------
|
||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||
e) Edit this remote
|
||
d) Delete this remote
|
||
y/e/d> y</code></pre>
|
||
<p><strong>Important</strong> The password is stored in the config file is lightly obscured so it isn't immediately obvious what it is. It is in no way secure unless you use config file encryption.</p>
|
||
<p>A long passphrase is recommended, or you can use a random one. Note that if you reconfigure rclone with the same passwords/passphrases elsewhere it will be compatible - all the secrets used are derived from those two passwords/passphrases.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that rclone does not encrypt</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>file length - this can be calcuated within 16 bytes</li>
|
||
<li>modification time - used for syncing</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<h2 id="specifying-the-remote">Specifying the remote</h2>
|
||
<p>In normal use, make sure the remote has a <code>:</code> in. If you specify the remote without a <code>:</code> then rclone will use a local directory of that name. So if you use a remote of <code>/path/to/secret/files</code> then rclone will encrypt stuff to that directory. If you use a remote of <code>name</code> then rclone will put files in a directory called <code>name</code> in the current directory.</p>
|
||
<p>If you specify the remote as <code>remote:path/to/dir</code> then rclone will store encrypted files in <code>path/to/dir</code> on the remote. If you are using file name encryption, then when you save files to <code>secret:subdir/subfile</code> this will store them in the unencrypted path <code>path/to/dir</code> but the <code>subdir/subpath</code> bit will be encrypted.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that unless you want encrypted bucket names (which are difficult to manage because you won't know what directory they represent in web interfaces etc), you should probably specify a bucket, eg <code>remote:secretbucket</code> when using bucket based remotes such as S3, Swift, Hubic, B2, GCS.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="example">Example</h2>
|
||
<p>To test I made a little directory of files using "standard" file name encryption.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>plaintext/
|
||
├── file0.txt
|
||
├── file1.txt
|
||
└── subdir
|
||
├── file2.txt
|
||
├── file3.txt
|
||
└── subsubdir
|
||
└── file4.txt</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Copy these to the remote and list them back</p>
|
||
<pre><code>$ rclone -q copy plaintext secret:
|
||
$ rclone -q ls secret:
|
||
7 file1.txt
|
||
6 file0.txt
|
||
8 subdir/file2.txt
|
||
10 subdir/subsubdir/file4.txt
|
||
9 subdir/file3.txt</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Now see what that looked like when encrypted</p>
|
||
<pre><code>$ rclone -q ls remote:path
|
||
55 hagjclgavj2mbiqm6u6cnjjqcg
|
||
54 v05749mltvv1tf4onltun46gls
|
||
57 86vhrsv86mpbtd3a0akjuqslj8/dlj7fkq4kdq72emafg7a7s41uo
|
||
58 86vhrsv86mpbtd3a0akjuqslj8/7uu829995du6o42n32otfhjqp4/b9pausrfansjth5ob3jkdqd4lc
|
||
56 86vhrsv86mpbtd3a0akjuqslj8/8njh1sk437gttmep3p70g81aps</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Note that this retains the directory structure which means you can do this</p>
|
||
<pre><code>$ rclone -q ls secret:subdir
|
||
8 file2.txt
|
||
9 file3.txt
|
||
10 subsubdir/file4.txt</code></pre>
|
||
<p>If don't use file name encryption then the remote will look like this - note the <code>.bin</code> extensions added to prevent the cloud provider attempting to interpret the data.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>$ rclone -q ls remote:path
|
||
54 file0.txt.bin
|
||
57 subdir/file3.txt.bin
|
||
56 subdir/file2.txt.bin
|
||
58 subdir/subsubdir/file4.txt.bin
|
||
55 file1.txt.bin</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="file-name-encryption-modes">File name encryption modes</h3>
|
||
<p>Here are some of the features of the file name encryption modes</p>
|
||
<p>Off</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>doesn't hide file names or directory structure</li>
|
||
<li>allows for longer file names (~246 characters)</li>
|
||
<li>can use sub paths and copy single files</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>Standard</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>file names encrypted</li>
|
||
<li>file names can't be as long (~143 characters)</li>
|
||
<li>can use sub paths and copy single files</li>
|
||
<li>directory structure visible</li>
|
||
<li>identical files names will have identical uploaded names</li>
|
||
<li>can use shortcuts to shorten the directory recursion</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>Obfuscation</p>
|
||
<p>This is a simple "rotate" of the filename, with each file having a rot distance based on the filename. We store the distance at the beginning of the filename. So a file called "hello" may become "53.jgnnq"</p>
|
||
<p>This is not a strong encryption of filenames, but it may stop automated scanning tools from picking up on filename patterns. As such it's an intermediate between "off" and "standard". The advantage is that it allows for longer path segment names.</p>
|
||
<p>There is a possibility with some unicode based filenames that the obfuscation is weak and may map lower case characters to upper case equivalents. You can not rely on this for strong protection.</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>file names very lightly obfuscated</li>
|
||
<li>file names can be longer than standard encryption</li>
|
||
<li>can use sub paths and copy single files</li>
|
||
<li>directory structure visible</li>
|
||
<li>identical files names will have identical uploaded names</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>Cloud storage systems have various limits on file name length and total path length which you are more likely to hit using "Standard" file name encryption. If you keep your file names to below 156 characters in length then you should be OK on all providers.</p>
|
||
<p>There may be an even more secure file name encryption mode in the future which will address the long file name problem.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="directory-name-encryption">Directory name encryption</h3>
|
||
<p>Crypt offers the option of encrypting dir names or leaving them intact. There are two options:</p>
|
||
<p>True</p>
|
||
<p>Encrypts the whole file path including directory names Example: <code>1/12/123.txt</code> is encrypted to <code>p0e52nreeaj0a5ea7s64m4j72s/l42g6771hnv3an9cgc8cr2n1ng/qgm4avr35m5loi1th53ato71v0</code></p>
|
||
<p>False</p>
|
||
<p>Only encrypts file names, skips directory names Example: <code>1/12/123.txt</code> is encrypted to <code>1/12/qgm4avr35m5loi1th53ato71v0</code></p>
|
||
<h3 id="modified-time-and-hashes-1">Modified time and hashes</h3>
|
||
<p>Crypt stores modification times using the underlying remote so support depends on that.</p>
|
||
<p>Hashes are not stored for crypt. However the data integrity is protected by an extremely strong crypto authenticator.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that you should use the <code>rclone cryptcheck</code> command to check the integrity of a crypted remote instead of <code>rclone check</code> which can't check the checksums properly.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="specific-options-5">Specific options</h3>
|
||
<p>Here are the command line options specific to this cloud storage system.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="crypt-show-mapping">--crypt-show-mapping</h4>
|
||
<p>If this flag is set then for each file that the remote is asked to list, it will log (at level INFO) a line stating the decrypted file name and the encrypted file name.</p>
|
||
<p>This is so you can work out which encrypted names are which decrypted names just in case you need to do something with the encrypted file names, or for debugging purposes.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="backing-up-a-crypted-remote">Backing up a crypted remote</h2>
|
||
<p>If you wish to backup a crypted remote, it it recommended that you use <code>rclone sync</code> on the encrypted files, and make sure the passwords are the same in the new encrypted remote.</p>
|
||
<p>This will have the following advantages</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><code>rclone sync</code> will check the checksums while copying</li>
|
||
<li>you can use <code>rclone check</code> between the encrypted remotes</li>
|
||
<li>you don't decrypt and encrypt unnecessarily</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>For example, let's say you have your original remote at <code>remote:</code> with the encrypted version at <code>eremote:</code> with path <code>remote:crypt</code>. You would then set up the new remote <code>remote2:</code> and then the encrypted version <code>eremote2:</code> with path <code>remote2:crypt</code> using the same passwords as <code>eremote:</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>To sync the two remotes you would do</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone sync remote:crypt remote2:crypt</code></pre>
|
||
<p>And to check the integrity you would do</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone check remote:crypt remote2:crypt</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="file-formats">File formats</h2>
|
||
<h3 id="file-encryption">File encryption</h3>
|
||
<p>Files are encrypted 1:1 source file to destination object. The file has a header and is divided into chunks.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="header">Header</h4>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>8 bytes magic string <code>RCLONE\x00\x00</code></li>
|
||
<li>24 bytes Nonce (IV)</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>The initial nonce is generated from the operating systems crypto strong random number generator. The nonce is incremented for each chunk read making sure each nonce is unique for each block written. The chance of a nonce being re-used is minuscule. If you wrote an exabyte of data (10¹⁸ bytes) you would have a probability of approximately 2×10⁻³² of re-using a nonce.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="chunk">Chunk</h4>
|
||
<p>Each chunk will contain 64kB of data, except for the last one which may have less data. The data chunk is in standard NACL secretbox format. Secretbox uses XSalsa20 and Poly1305 to encrypt and authenticate messages.</p>
|
||
<p>Each chunk contains:</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>16 Bytes of Poly1305 authenticator</li>
|
||
<li>1 - 65536 bytes XSalsa20 encrypted data</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>64k chunk size was chosen as the best performing chunk size (the authenticator takes too much time below this and the performance drops off due to cache effects above this). Note that these chunks are buffered in memory so they can't be too big.</p>
|
||
<p>This uses a 32 byte (256 bit key) key derived from the user password.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="examples">Examples</h4>
|
||
<p>1 byte file will encrypt to</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>32 bytes header</li>
|
||
<li>17 bytes data chunk</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>49 bytes total</p>
|
||
<p>1MB (1048576 bytes) file will encrypt to</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>32 bytes header</li>
|
||
<li>16 chunks of 65568 bytes</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>1049120 bytes total (a 0.05% overhead). This is the overhead for big files.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="name-encryption">Name encryption</h3>
|
||
<p>File names are encrypted segment by segment - the path is broken up into <code>/</code> separated strings and these are encrypted individually.</p>
|
||
<p>File segments are padded using using PKCS#7 to a multiple of 16 bytes before encryption.</p>
|
||
<p>They are then encrypted with EME using AES with 256 bit key. EME (ECB-Mix-ECB) is a wide-block encryption mode presented in the 2003 paper "A Parallelizable Enciphering Mode" by Halevi and Rogaway.</p>
|
||
<p>This makes for deterministic encryption which is what we want - the same filename must encrypt to the same thing otherwise we can't find it on the cloud storage system.</p>
|
||
<p>This means that</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>filenames with the same name will encrypt the same</li>
|
||
<li>filenames which start the same won't have a common prefix</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>This uses a 32 byte key (256 bits) and a 16 byte (128 bits) IV both of which are derived from the user password.</p>
|
||
<p>After encryption they are written out using a modified version of standard <code>base32</code> encoding as described in RFC4648. The standard encoding is modified in two ways:</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>it becomes lower case (no-one likes upper case filenames!)</li>
|
||
<li>we strip the padding character <code>=</code></li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p><code>base32</code> is used rather than the more efficient <code>base64</code> so rclone can be used on case insensitive remotes (eg Windows, Amazon Drive).</p>
|
||
<h3 id="key-derivation">Key derivation</h3>
|
||
<p>Rclone uses <code>scrypt</code> with parameters <code>N=16384, r=8, p=1</code> with an optional user supplied salt (password2) to derive the 32+32+16 = 80 bytes of key material required. If the user doesn't supply a salt then rclone uses an internal one.</p>
|
||
<p><code>scrypt</code> makes it impractical to mount a dictionary attack on rclone encrypted data. For full protection against this you should always use a salt.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="dropbox">Dropbox</h2>
|
||
<p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p>
|
||
<p>Dropbox paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>The initial setup for dropbox involves getting a token from Dropbox which you need to do in your browser. <code>rclone config</code> walks you through it.</p>
|
||
<p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p>
|
||
<pre><code> rclone config</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>n) New remote
|
||
d) Delete remote
|
||
q) Quit config
|
||
e/n/d/q> n
|
||
name> remote
|
||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||
\ "s3"
|
||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||
\ "b2"
|
||
4 / Dropbox
|
||
\ "dropbox"
|
||
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||
\ "crypt"
|
||
6 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||
7 / Google Drive
|
||
\ "drive"
|
||
8 / Hubic
|
||
\ "hubic"
|
||
9 / Local Disk
|
||
\ "local"
|
||
10 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||
\ "onedrive"
|
||
11 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||
\ "swift"
|
||
12 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||
\ "sftp"
|
||
13 / Yandex Disk
|
||
\ "yandex"
|
||
Storage> 4
|
||
Dropbox App Key - leave blank normally.
|
||
app_key>
|
||
Dropbox App Secret - leave blank normally.
|
||
app_secret>
|
||
Remote config
|
||
Please visit:
|
||
https://www.dropbox.com/1/oauth2/authorize?client_id=XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX&response_type=code
|
||
Enter the code: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX_XXXXXXXXXX
|
||
--------------------
|
||
[remote]
|
||
app_key =
|
||
app_secret =
|
||
token = XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX_XXXX_XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
|
||
--------------------
|
||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||
e) Edit this remote
|
||
d) Delete this remote
|
||
y/e/d> y</code></pre>
|
||
<p>You can then use it like this,</p>
|
||
<p>List directories in top level of your dropbox</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>List all the files in your dropbox</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>To copy a local directory to a dropbox directory called backup</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="modified-time-and-hashes-2">Modified time and Hashes</h3>
|
||
<p>Dropbox supports modified times, but the only way to set a modification time is to re-upload the file.</p>
|
||
<p>This means that if you uploaded your data with an older version of rclone which didn't support the v2 API and modified times, rclone will decide to upload all your old data to fix the modification times. If you don't want this to happen use <code>--size-only</code> or <code>--checksum</code> flag to stop it.</p>
|
||
<p>Dropbox supports <a href="https://www.dropbox.com/developers/reference/content-hash">its own hash type</a> which is checked for all transfers.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="specific-options-6">Specific options</h3>
|
||
<p>Here are the command line options specific to this cloud storage system.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="dropbox-chunk-sizesize">--dropbox-chunk-size=SIZE</h4>
|
||
<p>Any files larger than this will be uploaded in chunks of this size. The default is 48MB. The maximum is 150MB.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that chunks are buffered in memory (one at a time) so rclone can deal with retries. Setting this larger will increase the speed slightly (at most 10% for 128MB in tests) at the cost of using more memory. It can be set smaller if you are tight on memory.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="limitations-3">Limitations</h3>
|
||
<p>Note that Dropbox is case insensitive so you can't have a file called "Hello.doc" and one called "hello.doc".</p>
|
||
<p>There are some file names such as <code>thumbs.db</code> which Dropbox can't store. There is a full list of them in the <a href="https://www.dropbox.com/en/help/145">"Ignored Files" section of this document</a>. Rclone will issue an error message <code>File name disallowed - not uploading</code> if it attempt to upload one of those file names, but the sync won't fail.</p>
|
||
<p>If you have more than 10,000 files in a directory then <code>rclone purge dropbox:dir</code> will return the error <code>Failed to purge: There are too many files involved in this operation</code>. As a work-around do an <code>rclone delete dropbox:dir</code> followed by an <code>rclone rmdir dropbox:dir</code>.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="ftp">FTP</h2>
|
||
<p>FTP is the File Transfer Protocol. FTP support is provided using the <a href="https://godoc.org/github.com/jlaffaye/ftp">github.com/jlaffaye/ftp</a> package.</p>
|
||
<p>Here is an example of making an FTP configuration. First run</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone config</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process. An FTP remote only needs a host together with and a username and a password. With anonymous FTP server, you will need to use <code>anonymous</code> as username and your email address as the password.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one
|
||
n) New remote
|
||
r) Rename remote
|
||
c) Copy remote
|
||
s) Set configuration password
|
||
q) Quit config
|
||
n/r/c/s/q> n
|
||
name> remote
|
||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||
\ "s3"
|
||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||
\ "b2"
|
||
4 / Dropbox
|
||
\ "dropbox"
|
||
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||
\ "crypt"
|
||
6 / FTP Connection
|
||
\ "ftp"
|
||
7 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||
8 / Google Drive
|
||
\ "drive"
|
||
9 / Hubic
|
||
\ "hubic"
|
||
10 / Local Disk
|
||
\ "local"
|
||
11 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||
\ "onedrive"
|
||
12 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||
\ "swift"
|
||
13 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||
\ "sftp"
|
||
14 / Yandex Disk
|
||
\ "yandex"
|
||
Storage> ftp
|
||
FTP host to connect to
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Connect to ftp.example.com
|
||
\ "ftp.example.com"
|
||
host> ftp.example.com
|
||
FTP username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||
user>
|
||
FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
|
||
port>
|
||
FTP password
|
||
y) Yes type in my own password
|
||
g) Generate random password
|
||
y/g> y
|
||
Enter the password:
|
||
password:
|
||
Confirm the password:
|
||
password:
|
||
Remote config
|
||
--------------------
|
||
[remote]
|
||
host = ftp.example.com
|
||
user =
|
||
port =
|
||
pass = *** ENCRYPTED ***
|
||
--------------------
|
||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||
e) Edit this remote
|
||
d) Delete this remote
|
||
y/e/d> y</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This remote is called <code>remote</code> and can now be used like this</p>
|
||
<p>See all directories in the home directory</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Make a new directory</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone mkdir remote:path/to/directory</code></pre>
|
||
<p>List the contents of a directory</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone ls remote:path/to/directory</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Sync <code>/home/local/directory</code> to the remote directory, deleting any excess files in the directory.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:directory</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="modified-time-2">Modified time</h3>
|
||
<p>FTP does not support modified times. Any times you see on the server will be time of upload.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="checksums">Checksums</h3>
|
||
<p>FTP does not support any checksums.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="limitations-4">Limitations</h3>
|
||
<p>Note that since FTP isn't HTTP based the following flags don't work with it: <code>--dump-headers</code>, <code>--dump-bodies</code>, <code>--dump-auth</code></p>
|
||
<p>Note that <code>--timeout</code> isn't supported (but <code>--contimeout</code> is).</p>
|
||
<p>Note that <code>--bind</code> isn't supported.</p>
|
||
<p>FTP could support server side move but doesn't yet.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="google-cloud-storage">Google Cloud Storage</h2>
|
||
<p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:bucket</code> (or <code>remote:</code> for the <code>lsd</code> command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg <code>remote:bucket/path/to/dir</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>The initial setup for google cloud storage involves getting a token from Google Cloud Storage which you need to do in your browser. <code>rclone config</code> walks you through it.</p>
|
||
<p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p>
|
||
<pre><code> rclone config</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>n) New remote
|
||
d) Delete remote
|
||
q) Quit config
|
||
e/n/d/q> n
|
||
name> remote
|
||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||
\ "s3"
|
||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||
\ "b2"
|
||
4 / Dropbox
|
||
\ "dropbox"
|
||
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||
\ "crypt"
|
||
6 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||
7 / Google Drive
|
||
\ "drive"
|
||
8 / Hubic
|
||
\ "hubic"
|
||
9 / Local Disk
|
||
\ "local"
|
||
10 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||
\ "onedrive"
|
||
11 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||
\ "swift"
|
||
12 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||
\ "sftp"
|
||
13 / Yandex Disk
|
||
\ "yandex"
|
||
Storage> 6
|
||
Google Application Client Id - leave blank normally.
|
||
client_id>
|
||
Google Application Client Secret - leave blank normally.
|
||
client_secret>
|
||
Project number optional - needed only for list/create/delete buckets - see your developer console.
|
||
project_number> 12345678
|
||
Service Account Credentials JSON file path - needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.
|
||
service_account_file>
|
||
Access Control List for new objects.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and all Authenticated Users get READER access.
|
||
\ "authenticatedRead"
|
||
2 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team owners get OWNER access.
|
||
\ "bucketOwnerFullControl"
|
||
3 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team owners get READER access.
|
||
\ "bucketOwnerRead"
|
||
4 / Object owner gets OWNER access [default if left blank].
|
||
\ "private"
|
||
5 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and project team members get access according to their roles.
|
||
\ "projectPrivate"
|
||
6 / Object owner gets OWNER access, and all Users get READER access.
|
||
\ "publicRead"
|
||
object_acl> 4
|
||
Access Control List for new buckets.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Authenticated Users get READER access.
|
||
\ "authenticatedRead"
|
||
2 / Project team owners get OWNER access [default if left blank].
|
||
\ "private"
|
||
3 / Project team members get access according to their roles.
|
||
\ "projectPrivate"
|
||
4 / Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Users get READER access.
|
||
\ "publicRead"
|
||
5 / Project team owners get OWNER access, and all Users get WRITER access.
|
||
\ "publicReadWrite"
|
||
bucket_acl> 2
|
||
Location for the newly created buckets.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Empty for default location (US).
|
||
\ ""
|
||
2 / Multi-regional location for Asia.
|
||
\ "asia"
|
||
3 / Multi-regional location for Europe.
|
||
\ "eu"
|
||
4 / Multi-regional location for United States.
|
||
\ "us"
|
||
5 / Taiwan.
|
||
\ "asia-east1"
|
||
6 / Tokyo.
|
||
\ "asia-northeast1"
|
||
7 / Singapore.
|
||
\ "asia-southeast1"
|
||
8 / Sydney.
|
||
\ "australia-southeast1"
|
||
9 / Belgium.
|
||
\ "europe-west1"
|
||
10 / London.
|
||
\ "europe-west2"
|
||
11 / Iowa.
|
||
\ "us-central1"
|
||
12 / South Carolina.
|
||
\ "us-east1"
|
||
13 / Northern Virginia.
|
||
\ "us-east4"
|
||
14 / Oregon.
|
||
\ "us-west1"
|
||
location> 12
|
||
The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Default
|
||
\ ""
|
||
2 / Multi-regional storage class
|
||
\ "MULTI_REGIONAL"
|
||
3 / Regional storage class
|
||
\ "REGIONAL"
|
||
4 / Nearline storage class
|
||
\ "NEARLINE"
|
||
5 / Coldline storage class
|
||
\ "COLDLINE"
|
||
6 / Durable reduced availability storage class
|
||
\ "DURABLE_REDUCED_AVAILABILITY"
|
||
storage_class> 5
|
||
Remote config
|
||
Use auto config?
|
||
* Say Y if not sure
|
||
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine or Y didn't work
|
||
y) Yes
|
||
n) No
|
||
y/n> y
|
||
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
|
||
Log in and authorize rclone for access
|
||
Waiting for code...
|
||
Got code
|
||
--------------------
|
||
[remote]
|
||
type = google cloud storage
|
||
client_id =
|
||
client_secret =
|
||
token = {"AccessToken":"xxxx.xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","RefreshToken":"x/xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_xxxxxxxxx","Expiry":"2014-07-17T20:49:14.929208288+01:00","Extra":null}
|
||
project_number = 12345678
|
||
object_acl = private
|
||
bucket_acl = private
|
||
--------------------
|
||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||
e) Edit this remote
|
||
d) Delete this remote
|
||
y/e/d> y</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned from Google if you use auto config mode. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on <code>http://127.0.0.1:53682/</code> and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall, or use manual mode.</p>
|
||
<p>This remote is called <code>remote</code> and can now be used like this</p>
|
||
<p>See all the buckets in your project</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Make a new bucket</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone mkdir remote:bucket</code></pre>
|
||
<p>List the contents of a bucket</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone ls remote:bucket</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Sync <code>/home/local/directory</code> to the remote bucket, deleting any excess files in the bucket.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:bucket</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="service-account-support">Service Account support</h3>
|
||
<p>You can set up rclone with Google Cloud Storage in an unattended mode, i.e. not tied to a specific end-user Google account. This is useful when you want to synchronise files onto machines that don't have actively logged-in users, for example build machines.</p>
|
||
<p>To get credentials for Google Cloud Platform <a href="https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts">IAM Service Accounts</a>, please head to the <a href="https://console.cloud.google.com/permissions/serviceaccounts">Service Account</a> section of the Google Developer Console. Service Accounts behave just like normal <code>User</code> permissions in <a href="https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/access-control">Google Cloud Storage ACLs</a>, so you can limit their access (e.g. make them read only). After creating an account, a JSON file containing the Service Account's credentials will be downloaded onto your machines. These credentials are what rclone will use for authentication.</p>
|
||
<p>To use a Service Account instead of OAuth2 token flow, enter the path to your Service Account credentials at the <code>service_account_file</code> prompt and rclone won't use the browser based authentication flow.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="fast-list-3">--fast-list</h3>
|
||
<p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="modified-time-3">Modified time</h3>
|
||
<p>Google google cloud storage stores md5sums natively and rclone stores modification times as metadata on the object, under the "mtime" key in RFC3339 format accurate to 1ns.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="google-drive">Google Drive</h2>
|
||
<p>Paths are specified as <code>drive:path</code></p>
|
||
<p>Drive paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>drive:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>The initial setup for drive involves getting a token from Google drive which you need to do in your browser. <code>rclone config</code> walks you through it.</p>
|
||
<p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p>
|
||
<pre><code> rclone config</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one
|
||
n) New remote
|
||
r) Rename remote
|
||
c) Copy remote
|
||
s) Set configuration password
|
||
q) Quit config
|
||
n/r/c/s/q> n
|
||
name> remote
|
||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
[snip]
|
||
10 / Google Drive
|
||
\ "drive"
|
||
[snip]
|
||
Storage> drive
|
||
Google Application Client Id - leave blank normally.
|
||
client_id>
|
||
Google Application Client Secret - leave blank normally.
|
||
client_secret>
|
||
Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Full access all files, excluding Application Data Folder.
|
||
\ "drive"
|
||
2 / Read-only access to file metadata and file contents.
|
||
\ "drive.readonly"
|
||
/ Access to files created by rclone only.
|
||
3 | These are visible in the drive website.
|
||
| File authorization is revoked when the user deauthorizes the app.
|
||
\ "drive.file"
|
||
/ Allows read and write access to the Application Data folder.
|
||
4 | This is not visible in the drive website.
|
||
\ "drive.appfolder"
|
||
/ Allows read-only access to file metadata but
|
||
5 | does not allow any access to read or download file content.
|
||
\ "drive.metadata.readonly"
|
||
scope> 1
|
||
ID of the root folder - leave blank normally. Fill in to access "Computers" folders. (see docs).
|
||
root_folder_id>
|
||
Service Account Credentials JSON file path - needed only if you want use SA instead of interactive login.
|
||
service_account_file>
|
||
Remote config
|
||
Use auto config?
|
||
* Say Y if not sure
|
||
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine or Y didn't work
|
||
y) Yes
|
||
n) No
|
||
y/n> y
|
||
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
|
||
Log in and authorize rclone for access
|
||
Waiting for code...
|
||
Got code
|
||
Configure this as a team drive?
|
||
y) Yes
|
||
n) No
|
||
y/n> n
|
||
--------------------
|
||
[remote]
|
||
client_id =
|
||
client_secret =
|
||
scope = drive
|
||
root_folder_id =
|
||
service_account_file =
|
||
token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"Bearer","refresh_token":"XXX","expiry":"2014-03-16T13:57:58.955387075Z"}
|
||
--------------------
|
||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||
e) Edit this remote
|
||
d) Delete this remote
|
||
y/e/d> y</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned from Google if you use auto config mode. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on <code>http://127.0.0.1:53682/</code> and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall, or use manual mode.</p>
|
||
<p>You can then use it like this,</p>
|
||
<p>List directories in top level of your drive</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>List all the files in your drive</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>To copy a local directory to a drive directory called backup</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="scopes">Scopes</h3>
|
||
<p>Rclone allows you to select which scope you would like for rclone to use. This changes what type of token is granted to rclone. <a href="https://developers.google.com/drive/v3/web/about-auth">The scopes are defined here.</a>.</p>
|
||
<p>The scope are</p>
|
||
<h4 id="drive">drive</h4>
|
||
<p>This is the default scope and allows full access to all files, except for the Application Data Folder (see below).</p>
|
||
<p>Choose this one if you aren't sure.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="drive.readonly">drive.readonly</h4>
|
||
<p>This allows read only access to all files. Files may be listed and downloaded but not uploaded, renamed or deleted.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="drive.file">drive.file</h4>
|
||
<p>With this scope rclone can read/view/modify only those files and folders it creates.</p>
|
||
<p>So if you uploaded files to drive via the web interface (or any other means) they will not be visible to rclone.</p>
|
||
<p>This can be useful if you are using rclone to backup data and you want to be sure confidential data on your drive is not visible to rclone.</p>
|
||
<p>Files created with this scope are visible in the web interface.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="drive.appfolder">drive.appfolder</h4>
|
||
<p>This gives rclone its own private area to store files. Rclone will not be able to see any other files on your drive and you won't be able to see rclone's files from the web interface either.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="drive.metadata.readonly">drive.metadata.readonly</h4>
|
||
<p>This allows read only access to file names only. It does not allow rclone to download or upload data, or rename or delete files or directories.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="root-folder-id">Root folder ID</h3>
|
||
<p>You can set the <code>root_folder_id</code> for rclone. This is the directory (identified by its <code>Folder ID</code>) that rclone considers to be a the root of your drive.</p>
|
||
<p>Normally you will leave this blank and rclone will determine the correct root to use itself.</p>
|
||
<p>However you can set this to restrict rclone to a specific folder hierarchy or to access data within the "Computers" tab on the drive web interface (where files from Google's Backup and Sync desktop program go).</p>
|
||
<p>In order to do this you will have to find the <code>Folder ID</code> of the directory you wish rclone to display. This will be the last segment of the URL when you open the relevant folder in the drive web interface.</p>
|
||
<p>So if the folder you want rclone to use has a URL which looks like <code>https://drive.google.com/drive/folders/1XyfxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxKHCh</code> in the browser, then you use <code>1XyfxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxKHCh</code> as the <code>root_folder_id</code> in the config.</p>
|
||
<p><strong>NB</strong> folders under the "Computers" tab seem to be read only (drive gives a 500 error) when using rclone.</p>
|
||
<p>There doesn't appear to be an API to discover the folder IDs of the "Computers" tab - please contact us if you know otherwise!</p>
|
||
<p>Note also that rclone can't access any data under the "Backups" tab on the google drive web interface yet.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="service-account-support-1">Service Account support</h3>
|
||
<p>You can set up rclone with Google Drive in an unattended mode, i.e. not tied to a specific end-user Google account. This is useful when you want to synchronise files onto machines that don't have actively logged-in users, for example build machines.</p>
|
||
<p>To use a Service Account instead of OAuth2 token flow, enter the path to your Service Account credentials at the <code>service_account_file</code> prompt during <code>rclone config</code> and rclone won't use the browser based authentication flow.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="use-case---google-appsg-suite-account-and-individual-drive">Use case - Google Apps/G-suite account and individual Drive</h4>
|
||
<p>Let's say that you are the administrator of a Google Apps (old) or G-suite account. The goal is to store data on an individual's Drive account, who IS a member of the domain. We'll call the domain <strong>example.com</strong>, and the user <strong>foo@example.com</strong>.</p>
|
||
<p>There's a few steps we need to go through to accomplish this:</p>
|
||
<h5 id="create-a-service-account-for-example.com">1. Create a service account for example.com</h5>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>To create a service account and obtain its credentials, go to the <a href="https://console.developers.google.com">Google Developer Console</a>.</li>
|
||
<li>You must have a project - create one if you don't.</li>
|
||
<li>Then go to "IAM & admin" -> "Service Accounts".</li>
|
||
<li>Use the "Create Credentials" button. Fill in "Service account name" with something that identifies your client. "Role" can be empty.</li>
|
||
<li>Tick "Furnish a new private key" - select "Key type JSON".</li>
|
||
<li>Tick "Enable G Suite Domain-wide Delegation". This option makes "impersonation" possible, as documented here: <a href="https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2ServiceAccount#delegatingauthority">Delegating domain-wide authority to the service account</a></li>
|
||
<li>These credentials are what rclone will use for authentication. If you ever need to remove access, press the "Delete service account key" button.</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<h5 id="allowing-api-access-to-example.com-google-drive">2. Allowing API access to example.com Google Drive</h5>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Go to example.com's admin console</li>
|
||
<li>Go into "Security" (or use the search bar)</li>
|
||
<li>Select "Show more" and then "Advanced settings"</li>
|
||
<li>Select "Manage API client access" in the "Authentication" section</li>
|
||
<li>In the "Client Name" field enter the service account's "Client ID" - this can be found in the Developer Console under "IAM & Admin" -> "Service Accounts", then "View Client ID" for the newly created service account. It is a ~21 character numerical string.</li>
|
||
<li>In the next field, "One or More API Scopes", enter <code>https://www.googleapis.com/auth/drive</code> to grant access to Google Drive specifically.</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<h5 id="configure-rclone-assuming-a-new-install">3. Configure rclone, assuming a new install</h5>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone config
|
||
|
||
n/s/q> n # New
|
||
name>gdrive # Gdrive is an example name
|
||
Storage> # Select the number shown for Google Drive
|
||
client_id> # Can be left blank
|
||
client_secret> # Can be left blank
|
||
scope> # Select your scope, 1 for example
|
||
root_folder_id> # Can be left blank
|
||
service_account_file> /home/foo/myJSONfile.json # This is where the JSON file goes!
|
||
y/n> # Auto config, y
|
||
</code></pre>
|
||
<h5 id="verify-that-its-working">4. Verify that it's working</h5>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><code>rclone -v --drive-impersonate foo@example.com lsf gdrive:backup</code></li>
|
||
<li>The arguments do:
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><code>-v</code> - verbose logging</li>
|
||
<li><code>--drive-impersonate foo@example.com</code> - this is what does the magic, pretending to be user foo.</li>
|
||
<li><code>lsf</code> - list files in a parsing friendly way</li>
|
||
<li><code>gdrive:backup</code> - use the remote called gdrive, work in the folder named backup.</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<h3 id="team-drives">Team drives</h3>
|
||
<p>If you want to configure the remote to point to a Google Team Drive then answer <code>y</code> to the question <code>Configure this as a team drive?</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>This will fetch the list of Team Drives from google and allow you to configure which one you want to use. You can also type in a team drive ID if you prefer.</p>
|
||
<p>For example:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>Configure this as a team drive?
|
||
y) Yes
|
||
n) No
|
||
y/n> y
|
||
Fetching team drive list...
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Rclone Test
|
||
\ "xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx"
|
||
2 / Rclone Test 2
|
||
\ "yyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy"
|
||
3 / Rclone Test 3
|
||
\ "zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz"
|
||
Enter a Team Drive ID> 1
|
||
--------------------
|
||
[remote]
|
||
client_id =
|
||
client_secret =
|
||
token = {"AccessToken":"xxxx.x.xxxxx_xxxxxxxxxxx_xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","RefreshToken":"1/xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx_xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","Expiry":"2014-03-16T13:57:58.955387075Z","Extra":null}
|
||
team_drive = xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
|
||
--------------------
|
||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||
e) Edit this remote
|
||
d) Delete this remote
|
||
y/e/d> y</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="modified-time-4">Modified time</h3>
|
||
<p>Google drive stores modification times accurate to 1 ms.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="revisions">Revisions</h3>
|
||
<p>Google drive stores revisions of files. When you upload a change to an existing file to google drive using rclone it will create a new revision of that file.</p>
|
||
<p>Revisions follow the standard google policy which at time of writing was</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>They are deleted after 30 days or 100 revisions (whatever comes first).</li>
|
||
<li>They do not count towards a user storage quota.</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<h3 id="deleting-files-2">Deleting files</h3>
|
||
<p>By default rclone will send all files to the trash when deleting files. If deleting them permanently is required then use the <code>--drive-use-trash=false</code> flag, or set the equivalent environment variable.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="emptying-trash">Emptying trash</h3>
|
||
<p>If you wish to empty your trash you can use the <code>rclone cleanup remote:</code> command which will permanently delete all your trashed files. This command does not take any path arguments.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="specific-options-7">Specific options</h3>
|
||
<p>Here are the command line options specific to this cloud storage system.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="drive-auth-owner-only">--drive-auth-owner-only</h4>
|
||
<p>Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="drive-chunk-sizesize">--drive-chunk-size=SIZE</h4>
|
||
<p>Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. Default value is 8 MB.</p>
|
||
<p>Making this larger will improve performance, but note that each chunk is buffered in memory one per transfer.</p>
|
||
<p>Reducing this will reduce memory usage but decrease performance.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="drive-formats">--drive-formats</h4>
|
||
<p>Google documents can only be exported from Google drive. When rclone downloads a Google doc it chooses a format to download depending upon this setting.</p>
|
||
<p>By default the formats are <code>docx,xlsx,pptx,svg</code> which are a sensible default for an editable document.</p>
|
||
<p>When choosing a format, rclone runs down the list provided in order and chooses the first file format the doc can be exported as from the list. If the file can't be exported to a format on the formats list, then rclone will choose a format from the default list.</p>
|
||
<p>If you prefer an archive copy then you might use <code>--drive-formats pdf</code>, or if you prefer openoffice/libreoffice formats you might use <code>--drive-formats ods,odt,odp</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that rclone adds the extension to the google doc, so if it is calles <code>My Spreadsheet</code> on google docs, it will be exported as <code>My Spreadsheet.xlsx</code> or <code>My Spreadsheet.pdf</code> etc.</p>
|
||
<p>Here are the possible extensions with their corresponding mime types.</p>
|
||
<table style="width:49%;">
|
||
<colgroup>
|
||
<col width="13%" />
|
||
<col width="16%" />
|
||
<col width="18%" />
|
||
</colgroup>
|
||
<thead>
|
||
<tr class="header">
|
||
<th>Extension</th>
|
||
<th>Mime Type</th>
|
||
<th>Description</th>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
</thead>
|
||
<tbody>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>csv</td>
|
||
<td>text/csv</td>
|
||
<td>Standard CSV format for Spreadsheets</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>doc</td>
|
||
<td>application/msword</td>
|
||
<td>Micosoft Office Document</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>docx</td>
|
||
<td>application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document</td>
|
||
<td>Microsoft Office Document</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>epub</td>
|
||
<td>application/epub+zip</td>
|
||
<td>E-book format</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>html</td>
|
||
<td>text/html</td>
|
||
<td>An HTML Document</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>jpg</td>
|
||
<td>image/jpeg</td>
|
||
<td>A JPEG Image File</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>odp</td>
|
||
<td>application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.presentation</td>
|
||
<td>Openoffice Presentation</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>ods</td>
|
||
<td>application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.spreadsheet</td>
|
||
<td>Openoffice Spreadsheet</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>ods</td>
|
||
<td>application/x-vnd.oasis.opendocument.spreadsheet</td>
|
||
<td>Openoffice Spreadsheet</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>odt</td>
|
||
<td>application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.text</td>
|
||
<td>Openoffice Document</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>pdf</td>
|
||
<td>application/pdf</td>
|
||
<td>Adobe PDF Format</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>png</td>
|
||
<td>image/png</td>
|
||
<td>PNG Image Format</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>pptx</td>
|
||
<td>application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.presentationml.presentation</td>
|
||
<td>Microsoft Office Powerpoint</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>rtf</td>
|
||
<td>application/rtf</td>
|
||
<td>Rich Text Format</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>svg</td>
|
||
<td>image/svg+xml</td>
|
||
<td>Scalable Vector Graphics Format</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>tsv</td>
|
||
<td>text/tab-separated-values</td>
|
||
<td>Standard TSV format for spreadsheets</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>txt</td>
|
||
<td>text/plain</td>
|
||
<td>Plain Text</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>xls</td>
|
||
<td>application/vnd.ms-excel</td>
|
||
<td>Microsoft Office Spreadsheet</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="odd">
|
||
<td>xlsx</td>
|
||
<td>application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet</td>
|
||
<td>Microsoft Office Spreadsheet</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr class="even">
|
||
<td>zip</td>
|
||
<td>application/zip</td>
|
||
<td>A ZIP file of HTML, Images CSS</td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
</tbody>
|
||
</table>
|
||
<h4 id="drive-impersonate-user">--drive-impersonate user</h4>
|
||
<p>When using a service account, this instructs rclone to impersonate the user passed in.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="drive-list-chunk-int">--drive-list-chunk int</h4>
|
||
<p>Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)</p>
|
||
<h4 id="drive-shared-with-me">--drive-shared-with-me</h4>
|
||
<p>Instructs rclone to operate on your "Shared with me" folder (where Google Drive lets you access the files and folders others have shared with you).</p>
|
||
<p>This works both with the "list" (lsd, lsl, etc) and the "copy" commands (copy, sync, etc), and with all other commands too.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="drive-skip-gdocs">--drive-skip-gdocs</h4>
|
||
<p>Skip google documents in all listings. If given, gdocs practically become invisible to rclone.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="drive-trashed-only">--drive-trashed-only</h4>
|
||
<p>Only show files that are in the trash. This will show trashed files in their original directory structure.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="drive-upload-cutoffsize">--drive-upload-cutoff=SIZE</h4>
|
||
<p>File size cutoff for switching to chunked upload. Default is 8 MB.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="drive-use-trash">--drive-use-trash</h4>
|
||
<p>Controls whether files are sent to the trash or deleted permanently. Defaults to true, namely sending files to the trash. Use <code>--drive-use-trash=false</code> to delete files permanently instead.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="drive-use-created-date">--drive-use-created-date</h4>
|
||
<p>Use the file creation date in place of the modification date. Defaults to false.</p>
|
||
<p>Useful when downloading data and you want the creation date used in place of the last modified date.</p>
|
||
<p><strong>WARNING</strong>: This flag may have some unexpected consequences.</p>
|
||
<p>When uploading to your drive all files will be overwritten unless they haven't been modified since their creation. And the inverse will occur while downloading. This side effect can be avoided by using the <code>--checksum</code> flag.</p>
|
||
<p>This feature was implemented to retain photos capture date as recorded by google photos. You will first need to check the "Create a Google Photos folder" option in your google drive settings. You can then copy or move the photos locally and use the date the image was taken (created) set as the modification date.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="limitations-5">Limitations</h3>
|
||
<p>Drive has quite a lot of rate limiting. This causes rclone to be limited to transferring about 2 files per second only. Individual files may be transferred much faster at 100s of MBytes/s but lots of small files can take a long time.</p>
|
||
<p>Server side copies are also subject to a separate rate limit. If you see User rate limit exceeded errors, wait at least 24 hours and retry. You can disable server side copies with <code>--disable copy</code> to download and upload the files if you prefer.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="limitations-of-google-docs">Limitations of Google Docs</h4>
|
||
<p>Google docs will appear as size -1 in <code>rclone ls</code> and as size 0 in anything which uses the VFS layer, eg <code>rclone mount</code>, <code>rclone serve</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>This is because rclone can't find out the size of the Google docs without downloading them.</p>
|
||
<p>Google docs will transfer correctly with <code>rclone sync</code>, <code>rclone copy</code> etc as rclone knows to ignore the size when doing the transfer.</p>
|
||
<p>However an unfortunate consequence of this is that you can't download Google docs using <code>rclone mount</code> - you will get a 0 sized file. If you try again the doc may gain its correct size and be downloadable.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="duplicated-files">Duplicated files</h3>
|
||
<p>Sometimes, for no reason I've been able to track down, drive will duplicate a file that rclone uploads. Drive unlike all the other remotes can have duplicated files.</p>
|
||
<p>Duplicated files cause problems with the syncing and you will see messages in the log about duplicates.</p>
|
||
<p>Use <code>rclone dedupe</code> to fix duplicated files.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that this isn't just a problem with rclone, even Google Photos on Android duplicates files on drive sometimes.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="rclone-appears-to-be-re-copying-files-it-shouldnt">Rclone appears to be re-copying files it shouldn't</h3>
|
||
<p>The most likely cause of this is the duplicated file issue above - run <code>rclone dedupe</code> and check your logs for duplicate object or directory messages.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="making-your-own-client_id">Making your own client_id</h3>
|
||
<p>When you use rclone with Google drive in its default configuration you are using rclone's client_id. This is shared between all the rclone users. There is a global rate limit on the number of queries per second that each client_id can do set by Google. rclone already has a high quota and I will continue to make sure it is high enough by contacting Google.</p>
|
||
<p>However you might find you get better performance making your own client_id if you are a heavy user. Or you may not depending on exactly how Google have been raising rclone's rate limit.</p>
|
||
<p>Here is how to create your own Google Drive client ID for rclone:</p>
|
||
<ol style="list-style-type: decimal">
|
||
<li><p>Log into the <a href="https://console.developers.google.com/">Google API Console</a> with your Google account. It doesn't matter what Google account you use. (It need not be the same account as the Google Drive you want to access)</p></li>
|
||
<li><p>Select a project or create a new project.</p></li>
|
||
<li><p>Under "ENABLE APIS AND SERVICES" search for "Drive", and enable the then "Google Drive API".</p></li>
|
||
<li><p>Click "Credentials" in the left-side panel (not "Create credentials", which opens the wizard), then "Create credentials", then "OAuth client ID". It will prompt you to set the OAuth consent screen product name, if you haven't set one already.</p></li>
|
||
<li><p>Choose an application type of "other", and click "Create". (the default name is fine)</p></li>
|
||
<li><p>It will show you a client ID and client secret. Use these values in rclone config to add a new remote or edit an existing remote.</p></li>
|
||
</ol>
|
||
<p>(Thanks to <span class="citation">@balazer</span> on github for these instructions.)</p>
|
||
<h2 id="http">HTTP</h2>
|
||
<p>The HTTP remote is a read only remote for reading files of a webserver. The webserver should provide file listings which rclone will read and turn into a remote. This has been tested with common webservers such as Apache/Nginx/Caddy and will likely work with file listings from most web servers. (If it doesn't then please file an issue, or send a pull request!)</p>
|
||
<p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:</code> or <code>remote:path/to/dir</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p>
|
||
<pre><code> rclone config</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one
|
||
n) New remote
|
||
s) Set configuration password
|
||
q) Quit config
|
||
n/s/q> n
|
||
name> remote
|
||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||
\ "s3"
|
||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||
\ "b2"
|
||
4 / Dropbox
|
||
\ "dropbox"
|
||
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||
\ "crypt"
|
||
6 / FTP Connection
|
||
\ "ftp"
|
||
7 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||
8 / Google Drive
|
||
\ "drive"
|
||
9 / Hubic
|
||
\ "hubic"
|
||
10 / Local Disk
|
||
\ "local"
|
||
11 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||
\ "onedrive"
|
||
12 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||
\ "swift"
|
||
13 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||
\ "sftp"
|
||
14 / Yandex Disk
|
||
\ "yandex"
|
||
15 / http Connection
|
||
\ "http"
|
||
Storage> http
|
||
URL of http host to connect to
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Connect to example.com
|
||
\ "https://example.com"
|
||
url> https://beta.rclone.org
|
||
Remote config
|
||
--------------------
|
||
[remote]
|
||
url = https://beta.rclone.org
|
||
--------------------
|
||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||
e) Edit this remote
|
||
d) Delete this remote
|
||
y/e/d> y
|
||
Current remotes:
|
||
|
||
Name Type
|
||
==== ====
|
||
remote http
|
||
|
||
e) Edit existing remote
|
||
n) New remote
|
||
d) Delete remote
|
||
r) Rename remote
|
||
c) Copy remote
|
||
s) Set configuration password
|
||
q) Quit config
|
||
e/n/d/r/c/s/q> q</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This remote is called <code>remote</code> and can now be used like this</p>
|
||
<p>See all the top level directories</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>List the contents of a directory</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone ls remote:directory</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Sync the remote <code>directory</code> to <code>/home/local/directory</code>, deleting any excess files.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone sync remote:directory /home/local/directory</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="read-only">Read only</h3>
|
||
<p>This remote is read only - you can't upload files to an HTTP server.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="modified-time-5">Modified time</h3>
|
||
<p>Most HTTP servers store time accurate to 1 second.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="checksum">Checksum</h3>
|
||
<p>No checksums are stored.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="usage-without-a-config-file">Usage without a config file</h3>
|
||
<p>Note that since only two environment variable need to be set, it is easy to use without a config file like this.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>RCLONE_CONFIG_ZZ_TYPE=http RCLONE_CONFIG_ZZ_URL=https://beta.rclone.org rclone lsd zz:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Or if you prefer</p>
|
||
<pre><code>export RCLONE_CONFIG_ZZ_TYPE=http
|
||
export RCLONE_CONFIG_ZZ_URL=https://beta.rclone.org
|
||
rclone lsd zz:</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="hubic">Hubic</h2>
|
||
<p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p>
|
||
<p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:container</code> (or <code>remote:</code> for the <code>lsd</code> command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg <code>remote:container/path/to/dir</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>The initial setup for Hubic involves getting a token from Hubic which you need to do in your browser. <code>rclone config</code> walks you through it.</p>
|
||
<p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p>
|
||
<pre><code> rclone config</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>n) New remote
|
||
s) Set configuration password
|
||
n/s> n
|
||
name> remote
|
||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||
\ "s3"
|
||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||
\ "b2"
|
||
4 / Dropbox
|
||
\ "dropbox"
|
||
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||
\ "crypt"
|
||
6 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||
7 / Google Drive
|
||
\ "drive"
|
||
8 / Hubic
|
||
\ "hubic"
|
||
9 / Local Disk
|
||
\ "local"
|
||
10 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||
\ "onedrive"
|
||
11 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||
\ "swift"
|
||
12 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||
\ "sftp"
|
||
13 / Yandex Disk
|
||
\ "yandex"
|
||
Storage> 8
|
||
Hubic Client Id - leave blank normally.
|
||
client_id>
|
||
Hubic Client Secret - leave blank normally.
|
||
client_secret>
|
||
Remote config
|
||
Use auto config?
|
||
* Say Y if not sure
|
||
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
|
||
y) Yes
|
||
n) No
|
||
y/n> y
|
||
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
|
||
Log in and authorize rclone for access
|
||
Waiting for code...
|
||
Got code
|
||
--------------------
|
||
[remote]
|
||
client_id =
|
||
client_secret =
|
||
token = {"access_token":"XXXXXX"}
|
||
--------------------
|
||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||
e) Edit this remote
|
||
d) Delete this remote
|
||
y/e/d> y</code></pre>
|
||
<p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/remote_setup/">remote setup docs</a> for how to set it up on a machine with no Internet browser available.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned from Hubic. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on <code>http://127.0.0.1:53682/</code> and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.</p>
|
||
<p>Once configured you can then use <code>rclone</code> like this,</p>
|
||
<p>List containers in the top level of your Hubic</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>List all the files in your Hubic</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>To copy a local directory to an Hubic directory called backup</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre>
|
||
<p>If you want the directory to be visible in the official <em>Hubic browser</em>, you need to copy your files to the <code>default</code> directory</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:default/backup</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="fast-list-4">--fast-list</h3>
|
||
<p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="modified-time-6">Modified time</h3>
|
||
<p>The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as <code>X-Object-Meta-Mtime</code> as floating point since the epoch accurate to 1 ns.</p>
|
||
<p>This is a defacto standard (used in the official python-swiftclient amongst others) for storing the modification time for an object.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that Hubic wraps the Swift backend, so most of the properties of are the same.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="limitations-6">Limitations</h3>
|
||
<p>This uses the normal OpenStack Swift mechanism to refresh the Swift API credentials and ignores the expires field returned by the Hubic API.</p>
|
||
<p>The Swift API doesn't return a correct MD5SUM for segmented files (Dynamic or Static Large Objects) so rclone won't check or use the MD5SUM for these.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="microsoft-azure-blob-storage">Microsoft Azure Blob Storage</h2>
|
||
<p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:container</code> (or <code>remote:</code> for the <code>lsd</code> command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg <code>remote:container/path/to/dir</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>Here is an example of making a Microsoft Azure Blob Storage configuration. For a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p>
|
||
<pre><code> rclone config</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one
|
||
n) New remote
|
||
s) Set configuration password
|
||
q) Quit config
|
||
n/s/q> n
|
||
name> remote
|
||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||
\ "s3"
|
||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||
\ "b2"
|
||
4 / Box
|
||
\ "box"
|
||
5 / Dropbox
|
||
\ "dropbox"
|
||
6 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||
\ "crypt"
|
||
7 / FTP Connection
|
||
\ "ftp"
|
||
8 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||
9 / Google Drive
|
||
\ "drive"
|
||
10 / Hubic
|
||
\ "hubic"
|
||
11 / Local Disk
|
||
\ "local"
|
||
12 / Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
|
||
\ "azureblob"
|
||
13 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||
\ "onedrive"
|
||
14 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||
\ "swift"
|
||
15 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||
\ "sftp"
|
||
16 / Yandex Disk
|
||
\ "yandex"
|
||
17 / http Connection
|
||
\ "http"
|
||
Storage> azureblob
|
||
Storage Account Name
|
||
account> account_name
|
||
Storage Account Key
|
||
key> base64encodedkey==
|
||
Endpoint for the service - leave blank normally.
|
||
endpoint>
|
||
Remote config
|
||
--------------------
|
||
[remote]
|
||
account = account_name
|
||
key = base64encodedkey==
|
||
endpoint =
|
||
--------------------
|
||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||
e) Edit this remote
|
||
d) Delete this remote
|
||
y/e/d> y</code></pre>
|
||
<p>See all containers</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Make a new container</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone mkdir remote:container</code></pre>
|
||
<p>List the contents of a container</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone ls remote:container</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Sync <code>/home/local/directory</code> to the remote container, deleting any excess files in the container.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:container</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="fast-list-5">--fast-list</h3>
|
||
<p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="modified-time-7">Modified time</h3>
|
||
<p>The modified time is stored as metadata on the object with the <code>mtime</code> key. It is stored using RFC3339 Format time with nanosecond precision. The metadata is supplied during directory listings so there is no overhead to using it.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="hashes">Hashes</h3>
|
||
<p>MD5 hashes are stored with blobs. However blobs that were uploaded in chunks only have an MD5 if the source remote was capable of MD5 hashes, eg the local disk.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="multipart-uploads-1">Multipart uploads</h3>
|
||
<p>Rclone supports multipart uploads with Azure Blob storage. Files bigger than 256MB will be uploaded using chunked upload by default.</p>
|
||
<p>The files will be uploaded in parallel in 4MB chunks (by default). Note that these chunks are buffered in memory and there may be up to <code>--transfers</code> of them being uploaded at once.</p>
|
||
<p>Files can't be split into more than 50,000 chunks so by default, so the largest file that can be uploaded with 4MB chunk size is 195GB. Above this rclone will double the chunk size until it creates less than 50,000 chunks. By default this will mean a maximum file size of 3.2TB can be uploaded. This can be raised to 5TB using <code>--azureblob-chunk-size 100M</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that rclone doesn't commit the block list until the end of the upload which means that there is a limit of 9.5TB of multipart uploads in progress as Azure won't allow more than that amount of uncommitted blocks.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="specific-options-8">Specific options</h3>
|
||
<p>Here are the command line options specific to this cloud storage system.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="azureblob-upload-cutoffsize">--azureblob-upload-cutoff=SIZE</h4>
|
||
<p>Cutoff for switching to chunked upload - must be <= 256MB. The default is 256MB.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="azureblob-chunk-sizesize">--azureblob-chunk-size=SIZE</h4>
|
||
<p>Upload chunk size. Default 4MB. Note that this is stored in memory and there may be up to <code>--transfers</code> chunks stored at once in memory. This can be at most 100MB.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="limitations-7">Limitations</h3>
|
||
<p>MD5 sums are only uploaded with chunked files if the source has an MD5 sum. This will always be the case for a local to azure copy.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="microsoft-onedrive">Microsoft OneDrive</h2>
|
||
<p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p>
|
||
<p>Paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>The initial setup for OneDrive involves getting a token from Microsoft which you need to do in your browser. <code>rclone config</code> walks you through it.</p>
|
||
<p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p>
|
||
<pre><code> rclone config</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one
|
||
n) New remote
|
||
s) Set configuration password
|
||
n/s> n
|
||
name> remote
|
||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||
\ "s3"
|
||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||
\ "b2"
|
||
4 / Dropbox
|
||
\ "dropbox"
|
||
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||
\ "crypt"
|
||
6 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||
7 / Google Drive
|
||
\ "drive"
|
||
8 / Hubic
|
||
\ "hubic"
|
||
9 / Local Disk
|
||
\ "local"
|
||
10 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||
\ "onedrive"
|
||
11 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||
\ "swift"
|
||
12 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||
\ "sftp"
|
||
13 / Yandex Disk
|
||
\ "yandex"
|
||
Storage> 10
|
||
Microsoft App Client Id - leave blank normally.
|
||
client_id>
|
||
Microsoft App Client Secret - leave blank normally.
|
||
client_secret>
|
||
Remote config
|
||
Choose OneDrive account type?
|
||
* Say b for a OneDrive business account
|
||
* Say p for a personal OneDrive account
|
||
b) Business
|
||
p) Personal
|
||
b/p> p
|
||
Use auto config?
|
||
* Say Y if not sure
|
||
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
|
||
y) Yes
|
||
n) No
|
||
y/n> y
|
||
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
|
||
Log in and authorize rclone for access
|
||
Waiting for code...
|
||
Got code
|
||
--------------------
|
||
[remote]
|
||
client_id =
|
||
client_secret =
|
||
token = {"access_token":"XXXXXX"}
|
||
--------------------
|
||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||
e) Edit this remote
|
||
d) Delete this remote
|
||
y/e/d> y</code></pre>
|
||
<p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/remote_setup/">remote setup docs</a> for how to set it up on a machine with no Internet browser available.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned from Microsoft. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on <code>http://127.0.0.1:53682/</code> and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.</p>
|
||
<p>Once configured you can then use <code>rclone</code> like this,</p>
|
||
<p>List directories in top level of your OneDrive</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>List all the files in your OneDrive</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>To copy a local directory to an OneDrive directory called backup</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="onedrive-for-business">OneDrive for Business</h3>
|
||
<p>There is additional support for OneDrive for Business. Select "b" when ask</p>
|
||
<pre><code>Choose OneDrive account type?
|
||
* Say b for a OneDrive business account
|
||
* Say p for a personal OneDrive account
|
||
b) Business
|
||
p) Personal
|
||
b/p> </code></pre>
|
||
<p>After that rclone requires an authentication of your account. The application will first authenticate your account, then query the OneDrive resource URL and do a second (silent) authentication for this resource URL.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="modified-time-and-hashes-3">Modified time and hashes</h3>
|
||
<p>OneDrive allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1 second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or not.</p>
|
||
<p>One drive supports SHA1 type hashes, so you can use <code>--checksum</code> flag.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="deleting-files-3">Deleting files</h3>
|
||
<p>Any files you delete with rclone will end up in the trash. Microsoft doesn't provide an API to permanently delete files, nor to empty the trash, so you will have to do that with one of Microsoft's apps or via the OneDrive website.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="specific-options-9">Specific options</h3>
|
||
<p>Here are the command line options specific to this cloud storage system.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="onedrive-chunk-sizesize">--onedrive-chunk-size=SIZE</h4>
|
||
<p>Above this size files will be chunked - must be multiple of 320k. The default is 10MB. Note that the chunks will be buffered into memory.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="limitations-8">Limitations</h3>
|
||
<p>Note that OneDrive is case insensitive so you can't have a file called "Hello.doc" and one called "hello.doc".</p>
|
||
<p>There are quite a few characters that can't be in OneDrive file names. These can't occur on Windows platforms, but on non-Windows platforms they are common. Rclone will map these names to and from an identical looking unicode equivalent. For example if a file has a <code>?</code> in it will be mapped to <code>？</code> instead.</p>
|
||
<p>The largest allowed file size is 10GiB (10,737,418,240 bytes).</p>
|
||
<h3 id="versioning-issue">Versioning issue</h3>
|
||
<p>Every change in OneDrive causes the service to create a new version. This counts against a users quota.<br />
|
||
For example changing the modification time of a file creates a second version, so the file is using twice the space.</p>
|
||
<p>The <code>copy</code> is the only rclone command affected by this as we copy the file and then afterwards set the modification time to match the source file.</p>
|
||
<p>User <a href="https://github.com/Weropol">Weropol</a> has found a method to disable versioning on OneDrive</p>
|
||
<ol style="list-style-type: decimal">
|
||
<li>Open the settings menu by clicking on the gear symbol at the top of the OneDrive Business page.</li>
|
||
<li>Click Site settings.</li>
|
||
<li>Once on the Site settings page, navigate to Site Administration > Site libraries and lists.</li>
|
||
<li>Click Customize "Documents".</li>
|
||
<li>Click General Settings > Versioning Settings.</li>
|
||
<li>Under Document Version History select the option No versioning.<br />
|
||
Note: This will disable the creation of new file versions, but will not remove any previous versions. Your documents are safe.</li>
|
||
<li>Apply the changes by clicking OK.</li>
|
||
<li>Use rclone to upload or modify files. (I also use the --no-update-modtime flag)</li>
|
||
<li>Restore the versioning settings after using rclone. (Optional)</li>
|
||
</ol>
|
||
<h2 id="qingstor">QingStor</h2>
|
||
<p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:bucket</code> (or <code>remote:</code> for the <code>lsd</code> command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg <code>remote:bucket/path/to/dir</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>Here is an example of making an QingStor configuration. First run</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone config</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one
|
||
n) New remote
|
||
r) Rename remote
|
||
c) Copy remote
|
||
s) Set configuration password
|
||
q) Quit config
|
||
n/r/c/s/q> n
|
||
name> remote
|
||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||
\ "s3"
|
||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||
\ "b2"
|
||
4 / Dropbox
|
||
\ "dropbox"
|
||
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||
\ "crypt"
|
||
6 / FTP Connection
|
||
\ "ftp"
|
||
7 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||
8 / Google Drive
|
||
\ "drive"
|
||
9 / Hubic
|
||
\ "hubic"
|
||
10 / Local Disk
|
||
\ "local"
|
||
11 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||
\ "onedrive"
|
||
12 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||
\ "swift"
|
||
13 / QingStor Object Storage
|
||
\ "qingstor"
|
||
14 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||
\ "sftp"
|
||
15 / Yandex Disk
|
||
\ "yandex"
|
||
Storage> 13
|
||
Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Enter QingStor credentials in the next step
|
||
\ "false"
|
||
2 / Get QingStor credentials from the environment (env vars or IAM)
|
||
\ "true"
|
||
env_auth> 1
|
||
QingStor Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
|
||
access_key_id> access_key
|
||
QingStor Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
|
||
secret_access_key> secret_key
|
||
Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
|
||
Leave blank will use the default value "https://qingstor.com:443"
|
||
endpoint>
|
||
Zone connect to. Default is "pek3a".
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
/ The Beijing (China) Three Zone
|
||
1 | Needs location constraint pek3a.
|
||
\ "pek3a"
|
||
/ The Shanghai (China) First Zone
|
||
2 | Needs location constraint sh1a.
|
||
\ "sh1a"
|
||
zone> 1
|
||
Number of connnection retry.
|
||
Leave blank will use the default value "3".
|
||
connection_retries>
|
||
Remote config
|
||
--------------------
|
||
[remote]
|
||
env_auth = false
|
||
access_key_id = access_key
|
||
secret_access_key = secret_key
|
||
endpoint =
|
||
zone = pek3a
|
||
connection_retries =
|
||
--------------------
|
||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||
e) Edit this remote
|
||
d) Delete this remote
|
||
y/e/d> y</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This remote is called <code>remote</code> and can now be used like this</p>
|
||
<p>See all buckets</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Make a new bucket</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone mkdir remote:bucket</code></pre>
|
||
<p>List the contents of a bucket</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone ls remote:bucket</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Sync <code>/home/local/directory</code> to the remote bucket, deleting any excess files in the bucket.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:bucket</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="fast-list-6">--fast-list</h3>
|
||
<p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="multipart-uploads-2">Multipart uploads</h3>
|
||
<p>rclone supports multipart uploads with QingStor which means that it can upload files bigger than 5GB. Note that files uploaded with multipart upload don't have an MD5SUM.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="buckets-and-zone">Buckets and Zone</h3>
|
||
<p>With QingStor you can list buckets (<code>rclone lsd</code>) using any zone, but you can only access the content of a bucket from the zone it was created in. If you attempt to access a bucket from the wrong zone, you will get an error, <code>incorrect zone, the bucket is not in 'XXX' zone</code>.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="authentication-4">Authentication</h3>
|
||
<p>There are two ways to supply <code>rclone</code> with a set of QingStor credentials. In order of precedence:</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Directly in the rclone configuration file (as configured by <code>rclone config</code>)</li>
|
||
<li>set <code>access_key_id</code> and <code>secret_access_key</code></li>
|
||
<li>Runtime configuration:</li>
|
||
<li>set <code>env_auth</code> to <code>true</code> in the config file</li>
|
||
<li>Exporting the following environment variables before running <code>rclone</code>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Access Key ID: <code>QS_ACCESS_KEY_ID</code> or <code>QS_ACCESS_KEY</code></li>
|
||
<li>Secret Access Key: <code>QS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY</code> or <code>QS_SECRET_KEY</code></li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<h2 id="swift">Swift</h2>
|
||
<p>Swift refers to <a href="https://docs.openstack.org/swift/latest/">Openstack Object Storage</a>. Commercial implementations of that being:</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><a href="https://www.rackspace.com/cloud/files/">Rackspace Cloud Files</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://www.memset.com/cloud/storage/">Memset Memstore</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://www.ovh.co.uk/public-cloud/storage/object-storage/">OVH Object Storage</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://cloud.oracle.com/storage-opc">Oracle Cloud Storage</a></li>
|
||
<li><a href="https://console.bluemix.net/docs/infrastructure/objectstorage-swift/index.html">IBM Bluemix Cloud ObjectStorage Swift</a></li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:container</code> (or <code>remote:</code> for the <code>lsd</code> command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg <code>remote:container/path/to/dir</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>Here is an example of making a swift configuration. First run</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone config</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one
|
||
n) New remote
|
||
s) Set configuration password
|
||
q) Quit config
|
||
n/s/q> n
|
||
name> remote
|
||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||
\ "s3"
|
||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||
\ "b2"
|
||
4 / Box
|
||
\ "box"
|
||
5 / Cache a remote
|
||
\ "cache"
|
||
6 / Dropbox
|
||
\ "dropbox"
|
||
7 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||
\ "crypt"
|
||
8 / FTP Connection
|
||
\ "ftp"
|
||
9 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||
10 / Google Drive
|
||
\ "drive"
|
||
11 / Hubic
|
||
\ "hubic"
|
||
12 / Local Disk
|
||
\ "local"
|
||
13 / Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
|
||
\ "azureblob"
|
||
14 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||
\ "onedrive"
|
||
15 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||
\ "swift"
|
||
16 / Pcloud
|
||
\ "pcloud"
|
||
17 / QingCloud Object Storage
|
||
\ "qingstor"
|
||
18 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||
\ "sftp"
|
||
19 / Webdav
|
||
\ "webdav"
|
||
20 / Yandex Disk
|
||
\ "yandex"
|
||
21 / http Connection
|
||
\ "http"
|
||
Storage> swift
|
||
Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Enter swift credentials in the next step
|
||
\ "false"
|
||
2 / Get swift credentials from environment vars. Leave other fields blank if using this.
|
||
\ "true"
|
||
env_auth> true
|
||
User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
|
||
user>
|
||
API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
|
||
key>
|
||
Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Rackspace US
|
||
\ "https://auth.api.rackspacecloud.com/v1.0"
|
||
2 / Rackspace UK
|
||
\ "https://lon.auth.api.rackspacecloud.com/v1.0"
|
||
3 / Rackspace v2
|
||
\ "https://identity.api.rackspacecloud.com/v2.0"
|
||
4 / Memset Memstore UK
|
||
\ "https://auth.storage.memset.com/v1.0"
|
||
5 / Memset Memstore UK v2
|
||
\ "https://auth.storage.memset.com/v2.0"
|
||
6 / OVH
|
||
\ "https://auth.cloud.ovh.net/v2.0"
|
||
auth>
|
||
User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
|
||
user_id>
|
||
User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||
domain>
|
||
Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
|
||
tenant>
|
||
Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
|
||
tenant_id>
|
||
Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
|
||
tenant_domain>
|
||
Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
|
||
region>
|
||
Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
|
||
storage_url>
|
||
Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
|
||
auth_token>
|
||
AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
|
||
auth_version>
|
||
Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE)
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Public (default, choose this if not sure)
|
||
\ "public"
|
||
2 / Internal (use internal service net)
|
||
\ "internal"
|
||
3 / Admin
|
||
\ "admin"
|
||
endpoint_type>
|
||
Remote config
|
||
--------------------
|
||
[test]
|
||
env_auth = true
|
||
user =
|
||
key =
|
||
auth =
|
||
user_id =
|
||
domain =
|
||
tenant =
|
||
tenant_id =
|
||
tenant_domain =
|
||
region =
|
||
storage_url =
|
||
auth_token =
|
||
auth_version =
|
||
endpoint_type =
|
||
--------------------
|
||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||
e) Edit this remote
|
||
d) Delete this remote
|
||
y/e/d> y</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This remote is called <code>remote</code> and can now be used like this</p>
|
||
<p>See all containers</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Make a new container</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone mkdir remote:container</code></pre>
|
||
<p>List the contents of a container</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone ls remote:container</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Sync <code>/home/local/directory</code> to the remote container, deleting any excess files in the container.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:container</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="configuration-from-an-openstack-credentials-file">Configuration from an Openstack credentials file</h3>
|
||
<p>An Opentstack credentials file typically looks something something like this (without the comments)</p>
|
||
<pre><code>export OS_AUTH_URL=https://a.provider.net/v2.0
|
||
export OS_TENANT_ID=ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff
|
||
export OS_TENANT_NAME="1234567890123456"
|
||
export OS_USERNAME="123abc567xy"
|
||
echo "Please enter your OpenStack Password: "
|
||
read -sr OS_PASSWORD_INPUT
|
||
export OS_PASSWORD=$OS_PASSWORD_INPUT
|
||
export OS_REGION_NAME="SBG1"
|
||
if [ -z "$OS_REGION_NAME" ]; then unset OS_REGION_NAME; fi</code></pre>
|
||
<p>The config file needs to look something like this where <code>$OS_USERNAME</code> represents the value of the <code>OS_USERNAME</code> variable - <code>123abc567xy</code> in the example above.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>[remote]
|
||
type = swift
|
||
user = $OS_USERNAME
|
||
key = $OS_PASSWORD
|
||
auth = $OS_AUTH_URL
|
||
tenant = $OS_TENANT_NAME</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Note that you may (or may not) need to set <code>region</code> too - try without first.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="configuration-from-the-environment">Configuration from the environment</h3>
|
||
<p>If you prefer you can configure rclone to use swift using a standard set of OpenStack environment variables.</p>
|
||
<p>When you run through the config, make sure you choose <code>true</code> for <code>env_auth</code> and leave everything else blank.</p>
|
||
<p>rclone will then set any empty config parameters from the environment using standard OpenStack environment variables. There is <a href="https://godoc.org/github.com/ncw/swift#Connection.ApplyEnvironment">a list of the variables</a> in the docs for the swift library.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="using-an-alternate-authentication-method">Using an alternate authentication method</h3>
|
||
<p>If your OpenStack installation uses a non-standard authentication method that might not be yet supported by rclone or the underlying swift library, you can authenticate externally (e.g. calling manually the <code>openstack</code> commands to get a token). Then, you just need to pass the two configuration variables <code>auth_token</code> and <code>storage_url</code>. If they are both provided, the other variables are ignored. rclone will not try to authenticate but instead assume it is already authenticated and use these two variables to access the OpenStack installation.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="using-rclone-without-a-config-file">Using rclone without a config file</h4>
|
||
<p>You can use rclone with swift without a config file, if desired, like this:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>source openstack-credentials-file
|
||
export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYREMOTE_TYPE=swift
|
||
export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYREMOTE_ENV_AUTH=true
|
||
rclone lsd myremote:</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="fast-list-7">--fast-list</h3>
|
||
<p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="specific-options-10">Specific options</h3>
|
||
<p>Here are the command line options specific to this cloud storage system.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="swift-chunk-sizesize">--swift-chunk-size=SIZE</h4>
|
||
<p>Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. The default for this is 5GB which is its maximum value.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="modified-time-8">Modified time</h3>
|
||
<p>The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as <code>X-Object-Meta-Mtime</code> as floating point since the epoch accurate to 1 ns.</p>
|
||
<p>This is a defacto standard (used in the official python-swiftclient amongst others) for storing the modification time for an object.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="limitations-9">Limitations</h3>
|
||
<p>The Swift API doesn't return a correct MD5SUM for segmented files (Dynamic or Static Large Objects) so rclone won't check or use the MD5SUM for these.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="troubleshooting">Troubleshooting</h3>
|
||
<h4 id="rclone-gives-failed-to-create-file-system-for-remote-bad-request">Rclone gives Failed to create file system for "remote:": Bad Request</h4>
|
||
<p>Due to an oddity of the underlying swift library, it gives a "Bad Request" error rather than a more sensible error when the authentication fails for Swift.</p>
|
||
<p>So this most likely means your username / password is wrong. You can investigate further with the <code>--dump-bodies</code> flag.</p>
|
||
<p>This may also be caused by specifying the region when you shouldn't have (eg OVH).</p>
|
||
<h4 id="rclone-gives-failed-to-create-file-system-response-didnt-have-storage-storage-url-and-auth-token">Rclone gives Failed to create file system: Response didn't have storage storage url and auth token</h4>
|
||
<p>This is most likely caused by forgetting to specify your tenant when setting up a swift remote.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="pcloud">pCloud</h2>
|
||
<p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p>
|
||
<p>Paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>The initial setup for pCloud involves getting a token from pCloud which you need to do in your browser. <code>rclone config</code> walks you through it.</p>
|
||
<p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p>
|
||
<pre><code> rclone config</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one
|
||
n) New remote
|
||
s) Set configuration password
|
||
q) Quit config
|
||
n/s/q> n
|
||
name> remote
|
||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||
\ "s3"
|
||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||
\ "b2"
|
||
4 / Box
|
||
\ "box"
|
||
5 / Dropbox
|
||
\ "dropbox"
|
||
6 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||
\ "crypt"
|
||
7 / FTP Connection
|
||
\ "ftp"
|
||
8 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||
9 / Google Drive
|
||
\ "drive"
|
||
10 / Hubic
|
||
\ "hubic"
|
||
11 / Local Disk
|
||
\ "local"
|
||
12 / Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
|
||
\ "azureblob"
|
||
13 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||
\ "onedrive"
|
||
14 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||
\ "swift"
|
||
15 / Pcloud
|
||
\ "pcloud"
|
||
16 / QingCloud Object Storage
|
||
\ "qingstor"
|
||
17 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||
\ "sftp"
|
||
18 / Yandex Disk
|
||
\ "yandex"
|
||
19 / http Connection
|
||
\ "http"
|
||
Storage> pcloud
|
||
Pcloud App Client Id - leave blank normally.
|
||
client_id>
|
||
Pcloud App Client Secret - leave blank normally.
|
||
client_secret>
|
||
Remote config
|
||
Use auto config?
|
||
* Say Y if not sure
|
||
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
|
||
y) Yes
|
||
n) No
|
||
y/n> y
|
||
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
|
||
Log in and authorize rclone for access
|
||
Waiting for code...
|
||
Got code
|
||
--------------------
|
||
[remote]
|
||
client_id =
|
||
client_secret =
|
||
token = {"access_token":"XXX","token_type":"bearer","expiry":"0001-01-01T00:00:00Z"}
|
||
--------------------
|
||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||
e) Edit this remote
|
||
d) Delete this remote
|
||
y/e/d> y</code></pre>
|
||
<p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/remote_setup/">remote setup docs</a> for how to set it up on a machine with no Internet browser available.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned from pCloud. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on <code>http://127.0.0.1:53682/</code> and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.</p>
|
||
<p>Once configured you can then use <code>rclone</code> like this,</p>
|
||
<p>List directories in top level of your pCloud</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>List all the files in your pCloud</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>To copy a local directory to an pCloud directory called backup</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="modified-time-and-hashes-4">Modified time and hashes</h3>
|
||
<p>pCloud allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1 second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or not. In order to set a Modification time pCloud requires the object be re-uploaded.</p>
|
||
<p>pCloud supports MD5 and SHA1 type hashes, so you can use the <code>--checksum</code> flag.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="deleting-files-4">Deleting files</h3>
|
||
<p>Deleted files will be moved to the trash. Your subscription level will determine how long items stay in the trash. <code>rclone cleanup</code> can be used to empty the trash.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="sftp">SFTP</h2>
|
||
<p>SFTP is the <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SSH_File_Transfer_Protocol">Secure (or SSH) File Transfer Protocol</a>.</p>
|
||
<p>It runs over SSH v2 and is standard with most modern SSH installations.</p>
|
||
<p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code>. If the path does not begin with a <code>/</code> it is relative to the home directory of the user. An empty path <code>remote:</code> refers to the user's home directory.</p>
|
||
<p>Here is an example of making an SFTP configuration. First run</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone config</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one
|
||
n) New remote
|
||
s) Set configuration password
|
||
q) Quit config
|
||
n/s/q> n
|
||
name> remote
|
||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||
\ "s3"
|
||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||
\ "b2"
|
||
4 / Dropbox
|
||
\ "dropbox"
|
||
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||
\ "crypt"
|
||
6 / FTP Connection
|
||
\ "ftp"
|
||
7 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||
8 / Google Drive
|
||
\ "drive"
|
||
9 / Hubic
|
||
\ "hubic"
|
||
10 / Local Disk
|
||
\ "local"
|
||
11 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||
\ "onedrive"
|
||
12 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||
\ "swift"
|
||
13 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||
\ "sftp"
|
||
14 / Yandex Disk
|
||
\ "yandex"
|
||
15 / http Connection
|
||
\ "http"
|
||
Storage> sftp
|
||
SSH host to connect to
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Connect to example.com
|
||
\ "example.com"
|
||
host> example.com
|
||
SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
|
||
user> sftpuser
|
||
SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
|
||
port>
|
||
SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||
y) Yes type in my own password
|
||
g) Generate random password
|
||
n) No leave this optional password blank
|
||
y/g/n> n
|
||
Path to unencrypted PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
|
||
key_file>
|
||
Remote config
|
||
--------------------
|
||
[remote]
|
||
host = example.com
|
||
user = sftpuser
|
||
port =
|
||
pass =
|
||
key_file =
|
||
--------------------
|
||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||
e) Edit this remote
|
||
d) Delete this remote
|
||
y/e/d> y</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This remote is called <code>remote</code> and can now be used like this:</p>
|
||
<p>See all directories in the home directory</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Make a new directory</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone mkdir remote:path/to/directory</code></pre>
|
||
<p>List the contents of a directory</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone ls remote:path/to/directory</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Sync <code>/home/local/directory</code> to the remote directory, deleting any excess files in the directory.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:directory</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="ssh-authentication">SSH Authentication</h3>
|
||
<p>The SFTP remote supports three authentication methods:</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Password</li>
|
||
<li>Key file</li>
|
||
<li>ssh-agent</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>Key files should be unencrypted PEM-encoded private key files. For instance <code>/home/$USER/.ssh/id_rsa</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>If you don't specify <code>pass</code> or <code>key_file</code> then rclone will attempt to contact an ssh-agent.</p>
|
||
<p>If you set the <code>--sftp-ask-password</code> option, rclone will prompt for a password when needed and no password has been configured.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="ssh-agent-on-macos">ssh-agent on macOS</h3>
|
||
<p>Note that there seem to be various problems with using an ssh-agent on macOS due to recent changes in the OS. The most effective work-around seems to be to start an ssh-agent in each session, eg</p>
|
||
<pre><code>eval `ssh-agent -s` && ssh-add -A</code></pre>
|
||
<p>And then at the end of the session</p>
|
||
<pre><code>eval `ssh-agent -k`</code></pre>
|
||
<p>These commands can be used in scripts of course.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="specific-options-11">Specific options</h3>
|
||
<p>Here are the command line options specific to this remote.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="sftp-ask-password">--sftp-ask-password</h4>
|
||
<p>Ask for the SFTP password if needed when no password has been configured.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="modified-time-9">Modified time</h3>
|
||
<p>Modified times are stored on the server to 1 second precision.</p>
|
||
<p>Modified times are used in syncing and are fully supported.</p>
|
||
<p>Some SFTP servers disable setting/modifying the file modification time after upload (for example, certain configurations of ProFTPd with mod_sftp). If you are using one of these servers, you can set the option <code>set_modtime = false</code> in your RClone backend configuration to disable this behaviour.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="limitations-10">Limitations</h3>
|
||
<p>SFTP supports checksums if the same login has shell access and <code>md5sum</code> or <code>sha1sum</code> as well as <code>echo</code> are in the remote's PATH. This remote check can be disabled by setting the configuration option <code>disable_hashcheck</code>. This may be required if you're connecting to SFTP servers which are not under your control, and to which the execution of remote commands is prohibited.</p>
|
||
<p>The only ssh agent supported under Windows is Putty's pageant.</p>
|
||
<p>The Go SSH library disables the use of the aes128-cbc cipher by default, due to security concerns. This can be re-enabled on a per-connection basis by setting the <code>use_insecure_cipher</code> setting in the configuration file to <code>true</code>. Further details on the insecurity of this cipher can be found [in this paper] (http://www.isg.rhul.ac.uk/~kp/SandPfinal.pdf).</p>
|
||
<p>SFTP isn't supported under plan9 until <a href="https://github.com/pkg/sftp/issues/156">this issue</a> is fixed.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that since SFTP isn't HTTP based the following flags don't work with it: <code>--dump-headers</code>, <code>--dump-bodies</code>, <code>--dump-auth</code></p>
|
||
<p>Note that <code>--timeout</code> isn't supported (but <code>--contimeout</code> is).</p>
|
||
<h2 id="webdav">WebDAV</h2>
|
||
<p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p>
|
||
<p>Paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>To configure the WebDAV remote you will need to have a URL for it, and a username and password. If you know what kind of system you are connecting to then rclone can enable extra features.</p>
|
||
<p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p>
|
||
<pre><code> rclone config</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one
|
||
n) New remote
|
||
s) Set configuration password
|
||
q) Quit config
|
||
n/s/q> n
|
||
name> remote
|
||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||
\ "s3"
|
||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||
\ "b2"
|
||
4 / Box
|
||
\ "box"
|
||
5 / Dropbox
|
||
\ "dropbox"
|
||
6 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||
\ "crypt"
|
||
7 / FTP Connection
|
||
\ "ftp"
|
||
8 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||
9 / Google Drive
|
||
\ "drive"
|
||
10 / Hubic
|
||
\ "hubic"
|
||
11 / Local Disk
|
||
\ "local"
|
||
12 / Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
|
||
\ "azureblob"
|
||
13 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||
\ "onedrive"
|
||
14 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||
\ "swift"
|
||
15 / Pcloud
|
||
\ "pcloud"
|
||
16 / QingCloud Object Storage
|
||
\ "qingstor"
|
||
17 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||
\ "sftp"
|
||
18 / WebDAV
|
||
\ "webdav"
|
||
19 / Yandex Disk
|
||
\ "yandex"
|
||
20 / http Connection
|
||
\ "http"
|
||
Storage> webdav
|
||
URL of http host to connect to
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Connect to example.com
|
||
\ "https://example.com"
|
||
url> https://example.com/remote.php/webdav/
|
||
Name of the WebDAV site/service/software you are using
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Nextcloud
|
||
\ "nextcloud"
|
||
2 / Owncloud
|
||
\ "owncloud"
|
||
3 / Other site/service or software
|
||
\ "other"
|
||
vendor> 1
|
||
User name
|
||
user> user
|
||
Password.
|
||
y) Yes type in my own password
|
||
g) Generate random password
|
||
n) No leave this optional password blank
|
||
y/g/n> y
|
||
Enter the password:
|
||
password:
|
||
Confirm the password:
|
||
password:
|
||
Remote config
|
||
--------------------
|
||
[remote]
|
||
url = https://example.com/remote.php/webdav/
|
||
vendor = nextcloud
|
||
user = user
|
||
pass = *** ENCRYPTED ***
|
||
--------------------
|
||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||
e) Edit this remote
|
||
d) Delete this remote
|
||
y/e/d> y</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Once configured you can then use <code>rclone</code> like this,</p>
|
||
<p>List directories in top level of your WebDAV</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>List all the files in your WebDAV</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>To copy a local directory to an WebDAV directory called backup</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="modified-time-and-hashes-5">Modified time and hashes</h3>
|
||
<p>Plain WebDAV does not support modified times. However when used with Owncloud or Nextcloud rclone will support modified times.</p>
|
||
<p>Hashes are not supported.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="owncloud">Owncloud</h3>
|
||
<p>Click on the settings cog in the bottom right of the page and this will show the WebDAV URL that rclone needs in the config step. It will look something like <code>https://example.com/remote.php/webdav/</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>Owncloud supports modified times using the <code>X-OC-Mtime</code> header.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="nextcloud">Nextcloud</h3>
|
||
<p>This is configured in an identical way to Owncloud. Note that Nextcloud does not support streaming of files (<code>rcat</code>) whereas Owncloud does. This <a href="https://github.com/nextcloud/nextcloud-snap/issues/365">may be fixed</a> in the future.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="put.io">Put.io</h2>
|
||
<p>put.io can be accessed in a read only way using webdav.</p>
|
||
<p>Configure the <code>url</code> as <code>https://webdav.put.io</code> and use your normal account username and password for <code>user</code> and <code>pass</code>. Set the <code>vendor</code> to <code>other</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>Your config file should end up looking like this:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>[putio]
|
||
type = webdav
|
||
url = https://webdav.put.io
|
||
vendor = other
|
||
user = YourUserName
|
||
pass = encryptedpassword</code></pre>
|
||
<p>If you are using <code>put.io</code> with <code>rclone mount</code> then use the <code>--read-only</code> flag to signal to the OS that it can't write to the mount.</p>
|
||
<p>For more help see <a href="http://help.put.io/apps-and-integrations/ftp-and-webdav">the put.io webdav docs</a>.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="yandex-disk">Yandex Disk</h2>
|
||
<p><a href="https://disk.yandex.com">Yandex Disk</a> is a cloud storage solution created by <a href="https://yandex.com">Yandex</a>.</p>
|
||
<p>Yandex paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>Here is an example of making a yandex configuration. First run</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone config</code></pre>
|
||
<p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one
|
||
n) New remote
|
||
s) Set configuration password
|
||
n/s> n
|
||
name> remote
|
||
Type of storage to configure.
|
||
Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
|
||
1 / Amazon Drive
|
||
\ "amazon cloud drive"
|
||
2 / Amazon S3 (also Dreamhost, Ceph, Minio)
|
||
\ "s3"
|
||
3 / Backblaze B2
|
||
\ "b2"
|
||
4 / Dropbox
|
||
\ "dropbox"
|
||
5 / Encrypt/Decrypt a remote
|
||
\ "crypt"
|
||
6 / Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)
|
||
\ "google cloud storage"
|
||
7 / Google Drive
|
||
\ "drive"
|
||
8 / Hubic
|
||
\ "hubic"
|
||
9 / Local Disk
|
||
\ "local"
|
||
10 / Microsoft OneDrive
|
||
\ "onedrive"
|
||
11 / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
|
||
\ "swift"
|
||
12 / SSH/SFTP Connection
|
||
\ "sftp"
|
||
13 / Yandex Disk
|
||
\ "yandex"
|
||
Storage> 13
|
||
Yandex Client Id - leave blank normally.
|
||
client_id>
|
||
Yandex Client Secret - leave blank normally.
|
||
client_secret>
|
||
Remote config
|
||
Use auto config?
|
||
* Say Y if not sure
|
||
* Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
|
||
y) Yes
|
||
n) No
|
||
y/n> y
|
||
If your browser doesn't open automatically go to the following link: http://127.0.0.1:53682/auth
|
||
Log in and authorize rclone for access
|
||
Waiting for code...
|
||
Got code
|
||
--------------------
|
||
[remote]
|
||
client_id =
|
||
client_secret =
|
||
token = {"access_token":"xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx","token_type":"bearer","expiry":"2016-12-29T12:27:11.362788025Z"}
|
||
--------------------
|
||
y) Yes this is OK
|
||
e) Edit this remote
|
||
d) Delete this remote
|
||
y/e/d> y</code></pre>
|
||
<p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/remote_setup/">remote setup docs</a> for how to set it up on a machine with no Internet browser available.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that rclone runs a webserver on your local machine to collect the token as returned from Yandex Disk. This only runs from the moment it opens your browser to the moment you get back the verification code. This is on <code>http://127.0.0.1:53682/</code> and this it may require you to unblock it temporarily if you are running a host firewall.</p>
|
||
<p>Once configured you can then use <code>rclone</code> like this,</p>
|
||
<p>See top level directories</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone lsd remote:</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Make a new directory</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone mkdir remote:directory</code></pre>
|
||
<p>List the contents of a directory</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone ls remote:directory</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Sync <code>/home/local/directory</code> to the remote path, deleting any excess files in the path.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:directory</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="fast-list-8">--fast-list</h3>
|
||
<p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="modified-time-10">Modified time</h3>
|
||
<p>Modified times are supported and are stored accurate to 1 ns in custom metadata called <code>rclone_modified</code> in RFC3339 with nanoseconds format.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="md5-checksums">MD5 checksums</h3>
|
||
<p>MD5 checksums are natively supported by Yandex Disk.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="emptying-trash-1">Emptying Trash</h3>
|
||
<p>If you wish to empty your trash you can use the <code>rclone cleanup remote:</code> command which will permanently delete all your trashed files. This command does not take any path arguments.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="local-filesystem">Local Filesystem</h2>
|
||
<p>Local paths are specified as normal filesystem paths, eg <code>/path/to/wherever</code>, so</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone sync /home/source /tmp/destination</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Will sync <code>/home/source</code> to <code>/tmp/destination</code></p>
|
||
<p>These can be configured into the config file for consistencies sake, but it is probably easier not to.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="modified-time-11">Modified time</h3>
|
||
<p>Rclone reads and writes the modified time using an accuracy determined by the OS. Typically this is 1ns on Linux, 10 ns on Windows and 1 Second on OS X.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="filenames">Filenames</h3>
|
||
<p>Filenames are expected to be encoded in UTF-8 on disk. This is the normal case for Windows and OS X.</p>
|
||
<p>There is a bit more uncertainty in the Linux world, but new distributions will have UTF-8 encoded files names. If you are using an old Linux filesystem with non UTF-8 file names (eg latin1) then you can use the <code>convmv</code> tool to convert the filesystem to UTF-8. This tool is available in most distributions' package managers.</p>
|
||
<p>If an invalid (non-UTF8) filename is read, the invalid characters will be replaced with the unicode replacement character, '<27>'. <code>rclone</code> will emit a debug message in this case (use <code>-v</code> to see), eg</p>
|
||
<pre><code>Local file system at .: Replacing invalid UTF-8 characters in "gro\xdf"</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="long-paths-on-windows">Long paths on Windows</h3>
|
||
<p>Rclone handles long paths automatically, by converting all paths to long <a href="https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa365247(v=vs.85).aspx#maxpath">UNC paths</a> which allows paths up to 32,767 characters.</p>
|
||
<p>This is why you will see that your paths, for instance <code>c:\files</code> is converted to the UNC path <code>\\?\c:\files</code> in the output, and <code>\\server\share</code> is converted to <code>\\?\UNC\server\share</code>.</p>
|
||
<p>However, in rare cases this may cause problems with buggy file system drivers like <a href="https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/261">EncFS</a>. To disable UNC conversion globally, add this to your <code>.rclone.conf</code> file:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>[local]
|
||
nounc = true</code></pre>
|
||
<p>If you want to selectively disable UNC, you can add it to a separate entry like this:</p>
|
||
<pre><code>[nounc]
|
||
type = local
|
||
nounc = true</code></pre>
|
||
<p>And use rclone like this:</p>
|
||
<p><code>rclone copy c:\src nounc:z:\dst</code></p>
|
||
<p>This will use UNC paths on <code>c:\src</code> but not on <code>z:\dst</code>. Of course this will cause problems if the absolute path length of a file exceeds 258 characters on z, so only use this option if you have to.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="specific-options-12">Specific options</h3>
|
||
<p>Here are the command line options specific to local storage</p>
|
||
<h4 id="copy-links--l">--copy-links, -L</h4>
|
||
<p>Normally rclone will ignore symlinks or junction points (which behave like symlinks under Windows).</p>
|
||
<p>If you supply this flag then rclone will follow the symlink and copy the pointed to file or directory.</p>
|
||
<p>This flag applies to all commands.</p>
|
||
<p>For example, supposing you have a directory structure like this</p>
|
||
<pre><code>$ tree /tmp/a
|
||
/tmp/a
|
||
├── b -> ../b
|
||
├── expected -> ../expected
|
||
├── one
|
||
└── two
|
||
└── three</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Then you can see the difference with and without the flag like this</p>
|
||
<pre><code>$ rclone ls /tmp/a
|
||
6 one
|
||
6 two/three</code></pre>
|
||
<p>and</p>
|
||
<pre><code>$ rclone -L ls /tmp/a
|
||
4174 expected
|
||
6 one
|
||
6 two/three
|
||
6 b/two
|
||
6 b/one</code></pre>
|
||
<h4 id="local-no-unicode-normalization">--local-no-unicode-normalization</h4>
|
||
<p>This flag is deprecated now. Rclone no longer normalizes unicode file names, but it compares them with unicode normalization in the sync routine instead.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="one-file-system--x">--one-file-system, -x</h4>
|
||
<p>This tells rclone to stay in the filesystem specified by the root and not to recurse into different file systems.</p>
|
||
<p>For example if you have a directory hierarchy like this</p>
|
||
<pre><code>root
|
||
├── disk1 - disk1 mounted on the root
|
||
│ └── file3 - stored on disk1
|
||
├── disk2 - disk2 mounted on the root
|
||
│ └── file4 - stored on disk12
|
||
├── file1 - stored on the root disk
|
||
└── file2 - stored on the root disk</code></pre>
|
||
<p>Using <code>rclone --one-file-system copy root remote:</code> will only copy <code>file1</code> and <code>file2</code>. Eg</p>
|
||
<pre><code>$ rclone -q --one-file-system ls root
|
||
0 file1
|
||
0 file2</code></pre>
|
||
<pre><code>$ rclone -q ls root
|
||
0 disk1/file3
|
||
0 disk2/file4
|
||
0 file1
|
||
0 file2</code></pre>
|
||
<p><strong>NB</strong> Rclone (like most unix tools such as <code>du</code>, <code>rsync</code> and <code>tar</code>) treats a bind mount to the same device as being on the same filesystem.</p>
|
||
<p><strong>NB</strong> This flag is only available on Unix based systems. On systems where it isn't supported (eg Windows) it will not appear as an valid flag.</p>
|
||
<h4 id="skip-links">--skip-links</h4>
|
||
<p>This flag disables warning messages on skipped symlinks or junction points, as you explicitly acknowledge that they should be skipped.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="changelog">Changelog</h2>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>v1.40 - 2018-03-19
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>New backends</li>
|
||
<li>Alias backend to create aliases for existing remote names (Fabian Möller)</li>
|
||
<li>New commands</li>
|
||
<li><code>lsf</code>: list for parsing purposes (Jakub Tasiemski)
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>by default this is a simple non recursive list of files and directories</li>
|
||
<li>it can be configured to add more info in an easy to parse way</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li><code>serve restic</code>: for serving a remote as a Restic REST endpoint
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>This enables restic to use any backends that rclone can access</li>
|
||
<li>Thanks Alexander Neumann for help, patches and review</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li><code>rc</code>: enable the remote control of a running rclone
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>The running rclone must be started with --rc and related flags.</li>
|
||
<li>Currently there is support for bwlimit, and flushing for mount and cache.</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>New Features</li>
|
||
<li><code>--max-delete</code> flag to add a delete threshold (Bjørn Erik Pedersen)</li>
|
||
<li>All backends now support RangeOption for ranged Open
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><code>cat</code>: Use RangeOption for limited fetches to make more efficient</li>
|
||
<li><code>cryptcheck</code>: make reading of nonce more efficient with RangeOption</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>serve http/webdav/restic
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>support SSL/TLS</li>
|
||
<li>add <code>--user</code> <code>--pass</code> and <code>--htpasswd</code> for authentication</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li><code>copy</code>/<code>move</code>: detect file size change during copy/move and abort transfer (ishuah)</li>
|
||
<li><code>cryptdecode</code>: added option to return encrypted file names. (ishuah)</li>
|
||
<li><code>lsjson</code>: add <code>--encrypted</code> to show encrypted name (Jakub Tasiemski)</li>
|
||
<li>Add <code>--stats-file-name-length</code> to specify the printed file name length for stats (Will Gunn)</li>
|
||
<li>Compile</li>
|
||
<li>Code base was shuffled and factored
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>backends moved into a backend directory</li>
|
||
<li>large packages split up</li>
|
||
<li>See the CONTRIBUTING.md doc for info as to what lives where now</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Update to using go1.10 as the default go version</li>
|
||
<li>Implement daily <a href="https://pub.rclone.org/integration-tests/">full integration tests</a></li>
|
||
<li>Release</li>
|
||
<li>Include a source tarball and sign it and the binaries</li>
|
||
<li>Sign the git tags as part of the release process</li>
|
||
<li>Add .deb and .rpm packages as part of the build</li>
|
||
<li>Make a beta release for all branches on the main repo (but not pull requests)</li>
|
||
<li>Bug Fixes</li>
|
||
<li>config: fixes errors on non existing config by loading config file only on first access</li>
|
||
<li>config: retry saving the config after failure (Mateusz)</li>
|
||
<li>sync: when using <code>--backup-dir</code> don't delete files if we can't set their modtime
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>this fixes odd behaviour with Dropbox and <code>--backup-dir</code></li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>fshttp: fix idle timeouts for HTTP connections</li>
|
||
<li><code>serve http</code>: fix serving files with : in - fixes</li>
|
||
<li>Fix <code>--exclude-if-present</code> to ignore directories which it doesn't have permission for (Iakov Davydov)</li>
|
||
<li>Make accounting work properly with crypt and b2</li>
|
||
<li>remove <code>--no-traverse</code> flag because it is obsolete</li>
|
||
<li>Mount</li>
|
||
<li>Add <code>--attr-timeout</code> flag to control attribute caching in kernel
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>this now defaults to 0 which is correct but less efficient</li>
|
||
<li>see <a href="/commands/rclone_mount/#attribute-caching">the mount docs</a> for more info</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Add <code>--daemon</code> flag to allow mount to run in the background (ishuah)</li>
|
||
<li>Fix: Return ENOSYS rather than EIO on attempted link
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>This fixes FileZilla accessing an rclone mount served over sftp.</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Fix setting modtime twice</li>
|
||
<li>Mount tests now run on CI for Linux (mount & cmount)/Mac/Windows</li>
|
||
<li>Many bugs fixed in the VFS layer - see below</li>
|
||
<li>VFS</li>
|
||
<li>Many fixes for <code>--vfs-cache-mode</code> writes and above
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Update cached copy if we know it has changed (fixes stale data)</li>
|
||
<li>Clean path names before using them in the cache</li>
|
||
<li>Disable cache cleaner if <code>--vfs-cache-poll-interval=0</code></li>
|
||
<li>Fill and clean the cache immediately on startup</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Fix Windows opening every file when it stats the file</li>
|
||
<li>Fix applying modtime for an open Write Handle</li>
|
||
<li>Fix creation of files when truncating</li>
|
||
<li>Write 0 bytes when flushing unwritten handles to avoid race conditions in FUSE</li>
|
||
<li>Downgrade "poll-interval is not supported" message to Info</li>
|
||
<li>Make OpenFile and friends return EINVAL if O_RDONLY and O_TRUNC</li>
|
||
<li>Local</li>
|
||
<li>Downgrade "invalid cross-device link: trying copy" to debug</li>
|
||
<li>Make DirMove return fs.ErrorCantDirMove to allow fallback to Copy for cross device</li>
|
||
<li>Fix race conditions updating the hashes</li>
|
||
<li>Cache</li>
|
||
<li>Add support for polling - cache will update when remote changes on supported backends</li>
|
||
<li>Reduce log level for Plex api</li>
|
||
<li>Fix dir cache issue</li>
|
||
<li>Implement <code>--cache-db-wait-time</code> flag</li>
|
||
<li>Improve efficiency with RangeOption and RangeSeek</li>
|
||
<li>Fix dirmove with temp fs enabled</li>
|
||
<li>Notify vfs when using temp fs</li>
|
||
<li>Offline uploading</li>
|
||
<li>Remote control support for path flushing</li>
|
||
<li>Amazon cloud drive</li>
|
||
<li>Rclone no longer has any working keys - disable integration tests</li>
|
||
<li>Implement DirChangeNotify to notify cache/vfs/mount of changes</li>
|
||
<li>Azureblob</li>
|
||
<li>Don't check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>this makes rclone do one less request per invocation</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Improve accounting for chunked uploads</li>
|
||
<li>Backblaze B2</li>
|
||
<li>Don't check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>this makes rclone do one less request per invocation</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Box</li>
|
||
<li>Improve accounting for chunked uploads</li>
|
||
<li>Dropbox</li>
|
||
<li>Fix custom oauth client parameters</li>
|
||
<li>Google Cloud Storage</li>
|
||
<li>Don't check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>this makes rclone do one less request per invocation</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Google Drive</li>
|
||
<li>Migrate to api v3 (Fabian Möller)</li>
|
||
<li>Add scope configuration and root folder selection</li>
|
||
<li>Add <code>--drive-impersonate</code> for service accounts
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>thanks to everyone who tested, explored and contributed docs</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Add <code>--drive-use-created-date</code> to use created date as modified date (nbuchanan)</li>
|
||
<li>Request the export formats only when required
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>This makes rclone quicker when there are no google docs</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Fix finding paths with latin1 chars (a workaround for a drive bug)</li>
|
||
<li>Fix copying of a single Google doc file</li>
|
||
<li>Fix <code>--drive-auth-owner-only</code> to look in all directories</li>
|
||
<li>HTTP</li>
|
||
<li>Fix handling of directories with & in</li>
|
||
<li>Onedrive</li>
|
||
<li>Removed upload cutoff and always do session uploads
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>this stops the creation of multiple versions on business onedrive</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Overwrite object size value with real size when reading file. (Victor)
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>this fixes oddities when onedrive misreports the size of images</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Pcloud</li>
|
||
<li>Remove unused chunked upload flag and code</li>
|
||
<li>Qingstor</li>
|
||
<li>Don't check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>this makes rclone do one less request per invocation</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>S3</li>
|
||
<li>Support hashes for multipart files (Chris Redekop)</li>
|
||
<li>Initial support for IBM COS (S3) (Giri Badanahatti)</li>
|
||
<li>Update docs to discourage use of v2 auth with CEPH and others</li>
|
||
<li>Don't check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>this makes rclone do one less request per invocation</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Fix server side copy and set modtime on files with + in</li>
|
||
<li>SFTP</li>
|
||
<li>Add option to disable remote hash check command execution (Jon Fautley)</li>
|
||
<li>Add <code>--sftp-ask-password</code> flag to prompt for password when needed (Leo R. Lundgren)</li>
|
||
<li>Add <code>set_modtime</code> configuration option</li>
|
||
<li>Fix following of symlinks</li>
|
||
<li>Fix reading config file outside of Fs setup</li>
|
||
<li>Fix reading $USER in username fallback not $HOME</li>
|
||
<li>Fix running under crontab - Use correct OS way of reading username</li>
|
||
<li>Swift</li>
|
||
<li>Fix refresh of authentication token
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>in v1.39 a bug was introduced which ignored new tokens - this fixes it</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Fix extra HEAD transaction when uploading a new file</li>
|
||
<li>Don't check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>this makes rclone do one less request per invocation</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Webdav</li>
|
||
<li>Add new time formats to support mydrive.ch and others</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.39 - 2017-12-23
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>New backends</li>
|
||
<li>WebDAV
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>tested with nextcloud, owncloud, put.io and others!</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Pcloud</li>
|
||
<li>cache - wraps a cache around other backends (Remus Bunduc)
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>useful in combination with mount</li>
|
||
<li>NB this feature is in beta so use with care</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>New commands</li>
|
||
<li>serve command with subcommands:
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>serve webdav: this implements a webdav server for any rclone remote.</li>
|
||
<li>serve http: command to serve a remote over HTTP</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>config: add sub commands for full config file management
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>create/delete/dump/edit/file/password/providers/show/update</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>touch: to create or update the timestamp of a file (Jakub Tasiemski)</li>
|
||
<li>New Features</li>
|
||
<li>curl install for rclone (Filip Bartodziej)</li>
|
||
<li>--stats now shows percentage, size, rate and ETA in condensed form (Ishuah Kariuki)</li>
|
||
<li>--exclude-if-present to exclude a directory if a file is present (Iakov Davydov)</li>
|
||
<li>rmdirs: add --leave-root flag (lewpam)</li>
|
||
<li>move: add --delete-empty-src-dirs flag to remove dirs after move (Ishuah Kariuki)</li>
|
||
<li>Add --dump flag, introduce --dump requests, responses and remove --dump-auth, --dump-filters
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Obscure X-Auth-Token: from headers when dumping too</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Document and implement exit codes for different failure modes (Ishuah Kariuki)</li>
|
||
<li>Compile</li>
|
||
<li>Bug Fixes</li>
|
||
<li>Retry lots more different types of errors to make multipart transfers more reliable</li>
|
||
<li>Save the config before asking for a token, fixes disappearing oauth config</li>
|
||
<li>Warn the user if --include and --exclude are used together (Ernest Borowski)</li>
|
||
<li>Fix duplicate files (eg on Google drive) causing spurious copies</li>
|
||
<li>Allow trailing and leading whitespace for passwords (Jason Rose)</li>
|
||
<li>ncdu: fix crashes on empty directories</li>
|
||
<li>rcat: fix goroutine leak</li>
|
||
<li>moveto/copyto: Fix to allow copying to the same name</li>
|
||
<li>Mount</li>
|
||
<li>--vfs-cache mode to make writes into mounts more reliable.
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>this requires caching files on the disk (see --cache-dir)</li>
|
||
<li>As this is a new feature, use with care</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Use sdnotify to signal systemd the mount is ready (Fabian Möller)</li>
|
||
<li>Check if directory is not empty before mounting (Ernest Borowski)</li>
|
||
<li>Local</li>
|
||
<li>Add error message for cross file system moves</li>
|
||
<li>Fix equality check for times</li>
|
||
<li>Dropbox</li>
|
||
<li>Rework multipart upload
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>buffer the chunks when uploading large files so they can be retried</li>
|
||
<li>change default chunk size to 48MB now we are buffering them in memory</li>
|
||
<li>retry every error after the first chunk is done successfully</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Fix error when renaming directories</li>
|
||
<li>Swift</li>
|
||
<li>Fix crash on bad authentication</li>
|
||
<li>Google Drive</li>
|
||
<li>Add service account support (Tim Cooijmans)</li>
|
||
<li>S3</li>
|
||
<li>Make it work properly with Digital Ocean Spaces (Andrew Starr-Bochicchio)</li>
|
||
<li>Fix crash if a bad listing is received</li>
|
||
<li>Add support for ECS task IAM roles (David Minor)</li>
|
||
<li>Backblaze B2</li>
|
||
<li>Fix multipart upload retries</li>
|
||
<li>Fix --hard-delete to make it work 100% of the time</li>
|
||
<li>Swift</li>
|
||
<li>Allow authentication with storage URL and auth key (Giovanni Pizzi)</li>
|
||
<li>Add new fields for swift configuration to support IBM Bluemix Swift (Pierre Carlson)</li>
|
||
<li>Add OS_TENANT_ID and OS_USER_ID to config</li>
|
||
<li>Allow configs with user id instead of user name</li>
|
||
<li>Check if swift segments container exists before creating (John Leach)</li>
|
||
<li>Fix memory leak in swift transfers (upstream fix)</li>
|
||
<li>SFTP</li>
|
||
<li>Add option to enable the use of aes128-cbc cipher (Jon Fautley)</li>
|
||
<li>Amazon cloud drive</li>
|
||
<li>Fix download of large files failing with "Only one auth mechanism allowed"</li>
|
||
<li>crypt</li>
|
||
<li>Option to encrypt directory names or leave them intact</li>
|
||
<li>Implement DirChangeNotify (Fabian Möller)</li>
|
||
<li>onedrive</li>
|
||
<li>Add option to choose resourceURL during setup of OneDrive Business account if more than one is available for user</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.38 - 2017-09-30
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>New backends</li>
|
||
<li>Azure Blob Storage (thanks Andrei Dragomir)</li>
|
||
<li>Box</li>
|
||
<li>Onedrive for Business (thanks Oliver Heyme)</li>
|
||
<li>QingStor from QingCloud (thanks wuyu)</li>
|
||
<li>New commands</li>
|
||
<li><code>rcat</code> - read from standard input and stream upload</li>
|
||
<li><code>tree</code> - shows a nicely formatted recursive listing</li>
|
||
<li><code>cryptdecode</code> - decode crypted file names (thanks ishuah)</li>
|
||
<li><code>config show</code> - print the config file</li>
|
||
<li><code>config file</code> - print the config file location</li>
|
||
<li>New Features</li>
|
||
<li>Empty directories are deleted on <code>sync</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>dedupe</code> - implement merging of duplicate directories</li>
|
||
<li><code>check</code> and <code>cryptcheck</code> made more consistent and use less memory</li>
|
||
<li><code>cleanup</code> for remaining remotes (thanks ishuah)</li>
|
||
<li><code>--immutable</code> for ensuring that files don't change (thanks Jacob McNamee)</li>
|
||
<li><code>--user-agent</code> option (thanks Alex McGrath Kraak)</li>
|
||
<li><code>--disable</code> flag to disable optional features</li>
|
||
<li><code>--bind</code> flag for choosing the local addr on outgoing connections</li>
|
||
<li>Support for zsh auto-completion (thanks bpicode)</li>
|
||
<li>Stop normalizing file names but do a normalized compare in <code>sync</code></li>
|
||
<li>Compile</li>
|
||
<li>Update to using go1.9 as the default go version</li>
|
||
<li>Remove snapd build due to maintenance problems</li>
|
||
<li>Bug Fixes</li>
|
||
<li>Improve retriable error detection which makes multipart uploads better</li>
|
||
<li>Make <code>check</code> obey <code>--ignore-size</code></li>
|
||
<li>Fix bwlimit toggle in conjunction with schedules (thanks cbruegg)</li>
|
||
<li><code>config</code> ensures newly written config is on the same mount</li>
|
||
<li>Local</li>
|
||
<li>Revert to copy when moving file across file system boundaries</li>
|
||
<li><code>--skip-links</code> to suppress symlink warnings (thanks Zhiming Wang)</li>
|
||
<li>Mount</li>
|
||
<li>Re-use <code>rcat</code> internals to support uploads from all remotes</li>
|
||
<li>Dropbox</li>
|
||
<li>Fix "entry doesn't belong in directory" error</li>
|
||
<li>Stop using deprecated API methods</li>
|
||
<li>Swift</li>
|
||
<li>Fix server side copy to empty container with <code>--fast-list</code></li>
|
||
<li>Google Drive</li>
|
||
<li>Change the default for <code>--drive-use-trash</code> to <code>true</code></li>
|
||
<li>S3</li>
|
||
<li>Set session token when using STS (thanks Girish Ramakrishnan)</li>
|
||
<li>Glacier docs and error messages (thanks Jan Varho)</li>
|
||
<li>Read 1000 (not 1024) items in dir listings to fix Wasabi</li>
|
||
<li>Backblaze B2</li>
|
||
<li>Fix SHA1 mismatch when downloading files with no SHA1</li>
|
||
<li>Calculate missing hashes on the fly instead of spooling</li>
|
||
<li><code>--b2-hard-delete</code> to permanently delete (not hide) files (thanks John Papandriopoulos)</li>
|
||
<li>Hubic</li>
|
||
<li>Fix creating containers - no longer have to use the <code>default</code> container</li>
|
||
<li>Swift</li>
|
||
<li>Optionally configure from a standard set of OpenStack environment vars</li>
|
||
<li>Add <code>endpoint_type</code> config</li>
|
||
<li>Google Cloud Storage</li>
|
||
<li>Fix bucket creation to work with limited permission users</li>
|
||
<li>SFTP</li>
|
||
<li>Implement connection pooling for multiple ssh connections</li>
|
||
<li>Limit new connections per second</li>
|
||
<li>Add support for MD5 and SHA1 hashes where available (thanks Christian Brüggemann)</li>
|
||
<li>HTTP</li>
|
||
<li>Fix URL encoding issues</li>
|
||
<li>Fix directories with <code>:</code> in</li>
|
||
<li>Fix panic with URL encoded content</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.37 - 2017-07-22
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>New backends</li>
|
||
<li>FTP - thanks to Antonio Messina</li>
|
||
<li>HTTP - thanks to Vasiliy Tolstov</li>
|
||
<li>New commands</li>
|
||
<li>rclone ncdu - for exploring a remote with a text based user interface.</li>
|
||
<li>rclone lsjson - for listing with a machine readable output</li>
|
||
<li>rclone dbhashsum - to show Dropbox style hashes of files (local or Dropbox)</li>
|
||
<li>New Features</li>
|
||
<li>Implement --fast-list flag
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>This allows remotes to list recursively if they can</li>
|
||
<li>This uses less transactions (important if you pay for them)</li>
|
||
<li>This may or may not be quicker</li>
|
||
<li>This will use more memory as it has to hold the listing in memory</li>
|
||
<li>--old-sync-method deprecated - the remaining uses are covered by --fast-list</li>
|
||
<li>This involved a major re-write of all the listing code</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Add --tpslimit and --tpslimit-burst to limit transactions per second
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>this is useful in conjuction with <code>rclone mount</code> to limit external apps</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Add --stats-log-level so can see --stats without -v</li>
|
||
<li>Print password prompts to stderr - Hraban Luyat</li>
|
||
<li>Warn about duplicate files when syncing</li>
|
||
<li>Oauth improvements
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>allow auth_url and token_url to be set in the config file</li>
|
||
<li>Print redirection URI if using own credentials.</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Don't Mkdir at the start of sync to save transactions</li>
|
||
<li>Compile</li>
|
||
<li>Update build to go1.8.3</li>
|
||
<li>Require go1.6 for building rclone</li>
|
||
<li>Compile 386 builds with "GO386=387" for maximum compatibility</li>
|
||
<li>Bug Fixes</li>
|
||
<li>Fix menu selection when no remotes</li>
|
||
<li>Config saving reworked to not kill the file if disk gets full</li>
|
||
<li>Don't delete remote if name does not change while renaming</li>
|
||
<li>moveto, copyto: report transfers and checks as per move and copy</li>
|
||
<li>Local</li>
|
||
<li>Add --local-no-unicode-normalization flag - Bob Potter</li>
|
||
<li>Mount</li>
|
||
<li>Now supported on Windows using cgofuse and WinFsp - thanks to Bill Zissimopoulos for much help</li>
|
||
<li>Compare checksums on upload/download via FUSE</li>
|
||
<li>Unmount when program ends with SIGINT (Ctrl+C) or SIGTERM - Jérôme Vizcaino</li>
|
||
<li>On read only open of file, make open pending until first read</li>
|
||
<li>Make --read-only reject modify operations</li>
|
||
<li>Implement ModTime via FUSE for remotes that support it</li>
|
||
<li>Allow modTime to be changed even before all writers are closed</li>
|
||
<li>Fix panic on renames</li>
|
||
<li>Fix hang on errored upload</li>
|
||
<li>Crypt</li>
|
||
<li>Report the name:root as specified by the user</li>
|
||
<li>Add an "obfuscate" option for filename encryption - Stephen Harris</li>
|
||
<li>Amazon Drive</li>
|
||
<li>Fix initialization order for token renewer</li>
|
||
<li>Remove revoked credentials, allow oauth proxy config and update docs</li>
|
||
<li>B2</li>
|
||
<li>Reduce minimum chunk size to 5MB</li>
|
||
<li>Drive</li>
|
||
<li>Add team drive support</li>
|
||
<li>Reduce bandwidth by adding fields for partial responses - Martin Kristensen</li>
|
||
<li>Implement --drive-shared-with-me flag to view shared with me files - Danny Tsai</li>
|
||
<li>Add --drive-trashed-only to read only the files in the trash</li>
|
||
<li>Remove obsolete --drive-full-list</li>
|
||
<li>Add missing seek to start on retries of chunked uploads</li>
|
||
<li>Fix stats accounting for upload</li>
|
||
<li>Convert / in names to a unicode equivalent (／)</li>
|
||
<li>Poll for Google Drive changes when mounted</li>
|
||
<li>OneDrive</li>
|
||
<li>Fix the uploading of files with spaces</li>
|
||
<li>Fix initialization order for token renewer</li>
|
||
<li>Display speeds accurately when uploading - Yoni Jah</li>
|
||
<li>Swap to using http://localhost:53682/ as redirect URL - Michael Ledin</li>
|
||
<li>Retry on token expired error, reset upload body on retry - Yoni Jah</li>
|
||
<li>Google Cloud Storage</li>
|
||
<li>Add ability to specify location and storage class via config and command line - thanks gdm85</li>
|
||
<li>Create container if necessary on server side copy</li>
|
||
<li>Increase directory listing chunk to 1000 to increase performance</li>
|
||
<li>Obtain a refresh token for GCS - Steven Lu</li>
|
||
<li>Yandex</li>
|
||
<li>Fix the name reported in log messages (was empty)</li>
|
||
<li>Correct error return for listing empty directory</li>
|
||
<li>Dropbox</li>
|
||
<li>Rewritten to use the v2 API
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Now supports ModTime</li>
|
||
<li>Can only set by uploading the file again</li>
|
||
<li>If you uploaded with an old rclone, rclone may upload everything again</li>
|
||
<li>Use <code>--size-only</code> or <code>--checksum</code> to avoid this</li>
|
||
<li>Now supports the Dropbox content hashing scheme</li>
|
||
<li>Now supports low level retries</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>S3</li>
|
||
<li>Work around eventual consistency in bucket creation</li>
|
||
<li>Create container if necessary on server side copy</li>
|
||
<li>Add us-east-2 (Ohio) and eu-west-2 (London) S3 regions - Zahiar Ahmed</li>
|
||
<li>Swift, Hubic</li>
|
||
<li>Fix zero length directory markers showing in the subdirectory listing
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>this caused lots of duplicate transfers</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Fix paged directory listings
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>this caused duplicate directory errors</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Create container if necessary on server side copy</li>
|
||
<li>Increase directory listing chunk to 1000 to increase performance</li>
|
||
<li>Make sensible error if the user forgets the container</li>
|
||
<li>SFTP</li>
|
||
<li>Add support for using ssh key files</li>
|
||
<li>Fix under Windows</li>
|
||
<li>Fix ssh agent on Windows</li>
|
||
<li>Adapt to latest version of library - Igor Kharin</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.36 - 2017-03-18
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>New Features</li>
|
||
<li>SFTP remote (Jack Schmidt)</li>
|
||
<li>Re-implement sync routine to work a directory at a time reducing memory usage</li>
|
||
<li>Logging revamped to be more inline with rsync - now much quieter
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>-v only shows transfers</li>
|
||
<li>-vv is for full debug</li>
|
||
<li>--syslog to log to syslog on capable platforms</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Implement --backup-dir and --suffix</li>
|
||
<li>Implement --track-renames (initial implementation by Bjørn Erik Pedersen)</li>
|
||
<li>Add time-based bandwidth limits (Lukas Loesche)</li>
|
||
<li>rclone cryptcheck: checks integrity of crypt remotes</li>
|
||
<li>Allow all config file variables and options to be set from environment variables</li>
|
||
<li>Add --buffer-size parameter to control buffer size for copy</li>
|
||
<li>Make --delete-after the default</li>
|
||
<li>Add --ignore-checksum flag (fixed by Hisham Zarka)</li>
|
||
<li>rclone check: Add --download flag to check all the data, not just hashes</li>
|
||
<li>rclone cat: add --head, --tail, --offset, --count and --discard</li>
|
||
<li>rclone config: when choosing from a list, allow the value to be entered too</li>
|
||
<li>rclone config: allow rename and copy of remotes</li>
|
||
<li>rclone obscure: for generating encrypted passwords for rclone's config (T.C. Ferguson)</li>
|
||
<li>Comply with XDG Base Directory specification (Dario Giovannetti)
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>this moves the default location of the config file in a backwards compatible way</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Release changes
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Ubuntu snap support (Dedsec1)</li>
|
||
<li>Compile with go 1.8</li>
|
||
<li>MIPS/Linux big and little endian support</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Bug Fixes</li>
|
||
<li>Fix copyto copying things to the wrong place if the destination dir didn't exist</li>
|
||
<li>Fix parsing of remotes in moveto and copyto</li>
|
||
<li>Fix --delete-before deleting files on copy</li>
|
||
<li>Fix --files-from with an empty file copying everything</li>
|
||
<li>Fix sync: don't update mod times if --dry-run set</li>
|
||
<li>Fix MimeType propagation</li>
|
||
<li>Fix filters to add ** rules to directory rules</li>
|
||
<li>Local</li>
|
||
<li>Implement -L, --copy-links flag to allow rclone to follow symlinks</li>
|
||
<li>Open files in write only mode so rclone can write to an rclone mount</li>
|
||
<li>Fix unnormalised unicode causing problems reading directories</li>
|
||
<li>Fix interaction between -x flag and --max-depth</li>
|
||
<li>Mount</li>
|
||
<li>Implement proper directory handling (mkdir, rmdir, renaming)</li>
|
||
<li>Make include and exclude filters apply to mount</li>
|
||
<li>Implement read and write async buffers - control with --buffer-size</li>
|
||
<li>Fix fsync on for directories</li>
|
||
<li>Fix retry on network failure when reading off crypt</li>
|
||
<li>Crypt</li>
|
||
<li>Add --crypt-show-mapping to show encrypted file mapping</li>
|
||
<li>Fix crypt writer getting stuck in a loop
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><strong>IMPORTANT</strong> this bug had the potential to cause data corruption when</li>
|
||
<li>reading data from a network based remote and</li>
|
||
<li>writing to a crypt on Google Drive</li>
|
||
<li>Use the cryptcheck command to validate your data if you are concerned</li>
|
||
<li>If syncing two crypt remotes, sync the unencrypted remote</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Amazon Drive</li>
|
||
<li>Fix panics on Move (rename)</li>
|
||
<li>Fix panic on token expiry</li>
|
||
<li>B2</li>
|
||
<li>Fix inconsistent listings and rclone check</li>
|
||
<li>Fix uploading empty files with go1.8</li>
|
||
<li>Constrain memory usage when doing multipart uploads</li>
|
||
<li>Fix upload url not being refreshed properly</li>
|
||
<li>Drive</li>
|
||
<li>Fix Rmdir on directories with trashed files</li>
|
||
<li>Fix "Ignoring unknown object" when downloading</li>
|
||
<li>Add --drive-list-chunk</li>
|
||
<li>Add --drive-skip-gdocs (Károly Oláh)</li>
|
||
<li>OneDrive</li>
|
||
<li>Implement Move</li>
|
||
<li>Fix Copy
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Fix overwrite detection in Copy</li>
|
||
<li>Fix waitForJob to parse errors correctly</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Use token renewer to stop auth errors on long uploads</li>
|
||
<li>Fix uploading empty files with go1.8</li>
|
||
<li>Google Cloud Storage</li>
|
||
<li>Fix depth 1 directory listings</li>
|
||
<li>Yandex</li>
|
||
<li>Fix single level directory listing</li>
|
||
<li>Dropbox</li>
|
||
<li>Normalise the case for single level directory listings</li>
|
||
<li>Fix depth 1 listing</li>
|
||
<li>S3</li>
|
||
<li>Added ca-central-1 region (Jon Yergatian)</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.35 - 2017-01-02
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>New Features</li>
|
||
<li>moveto and copyto commands for choosing a destination name on copy/move</li>
|
||
<li>rmdirs command to recursively delete empty directories</li>
|
||
<li>Allow repeated --include/--exclude/--filter options</li>
|
||
<li>Only show transfer stats on commands which transfer stuff
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>show stats on any command using the <code>--stats</code> flag</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Allow overlapping directories in move when server side dir move is supported</li>
|
||
<li>Add --stats-unit option - thanks Scott McGillivray</li>
|
||
<li>Bug Fixes</li>
|
||
<li>Fix the config file being overwritten when two rclones are running</li>
|
||
<li>Make rclone lsd obey the filters properly</li>
|
||
<li>Fix compilation on mips</li>
|
||
<li>Fix not transferring files that don't differ in size</li>
|
||
<li>Fix panic on nil retry/fatal error</li>
|
||
<li>Mount</li>
|
||
<li>Retry reads on error - should help with reliability a lot</li>
|
||
<li>Report the modification times for directories from the remote</li>
|
||
<li>Add bandwidth accounting and limiting (fixes --bwlimit)</li>
|
||
<li>If --stats provided will show stats and which files are transferring</li>
|
||
<li>Support R/W files if truncate is set.</li>
|
||
<li>Implement statfs interface so df works</li>
|
||
<li>Note that write is now supported on Amazon Drive</li>
|
||
<li>Report number of blocks in a file - thanks Stefan Breunig</li>
|
||
<li>Crypt</li>
|
||
<li>Prevent the user pointing crypt at itself</li>
|
||
<li>Fix failed to authenticate decrypted block errors
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>these will now return the underlying unexpected EOF instead</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Amazon Drive</li>
|
||
<li>Add support for server side move and directory move - thanks Stefan Breunig</li>
|
||
<li>Fix nil pointer deref on size attribute</li>
|
||
<li>B2</li>
|
||
<li>Use new prefix and delimiter parameters in directory listings
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>This makes --max-depth 1 dir listings as used in mount much faster</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Reauth the account while doing uploads too - should help with token expiry</li>
|
||
<li>Drive</li>
|
||
<li>Make DirMove more efficient and complain about moving the root</li>
|
||
<li>Create destination directory on Move()</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.34 - 2016-11-06
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>New Features</li>
|
||
<li>Stop single file and <code>--files-from</code> operations iterating through the source bucket.</li>
|
||
<li>Stop removing failed upload to cloud storage remotes</li>
|
||
<li>Make ContentType be preserved for cloud to cloud copies</li>
|
||
<li>Add support to toggle bandwidth limits via SIGUSR2 - thanks Marco Paganini</li>
|
||
<li><code>rclone check</code> shows count of hashes that couldn't be checked</li>
|
||
<li><code>rclone listremotes</code> command</li>
|
||
<li>Support linux/arm64 build - thanks Fredrik Fornwall</li>
|
||
<li>Remove <code>Authorization:</code> lines from <code>--dump-headers</code> output</li>
|
||
<li>Bug Fixes</li>
|
||
<li>Ignore files with control characters in the names</li>
|
||
<li>Fix <code>rclone move</code> command
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Delete src files which already existed in dst</li>
|
||
<li>Fix deletion of src file when dst file older</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Fix <code>rclone check</code> on crypted file systems</li>
|
||
<li>Make failed uploads not count as "Transferred"</li>
|
||
<li>Make sure high level retries show with <code>-q</code></li>
|
||
<li>Use a vendor directory with godep for repeatable builds</li>
|
||
<li><code>rclone mount</code> - FUSE</li>
|
||
<li>Implement FUSE mount options
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><code>--no-modtime</code>, <code>--debug-fuse</code>, <code>--read-only</code>, <code>--allow-non-empty</code>, <code>--allow-root</code>, <code>--allow-other</code></li>
|
||
<li><code>--default-permissions</code>, <code>--write-back-cache</code>, <code>--max-read-ahead</code>, <code>--umask</code>, <code>--uid</code>, <code>--gid</code></li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Add <code>--dir-cache-time</code> to control caching of directory entries</li>
|
||
<li>Implement seek for files opened for read (useful for video players)
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>with <code>-no-seek</code> flag to disable</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Fix crash on 32 bit ARM (alignment of 64 bit counter)</li>
|
||
<li>...and many more internal fixes and improvements!</li>
|
||
<li>Crypt</li>
|
||
<li>Don't show encrypted password in configurator to stop confusion</li>
|
||
<li>Amazon Drive</li>
|
||
<li>New wait for upload option <code>--acd-upload-wait-per-gb</code>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>upload timeouts scale by file size and can be disabled</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Add 502 Bad Gateway to list of errors we retry</li>
|
||
<li>Fix overwriting a file with a zero length file</li>
|
||
<li>Fix ACD file size warning limit - thanks Felix Bünemann</li>
|
||
<li>Local</li>
|
||
<li>Unix: implement <code>-x</code>/<code>--one-file-system</code> to stay on a single file system
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>thanks Durval Menezes and Luiz Carlos Rumbelsperger Viana</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Windows: ignore the symlink bit on files</li>
|
||
<li>Windows: Ignore directory based junction points</li>
|
||
<li>B2</li>
|
||
<li>Make sure each upload has at least one upload slot - fixes strange upload stats</li>
|
||
<li>Fix uploads when using crypt</li>
|
||
<li>Fix download of large files (sha1 mismatch)</li>
|
||
<li>Return error when we try to create a bucket which someone else owns</li>
|
||
<li>Update B2 docs with Data usage, and Crypt section - thanks Tomasz Mazur</li>
|
||
<li>S3</li>
|
||
<li>Command line and config file support for
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Setting/overriding ACL - thanks Radek Senfeld</li>
|
||
<li>Setting storage class - thanks Asko Tamm</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Drive</li>
|
||
<li>Make exponential backoff work exactly as per Google specification</li>
|
||
<li>add <code>.epub</code>, <code>.odp</code> and <code>.tsv</code> as export formats.</li>
|
||
<li>Swift</li>
|
||
<li>Don't read metadata for directory marker objects</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.33 - 2016-08-24
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>New Features</li>
|
||
<li>Implement encryption
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>data encrypted in NACL secretbox format</li>
|
||
<li>with optional file name encryption</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>New commands
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>rclone mount - implements FUSE mounting of remotes (EXPERIMENTAL)</li>
|
||
<li>works on Linux, FreeBSD and OS X (need testers for the last 2!)</li>
|
||
<li>rclone cat - outputs remote file or files to the terminal</li>
|
||
<li>rclone genautocomplete - command to make a bash completion script for rclone</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Editing a remote using <code>rclone config</code> now goes through the wizard</li>
|
||
<li>Compile with go 1.7 - this fixes rclone on macOS Sierra and on 386 processors</li>
|
||
<li>Use cobra for sub commands and docs generation</li>
|
||
<li>drive</li>
|
||
<li>Document how to make your own client_id</li>
|
||
<li>s3</li>
|
||
<li>User-configurable Amazon S3 ACL (thanks Radek Šenfeld)</li>
|
||
<li>b2</li>
|
||
<li>Fix stats accounting for upload - no more jumping to 100% done</li>
|
||
<li>On cleanup delete hide marker if it is the current file</li>
|
||
<li>New B2 API endpoint (thanks Per Cederberg)</li>
|
||
<li>Set maximum backoff to 5 Minutes</li>
|
||
<li>onedrive</li>
|
||
<li>Fix URL escaping in file names - eg uploading files with <code>+</code> in them.</li>
|
||
<li>amazon cloud drive</li>
|
||
<li>Fix token expiry during large uploads</li>
|
||
<li>Work around 408 REQUEST_TIMEOUT and 504 GATEWAY_TIMEOUT errors</li>
|
||
<li>local</li>
|
||
<li>Fix filenames with invalid UTF-8 not being uploaded</li>
|
||
<li>Fix problem with some UTF-8 characters on OS X</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.32 - 2016-07-13
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Backblaze B2</li>
|
||
<li>Fix upload of files large files not in root</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.31 - 2016-07-13
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>New Features</li>
|
||
<li>Reduce memory on sync by about 50%</li>
|
||
<li>Implement --no-traverse flag to stop copy traversing the destination remote.
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>This can be used to reduce memory usage down to the smallest possible.</li>
|
||
<li>Useful to copy a small number of files into a large destination folder.</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Implement cleanup command for emptying trash / removing old versions of files
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Currently B2 only</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Single file handling improved
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Now copied with --files-from</li>
|
||
<li>Automatically sets --no-traverse when copying a single file</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Info on using installing with ansible - thanks Stefan Weichinger</li>
|
||
<li>Implement --no-update-modtime flag to stop rclone fixing the remote modified times.</li>
|
||
<li>Bug Fixes</li>
|
||
<li>Fix move command - stop it running for overlapping Fses - this was causing data loss.</li>
|
||
<li>Local</li>
|
||
<li>Fix incomplete hashes - this was causing problems for B2.</li>
|
||
<li>Amazon Drive</li>
|
||
<li>Rename Amazon Cloud Drive to Amazon Drive - no changes to config file needed.</li>
|
||
<li>Swift</li>
|
||
<li>Add support for non-default project domain - thanks Antonio Messina.</li>
|
||
<li>S3</li>
|
||
<li>Add instructions on how to use rclone with minio.</li>
|
||
<li>Add ap-northeast-2 (Seoul) and ap-south-1 (Mumbai) regions.</li>
|
||
<li>Skip setting the modified time for objects > 5GB as it isn't possible.</li>
|
||
<li>Backblaze B2</li>
|
||
<li>Add --b2-versions flag so old versions can be listed and retreived.</li>
|
||
<li>Treat 403 errors (eg cap exceeded) as fatal.</li>
|
||
<li>Implement cleanup command for deleting old file versions.</li>
|
||
<li>Make error handling compliant with B2 integrations notes.</li>
|
||
<li>Fix handling of token expiry.</li>
|
||
<li>Implement --b2-test-mode to set <code>X-Bz-Test-Mode</code> header.</li>
|
||
<li>Set cutoff for chunked upload to 200MB as per B2 guidelines.</li>
|
||
<li>Make upload multi-threaded.</li>
|
||
<li>Dropbox</li>
|
||
<li>Don't retry 461 errors.</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.30 - 2016-06-18
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>New Features</li>
|
||
<li>Directory listing code reworked for more features and better error reporting (thanks to Klaus Post for help). This enables
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Directory include filtering for efficiency</li>
|
||
<li>--max-depth parameter</li>
|
||
<li>Better error reporting</li>
|
||
<li>More to come</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Retry more errors</li>
|
||
<li>Add --ignore-size flag - for uploading images to onedrive</li>
|
||
<li>Log -v output to stdout by default</li>
|
||
<li>Display the transfer stats in more human readable form</li>
|
||
<li>Make 0 size files specifiable with <code>--max-size 0b</code></li>
|
||
<li>Add <code>b</code> suffix so we can specify bytes in --bwlimit, --min-size etc</li>
|
||
<li>Use "password:" instead of "password>" prompt - thanks Klaus Post and Leigh Klotz</li>
|
||
<li>Bug Fixes</li>
|
||
<li>Fix retry doing one too many retries</li>
|
||
<li>Local</li>
|
||
<li>Fix problems with OS X and UTF-8 characters</li>
|
||
<li>Amazon Drive</li>
|
||
<li>Check a file exists before uploading to help with 408 Conflict errors</li>
|
||
<li>Reauth on 401 errors - this has been causing a lot of problems</li>
|
||
<li>Work around spurious 403 errors</li>
|
||
<li>Restart directory listings on error</li>
|
||
<li>Google Drive</li>
|
||
<li>Check a file exists before uploading to help with duplicates</li>
|
||
<li>Fix retry of multipart uploads</li>
|
||
<li>Backblaze B2</li>
|
||
<li>Implement large file uploading</li>
|
||
<li>S3</li>
|
||
<li>Add AES256 server-side encryption for - thanks Justin R. Wilson</li>
|
||
<li>Google Cloud Storage</li>
|
||
<li>Make sure we don't use conflicting content types on upload</li>
|
||
<li>Add service account support - thanks Michal Witkowski</li>
|
||
<li>Swift</li>
|
||
<li>Add auth version parameter</li>
|
||
<li>Add domain option for openstack (v3 auth) - thanks Fabian Ruff</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.29 - 2016-04-18
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>New Features</li>
|
||
<li>Implement <code>-I, --ignore-times</code> for unconditional upload</li>
|
||
<li>Improve <code>dedupe</code>command
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Now removes identical copies without asking</li>
|
||
<li>Now obeys <code>--dry-run</code></li>
|
||
<li>Implement <code>--dedupe-mode</code> for non interactive running</li>
|
||
<li><code>--dedupe-mode interactive</code> - interactive the default.</li>
|
||
<li><code>--dedupe-mode skip</code> - removes identical files then skips anything left.</li>
|
||
<li><code>--dedupe-mode first</code> - removes identical files then keeps the first one.</li>
|
||
<li><code>--dedupe-mode newest</code> - removes identical files then keeps the newest one.</li>
|
||
<li><code>--dedupe-mode oldest</code> - removes identical files then keeps the oldest one.</li>
|
||
<li><code>--dedupe-mode rename</code> - removes identical files then renames the rest to be different.</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Bug fixes</li>
|
||
<li>Make rclone check obey the <code>--size-only</code> flag.</li>
|
||
<li>Use "application/octet-stream" if discovered mime type is invalid.</li>
|
||
<li>Fix missing "quit" option when there are no remotes.</li>
|
||
<li>Google Drive</li>
|
||
<li>Increase default chunk size to 8 MB - increases upload speed of big files</li>
|
||
<li>Speed up directory listings and make more reliable</li>
|
||
<li>Add missing retries for Move and DirMove - increases reliability</li>
|
||
<li>Preserve mime type on file update</li>
|
||
<li>Backblaze B2</li>
|
||
<li>Enable mod time syncing
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>This means that B2 will now check modification times</li>
|
||
<li>It will upload new files to update the modification times</li>
|
||
<li>(there isn't an API to just set the mod time.)</li>
|
||
<li>If you want the old behaviour use <code>--size-only</code>.</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Update API to new version</li>
|
||
<li>Fix parsing of mod time when not in metadata</li>
|
||
<li>Swift/Hubic</li>
|
||
<li>Don't return an MD5SUM for static large objects</li>
|
||
<li>S3</li>
|
||
<li>Fix uploading files bigger than 50GB</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.28 - 2016-03-01
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>New Features</li>
|
||
<li>Configuration file encryption - thanks Klaus Post</li>
|
||
<li>Improve <code>rclone config</code> adding more help and making it easier to understand</li>
|
||
<li>Implement <code>-u</code>/<code>--update</code> so creation times can be used on all remotes</li>
|
||
<li>Implement <code>--low-level-retries</code> flag</li>
|
||
<li>Optionally disable gzip compression on downloads with <code>--no-gzip-encoding</code></li>
|
||
<li>Bug fixes</li>
|
||
<li>Don't make directories if <code>--dry-run</code> set</li>
|
||
<li>Fix and document the <code>move</code> command</li>
|
||
<li>Fix redirecting stderr on unix-like OSes when using <code>--log-file</code></li>
|
||
<li>Fix <code>delete</code> command to wait until all finished - fixes missing deletes.</li>
|
||
<li>Backblaze B2</li>
|
||
<li>Use one upload URL per go routine fixes <code>more than one upload using auth token</code></li>
|
||
<li>Add pacing, retries and reauthentication - fixes token expiry problems</li>
|
||
<li>Upload without using a temporary file from local (and remotes which support SHA1)</li>
|
||
<li>Fix reading metadata for all files when it shouldn't have been</li>
|
||
<li>Drive</li>
|
||
<li>Fix listing drive documents at root</li>
|
||
<li>Disable copy and move for Google docs</li>
|
||
<li>Swift</li>
|
||
<li>Fix uploading of chunked files with non ASCII characters</li>
|
||
<li>Allow setting of <code>storage_url</code> in the config - thanks Xavier Lucas</li>
|
||
<li>S3</li>
|
||
<li>Allow IAM role and credentials from environment variables - thanks Brian Stengaard</li>
|
||
<li>Allow low privilege users to use S3 (check if directory exists during Mkdir) - thanks Jakub Gedeon</li>
|
||
<li>Amazon Drive</li>
|
||
<li>Retry on more things to make directory listings more reliable</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.27 - 2016-01-31
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>New Features</li>
|
||
<li>Easier headless configuration with <code>rclone authorize</code></li>
|
||
<li>Add support for multiple hash types - we now check SHA1 as well as MD5 hashes.</li>
|
||
<li><code>delete</code> command which does obey the filters (unlike <code>purge</code>)</li>
|
||
<li><code>dedupe</code> command to deduplicate a remote. Useful with Google Drive.</li>
|
||
<li>Add <code>--ignore-existing</code> flag to skip all files that exist on destination.</li>
|
||
<li>Add <code>--delete-before</code>, <code>--delete-during</code>, <code>--delete-after</code> flags.</li>
|
||
<li>Add <code>--memprofile</code> flag to debug memory use.</li>
|
||
<li>Warn the user about files with same name but different case</li>
|
||
<li>Make <code>--include</code> rules add their implict exclude * at the end of the filter list</li>
|
||
<li>Deprecate compiling with go1.3</li>
|
||
<li>Amazon Drive</li>
|
||
<li>Fix download of files > 10 GB</li>
|
||
<li>Fix directory traversal ("Next token is expired") for large directory listings</li>
|
||
<li>Remove 409 conflict from error codes we will retry - stops very long pauses</li>
|
||
<li>Backblaze B2</li>
|
||
<li>SHA1 hashes now checked by rclone core</li>
|
||
<li>Drive</li>
|
||
<li>Add <code>--drive-auth-owner-only</code> to only consider files owned by the user - thanks Björn Harrtell</li>
|
||
<li>Export Google documents</li>
|
||
<li>Dropbox</li>
|
||
<li>Make file exclusion error controllable with -q</li>
|
||
<li>Swift</li>
|
||
<li>Fix upload from unprivileged user.</li>
|
||
<li>S3</li>
|
||
<li>Fix updating of mod times of files with <code>+</code> in.</li>
|
||
<li>Local</li>
|
||
<li>Add local file system option to disable UNC on Windows.</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.26 - 2016-01-02
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>New Features</li>
|
||
<li>Yandex storage backend - thank you Dmitry Burdeev ("dibu")</li>
|
||
<li>Implement Backblaze B2 storage backend</li>
|
||
<li>Add --min-age and --max-age flags - thank you Adriano Aurélio Meirelles</li>
|
||
<li>Make ls/lsl/md5sum/size/check obey includes and excludes</li>
|
||
<li>Fixes</li>
|
||
<li>Fix crash in http logging</li>
|
||
<li>Upload releases to github too</li>
|
||
<li>Swift</li>
|
||
<li>Fix sync for chunked files</li>
|
||
<li>OneDrive</li>
|
||
<li>Re-enable server side copy</li>
|
||
<li>Don't mask HTTP error codes with JSON decode error</li>
|
||
<li>S3</li>
|
||
<li>Fix corrupting Content-Type on mod time update (thanks Joseph Spurrier)</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.25 - 2015-11-14
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>New features</li>
|
||
<li>Implement Hubic storage system</li>
|
||
<li>Fixes</li>
|
||
<li>Fix deletion of some excluded files without --delete-excluded
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>This could have deleted files unexpectedly on sync</li>
|
||
<li>Always check first with <code>--dry-run</code>!</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Swift</li>
|
||
<li>Stop SetModTime losing metadata (eg X-Object-Manifest)
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>This could have caused data loss for files > 5GB in size</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Use ContentType from Object to avoid lookups in listings</li>
|
||
<li>OneDrive</li>
|
||
<li>disable server side copy as it seems to be broken at Microsoft</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.24 - 2015-11-07
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>New features</li>
|
||
<li>Add support for Microsoft OneDrive</li>
|
||
<li>Add <code>--no-check-certificate</code> option to disable server certificate verification</li>
|
||
<li>Add async readahead buffer for faster transfer of big files</li>
|
||
<li>Fixes</li>
|
||
<li>Allow spaces in remotes and check remote names for validity at creation time</li>
|
||
<li>Allow '&' and disallow ':' in Windows filenames.</li>
|
||
<li>Swift</li>
|
||
<li>Ignore directory marker objects where appropriate - allows working with Hubic</li>
|
||
<li>Don't delete the container if fs wasn't at root</li>
|
||
<li>S3</li>
|
||
<li>Don't delete the bucket if fs wasn't at root</li>
|
||
<li>Google Cloud Storage</li>
|
||
<li>Don't delete the bucket if fs wasn't at root</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.23 - 2015-10-03
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>New features</li>
|
||
<li>Implement <code>rclone size</code> for measuring remotes</li>
|
||
<li>Fixes</li>
|
||
<li>Fix headless config for drive and gcs</li>
|
||
<li>Tell the user they should try again if the webserver method failed</li>
|
||
<li>Improve output of <code>--dump-headers</code></li>
|
||
<li>S3</li>
|
||
<li>Allow anonymous access to public buckets</li>
|
||
<li>Swift</li>
|
||
<li>Stop chunked operations logging "Failed to read info: Object Not Found"</li>
|
||
<li>Use Content-Length on uploads for extra reliability</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.22 - 2015-09-28
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Implement rsync like include and exclude flags</li>
|
||
<li>swift</li>
|
||
<li>Support files > 5GB - thanks Sergey Tolmachev</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.21 - 2015-09-22
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>New features</li>
|
||
<li>Display individual transfer progress</li>
|
||
<li>Make lsl output times in localtime</li>
|
||
<li>Fixes</li>
|
||
<li>Fix allowing user to override credentials again in Drive, GCS and ACD</li>
|
||
<li>Amazon Drive</li>
|
||
<li>Implement compliant pacing scheme</li>
|
||
<li>Google Drive</li>
|
||
<li>Make directory reads concurrent for increased speed.</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.20 - 2015-09-15
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>New features</li>
|
||
<li>Amazon Drive support</li>
|
||
<li>Oauth support redone - fix many bugs and improve usability
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Use "golang.org/x/oauth2" as oauth libary of choice</li>
|
||
<li>Improve oauth usability for smoother initial signup</li>
|
||
<li>drive, googlecloudstorage: optionally use auto config for the oauth token</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Implement --dump-headers and --dump-bodies debug flags</li>
|
||
<li>Show multiple matched commands if abbreviation too short</li>
|
||
<li>Implement server side move where possible</li>
|
||
<li>local</li>
|
||
<li>Always use UNC paths internally on Windows - fixes a lot of bugs</li>
|
||
<li>dropbox</li>
|
||
<li>force use of our custom transport which makes timeouts work</li>
|
||
<li>Thanks to Klaus Post for lots of help with this release</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.19 - 2015-08-28
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>New features</li>
|
||
<li>Server side copies for s3/swift/drive/dropbox/gcs</li>
|
||
<li>Move command - uses server side copies if it can</li>
|
||
<li>Implement --retries flag - tries 3 times by default</li>
|
||
<li>Build for plan9/amd64 and solaris/amd64 too</li>
|
||
<li>Fixes</li>
|
||
<li>Make a current version download with a fixed URL for scripting</li>
|
||
<li>Ignore rmdir in limited fs rather than throwing error</li>
|
||
<li>dropbox</li>
|
||
<li>Increase chunk size to improve upload speeds massively</li>
|
||
<li>Issue an error message when trying to upload bad file name</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.18 - 2015-08-17
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>drive</li>
|
||
<li>Add <code>--drive-use-trash</code> flag so rclone trashes instead of deletes</li>
|
||
<li>Add "Forbidden to download" message for files with no downloadURL</li>
|
||
<li>dropbox</li>
|
||
<li>Remove datastore
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>This was deprecated and it caused a lot of problems</li>
|
||
<li>Modification times and MD5SUMs no longer stored</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>Fix uploading files > 2GB</li>
|
||
<li>s3</li>
|
||
<li>use official AWS SDK from github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go</li>
|
||
<li><strong>NB</strong> will most likely require you to delete and recreate remote</li>
|
||
<li>enable multipart upload which enables files > 5GB</li>
|
||
<li>tested with Ceph / RadosGW / S3 emulation</li>
|
||
<li>many thanks to Sam Liston and Brian Haymore at the <a href="https://www.chpc.utah.edu/">Utah Center for High Performance Computing</a> for a Ceph test account</li>
|
||
<li>misc</li>
|
||
<li>Show errors when reading the config file</li>
|
||
<li>Do not print stats in quiet mode - thanks Leonid Shalupov</li>
|
||
<li>Add FAQ</li>
|
||
<li>Fix created directories not obeying umask</li>
|
||
<li>Linux installation instructions - thanks Shimon Doodkin</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.17 - 2015-06-14
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>dropbox: fix case insensitivity issues - thanks Leonid Shalupov</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.16 - 2015-06-09
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Fix uploading big files which was causing timeouts or panics</li>
|
||
<li>Don't check md5sum after download with --size-only</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.15 - 2015-06-06
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Add --checksum flag to only discard transfers by MD5SUM - thanks Alex Couper</li>
|
||
<li>Implement --size-only flag to sync on size not checksum & modtime</li>
|
||
<li>Expand docs and remove duplicated information</li>
|
||
<li>Document rclone's limitations with directories</li>
|
||
<li>dropbox: update docs about case insensitivity</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.14 - 2015-05-21
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>local: fix encoding of non utf-8 file names - fixes a duplicate file problem</li>
|
||
<li>drive: docs about rate limiting</li>
|
||
<li>google cloud storage: Fix compile after API change in "google.golang.org/api/storage/v1"</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.13 - 2015-05-10
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Revise documentation (especially sync)</li>
|
||
<li>Implement --timeout and --conntimeout</li>
|
||
<li>s3: ignore etags from multipart uploads which aren't md5sums</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.12 - 2015-03-15
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>drive: Use chunked upload for files above a certain size</li>
|
||
<li>drive: add --drive-chunk-size and --drive-upload-cutoff parameters</li>
|
||
<li>drive: switch to insert from update when a failed copy deletes the upload</li>
|
||
<li>core: Log duplicate files if they are detected</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.11 - 2015-03-04
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>swift: add region parameter</li>
|
||
<li>drive: fix crash on failed to update remote mtime</li>
|
||
<li>In remote paths, change native directory separators to /</li>
|
||
<li>Add synchronization to ls/lsl/lsd output to stop corruptions</li>
|
||
<li>Ensure all stats/log messages to go stderr</li>
|
||
<li>Add --log-file flag to log everything (including panics) to file</li>
|
||
<li>Make it possible to disable stats printing with --stats=0</li>
|
||
<li>Implement --bwlimit to limit data transfer bandwidth</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.10 - 2015-02-12
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>s3: list an unlimited number of items</li>
|
||
<li>Fix getting stuck in the configurator</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.09 - 2015-02-07
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>windows: Stop drive letters (eg C:) getting mixed up with remotes (eg drive:)</li>
|
||
<li>local: Fix directory separators on Windows</li>
|
||
<li>drive: fix rate limit exceeded errors</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.08 - 2015-02-04
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>drive: fix subdirectory listing to not list entire drive</li>
|
||
<li>drive: Fix SetModTime</li>
|
||
<li>dropbox: adapt code to recent library changes</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.07 - 2014-12-23
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>google cloud storage: fix memory leak</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.06 - 2014-12-12
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Fix "Couldn't find home directory" on OSX</li>
|
||
<li>swift: Add tenant parameter</li>
|
||
<li>Use new location of Google API packages</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.05 - 2014-08-09
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Improved tests and consequently lots of minor fixes</li>
|
||
<li>core: Fix race detected by go race detector</li>
|
||
<li>core: Fixes after running errcheck</li>
|
||
<li>drive: reset root directory on Rmdir and Purge</li>
|
||
<li>fs: Document that Purger returns error on empty directory, test and fix</li>
|
||
<li>google cloud storage: fix ListDir on subdirectory</li>
|
||
<li>google cloud storage: re-read metadata in SetModTime</li>
|
||
<li>s3: make reading metadata more reliable to work around eventual consistency problems</li>
|
||
<li>s3: strip trailing / from ListDir()</li>
|
||
<li>swift: return directories without / in ListDir</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.04 - 2014-07-21
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>google cloud storage: Fix crash on Update</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.03 - 2014-07-20
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>swift, s3, dropbox: fix updated files being marked as corrupted</li>
|
||
<li>Make compile with go 1.1 again</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.02 - 2014-07-19
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Implement Dropbox remote</li>
|
||
<li>Implement Google Cloud Storage remote</li>
|
||
<li>Verify Md5sums and Sizes after copies</li>
|
||
<li>Remove times from "ls" command - lists sizes only</li>
|
||
<li>Add add "lsl" - lists times and sizes</li>
|
||
<li>Add "md5sum" command</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.01 - 2014-07-04
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>drive: fix transfer of big files using up lots of memory</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v1.00 - 2014-07-03
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>drive: fix whole second dates</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v0.99 - 2014-06-26
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Fix --dry-run not working</li>
|
||
<li>Make compatible with go 1.1</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v0.98 - 2014-05-30
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>s3: Treat missing Content-Length as 0 for some ceph installations</li>
|
||
<li>rclonetest: add file with a space in</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v0.97 - 2014-05-05
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Implement copying of single files</li>
|
||
<li>s3 & swift: support paths inside containers/buckets</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v0.96 - 2014-04-24
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>drive: Fix multiple files of same name being created</li>
|
||
<li>drive: Use o.Update and fs.Put to optimise transfers</li>
|
||
<li>Add version number, -V and --version</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v0.95 - 2014-03-28
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>rclone.org: website, docs and graphics</li>
|
||
<li>drive: fix path parsing</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v0.94 - 2014-03-27
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Change remote format one last time</li>
|
||
<li>GNU style flags</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v0.93 - 2014-03-16
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>drive: store token in config file</li>
|
||
<li>cross compile other versions</li>
|
||
<li>set strict permissions on config file</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v0.92 - 2014-03-15
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Config fixes and --config option</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v0.91 - 2014-03-15
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Make config file</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v0.90 - 2013-06-27
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Project named rclone</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
<li>v0.00 - 2012-11-18
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Project started</li>
|
||
</ul></li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<h2 id="bugs-and-limitations">Bugs and Limitations</h2>
|
||
<h3 id="empty-directories-are-left-behind-not-created">Empty directories are left behind / not created</h3>
|
||
<p>With remotes that have a concept of directory, eg Local and Drive, empty directories may be left behind, or not created when one was expected.</p>
|
||
<p>This is because rclone doesn't have a concept of a directory - it only works on objects. Most of the object storage systems can't actually store a directory so there is nowhere for rclone to store anything about directories.</p>
|
||
<p>You can work round this to some extent with the<code>purge</code> command which will delete everything under the path, <strong>inluding</strong> empty directories.</p>
|
||
<p>This may be fixed at some point in <a href="https://github.com/ncw/rclone/issues/100">Issue #100</a></p>
|
||
<h3 id="directory-timestamps-arent-preserved">Directory timestamps aren't preserved</h3>
|
||
<p>For the same reason as the above, rclone doesn't have a concept of a directory - it only works on objects, therefore it can't preserve the timestamps of directories.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="frequently-asked-questions">Frequently Asked Questions</h2>
|
||
<h3 id="do-all-cloud-storage-systems-support-all-rclone-commands">Do all cloud storage systems support all rclone commands</h3>
|
||
<p>Yes they do. All the rclone commands (eg <code>sync</code>, <code>copy</code> etc) will work on all the remote storage systems.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="can-i-copy-the-config-from-one-machine-to-another">Can I copy the config from one machine to another</h3>
|
||
<p>Sure! Rclone stores all of its config in a single file. If you want to find this file, the simplest way is to run <code>rclone -h</code> and look at the help for the <code>--config</code> flag which will tell you where it is.</p>
|
||
<p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/remote_setup/">remote setup docs</a> for more info.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="how-do-i-configure-rclone-on-a-remote-headless-box-with-no-browser">How do I configure rclone on a remote / headless box with no browser?</h3>
|
||
<p>This has now been documented in its own <a href="https://rclone.org/remote_setup/">remote setup page</a>.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="can-rclone-sync-directly-from-drive-to-s3">Can rclone sync directly from drive to s3</h3>
|
||
<p>Rclone can sync between two remote cloud storage systems just fine.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that it effectively downloads the file and uploads it again, so the node running rclone would need to have lots of bandwidth.</p>
|
||
<p>The syncs would be incremental (on a file by file basis).</p>
|
||
<p>Eg</p>
|
||
<pre><code>rclone sync drive:Folder s3:bucket</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="using-rclone-from-multiple-locations-at-the-same-time">Using rclone from multiple locations at the same time</h3>
|
||
<p>You can use rclone from multiple places at the same time if you choose different subdirectory for the output, eg</p>
|
||
<pre><code>Server A> rclone sync /tmp/whatever remote:ServerA
|
||
Server B> rclone sync /tmp/whatever remote:ServerB</code></pre>
|
||
<p>If you sync to the same directory then you should use rclone copy otherwise the two rclones may delete each others files, eg</p>
|
||
<pre><code>Server A> rclone copy /tmp/whatever remote:Backup
|
||
Server B> rclone copy /tmp/whatever remote:Backup</code></pre>
|
||
<p>The file names you upload from Server A and Server B should be different in this case, otherwise some file systems (eg Drive) may make duplicates.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="why-doesnt-rclone-support-partial-transfers-binary-diffs-like-rsync">Why doesn't rclone support partial transfers / binary diffs like rsync?</h3>
|
||
<p>Rclone stores each file you transfer as a native object on the remote cloud storage system. This means that you can see the files you upload as expected using alternative access methods (eg using the Google Drive web interface). There is a 1:1 mapping between files on your hard disk and objects created in the cloud storage system.</p>
|
||
<p>Cloud storage systems (at least none I've come across yet) don't support partially uploading an object. You can't take an existing object, and change some bytes in the middle of it.</p>
|
||
<p>It would be possible to make a sync system which stored binary diffs instead of whole objects like rclone does, but that would break the 1:1 mapping of files on your hard disk to objects in the remote cloud storage system.</p>
|
||
<p>All the cloud storage systems support partial downloads of content, so it would be possible to make partial downloads work. However to make this work efficiently this would require storing a significant amount of metadata, which breaks the desired 1:1 mapping of files to objects.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="can-rclone-do-bi-directional-sync">Can rclone do bi-directional sync?</h3>
|
||
<p>No, not at present. rclone only does uni-directional sync from A -> B. It may do in the future though since it has all the primitives - it just requires writing the algorithm to do it.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="can-i-use-rclone-with-an-http-proxy">Can I use rclone with an HTTP proxy?</h3>
|
||
<p>Yes. rclone will use the environment variables <code>HTTP_PROXY</code>, <code>HTTPS_PROXY</code> and <code>NO_PROXY</code>, similar to cURL and other programs.</p>
|
||
<p><code>HTTPS_PROXY</code> takes precedence over <code>HTTP_PROXY</code> for https requests.</p>
|
||
<p>The environment values may be either a complete URL or a "host[:port]", in which case the "http" scheme is assumed.</p>
|
||
<p>The <code>NO_PROXY</code> allows you to disable the proxy for specific hosts. Hosts must be comma separated, and can contain domains or parts. For instance "foo.com" also matches "bar.foo.com".</p>
|
||
<h3 id="rclone-gives-x509-failed-to-load-system-roots-and-no-roots-provided-error">Rclone gives x509: failed to load system roots and no roots provided error</h3>
|
||
<p>This means that <code>rclone</code> can't file the SSL root certificates. Likely you are running <code>rclone</code> on a NAS with a cut-down Linux OS, or possibly on Solaris.</p>
|
||
<p>Rclone (via the Go runtime) tries to load the root certificates from these places on Linux.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>"/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt", // Debian/Ubuntu/Gentoo etc.
|
||
"/etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt", // Fedora/RHEL
|
||
"/etc/ssl/ca-bundle.pem", // OpenSUSE
|
||
"/etc/pki/tls/cacert.pem", // OpenELEC</code></pre>
|
||
<p>So doing something like this should fix the problem. It also sets the time which is important for SSL to work properly.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>mkdir -p /etc/ssl/certs/
|
||
curl -o /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt https://raw.githubusercontent.com/bagder/ca-bundle/master/ca-bundle.crt
|
||
ntpclient -s -h pool.ntp.org</code></pre>
|
||
<p>The two environment variables <code>SSL_CERT_FILE</code> and <code>SSL_CERT_DIR</code>, mentioned in the <a href="https://godoc.org/crypto/x509">x509 pacakge</a>, provide an additional way to provide the SSL root certificates.</p>
|
||
<p>Note that you may need to add the <code>--insecure</code> option to the <code>curl</code> command line if it doesn't work without.</p>
|
||
<pre><code>curl --insecure -o /etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt https://raw.githubusercontent.com/bagder/ca-bundle/master/ca-bundle.crt</code></pre>
|
||
<h3 id="rclone-gives-failed-to-load-config-file-function-not-implemented-error">Rclone gives Failed to load config file: function not implemented error</h3>
|
||
<p>Likely this means that you are running rclone on Linux version not supported by the go runtime, ie earlier than version 2.6.23.</p>
|
||
<p>See the <a href="https://golang.org/doc/install">system requirements section in the go install docs</a> for full details.</p>
|
||
<h3 id="all-my-uploaded-docxxlsxpptx-files-appear-as-archivezip">All my uploaded docx/xlsx/pptx files appear as archive/zip</h3>
|
||
<p>This is caused by uploading these files from a Windows computer which hasn't got the Microsoft Office suite installed. The easiest way to fix is to install the Word viewer and the Microsoft Office Compatibility Pack for Word, Excel, and PowerPoint 2007 and later versions' file formats</p>
|
||
<h3 id="tcp-lookup-some.domain.com-no-such-host">tcp lookup some.domain.com no such host</h3>
|
||
<p>This happens when rclone cannot resolve a domain. Please check that your DNS setup is generally working, e.g.</p>
|
||
<pre><code># both should print a long list of possible IP addresses
|
||
dig www.googleapis.com # resolve using your default DNS
|
||
dig www.googleapis.com @8.8.8.8 # resolve with Google's DNS server</code></pre>
|
||
<p>If you are using <code>systemd-resolved</code> (default on Arch Linux), ensure it is at version 233 or higher. Previous releases contain a bug which causes not all domains to be resolved properly.</p>
|
||
<p>Additionally with the <code>GODEBUG=netdns=</code> environment variable the Go resolver decision can be influenced. This also allows to resolve certain issues with DNS resolution. See the <a href="https://golang.org/pkg/net/#hdr-Name_Resolution">name resolution section in the go docs</a>.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="license">License</h2>
|
||
<p>This is free software under the terms of MIT the license (check the COPYING file included with the source code).</p>
|
||
<pre><code>Copyright (C) 2012 by Nick Craig-Wood https://www.craig-wood.com/nick/
|
||
|
||
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
|
||
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
|
||
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
|
||
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
|
||
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
|
||
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
|
||
|
||
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
|
||
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
||
|
||
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
|
||
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
|
||
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
|
||
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
|
||
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
|
||
THE SOFTWARE.</code></pre>
|
||
<h2 id="authors">Authors</h2>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Nick Craig-Wood <a href="mailto:nick@craig-wood.com">nick@craig-wood.com</a></li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<h2 id="contributors">Contributors</h2>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>Alex Couper <a href="mailto:amcouper@gmail.com">amcouper@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Leonid Shalupov <a href="mailto:leonid@shalupov.com">leonid@shalupov.com</a> <a href="mailto:shalupov@diverse.org.ru">shalupov@diverse.org.ru</a></li>
|
||
<li>Shimon Doodkin <a href="mailto:helpmepro1@gmail.com">helpmepro1@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Colin Nicholson <a href="mailto:colin@colinn.com">colin@colinn.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Klaus Post <a href="mailto:klauspost@gmail.com">klauspost@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Sergey Tolmachev <a href="mailto:tolsi.ru@gmail.com">tolsi.ru@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Adriano Aurélio Meirelles <a href="mailto:adriano@atinge.com">adriano@atinge.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>C. Bess <a href="mailto:cbess@users.noreply.github.com">cbess@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Dmitry Burdeev <a href="mailto:dibu28@gmail.com">dibu28@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Joseph Spurrier <a href="mailto:github@josephspurrier.com">github@josephspurrier.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Björn Harrtell <a href="mailto:bjorn@wololo.org">bjorn@wololo.org</a></li>
|
||
<li>Xavier Lucas <a href="mailto:xavier.lucas@corp.ovh.com">xavier.lucas@corp.ovh.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Werner Beroux <a href="mailto:werner@beroux.com">werner@beroux.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Brian Stengaard <a href="mailto:brian@stengaard.eu">brian@stengaard.eu</a></li>
|
||
<li>Jakub Gedeon <a href="mailto:jgedeon@sofi.com">jgedeon@sofi.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Jim Tittsler <a href="mailto:jwt@onjapan.net">jwt@onjapan.net</a></li>
|
||
<li>Michal Witkowski <a href="mailto:michal@improbable.io">michal@improbable.io</a></li>
|
||
<li>Fabian Ruff <a href="mailto:fabian.ruff@sap.com">fabian.ruff@sap.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Leigh Klotz <a href="mailto:klotz@quixey.com">klotz@quixey.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Romain Lapray <a href="mailto:lapray.romain@gmail.com">lapray.romain@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Justin R. Wilson <a href="mailto:jrw972@gmail.com">jrw972@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Antonio Messina <a href="mailto:antonio.s.messina@gmail.com">antonio.s.messina@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Stefan G. Weichinger <a href="mailto:office@oops.co.at">office@oops.co.at</a></li>
|
||
<li>Per Cederberg <a href="mailto:cederberg@gmail.com">cederberg@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Radek Šenfeld <a href="mailto:rush@logic.cz">rush@logic.cz</a></li>
|
||
<li>Fredrik Fornwall <a href="mailto:fredrik@fornwall.net">fredrik@fornwall.net</a></li>
|
||
<li>Asko Tamm <a href="mailto:asko@deekit.net">asko@deekit.net</a></li>
|
||
<li>xor-zz <a href="mailto:xor@gstocco.com">xor@gstocco.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Tomasz Mazur <a href="mailto:tmazur90@gmail.com">tmazur90@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Marco Paganini <a href="mailto:paganini@paganini.net">paganini@paganini.net</a></li>
|
||
<li>Felix Bünemann <a href="mailto:buenemann@louis.info">buenemann@louis.info</a></li>
|
||
<li>Durval Menezes <a href="mailto:jmrclone@durval.com">jmrclone@durval.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Luiz Carlos Rumbelsperger Viana <a href="mailto:maxd13_luiz_carlos@hotmail.com">maxd13_luiz_carlos@hotmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Stefan Breunig <a href="mailto:stefan-github@yrden.de">stefan-github@yrden.de</a></li>
|
||
<li>Alishan Ladhani <a href="mailto:ali-l@users.noreply.github.com">ali-l@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>0xJAKE <a href="mailto:0xJAKE@users.noreply.github.com">0xJAKE@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Thibault Molleman <a href="mailto:thibaultmol@users.noreply.github.com">thibaultmol@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Scott McGillivray <a href="mailto:scott.mcgillivray@gmail.com">scott.mcgillivray@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Bjørn Erik Pedersen <a href="mailto:bjorn.erik.pedersen@gmail.com">bjorn.erik.pedersen@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Lukas Loesche <a href="mailto:lukas@mesosphere.io">lukas@mesosphere.io</a></li>
|
||
<li>emyarod <a href="mailto:allllaboutyou@gmail.com">allllaboutyou@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>T.C. Ferguson <a href="mailto:tcf909@gmail.com">tcf909@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Brandur <a href="mailto:brandur@mutelight.org">brandur@mutelight.org</a></li>
|
||
<li>Dario Giovannetti <a href="mailto:dev@dariogiovannetti.net">dev@dariogiovannetti.net</a></li>
|
||
<li>Károly Oláh <a href="mailto:okaresz@aol.com">okaresz@aol.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Jon Yergatian <a href="mailto:jon@macfanatic.ca">jon@macfanatic.ca</a></li>
|
||
<li>Jack Schmidt <a href="mailto:github@mowsey.org">github@mowsey.org</a></li>
|
||
<li>Dedsec1 <a href="mailto:Dedsec1@users.noreply.github.com">Dedsec1@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Hisham Zarka <a href="mailto:hzarka@gmail.com">hzarka@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Jérôme Vizcaino <a href="mailto:jerome.vizcaino@gmail.com">jerome.vizcaino@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Mike Tesch <a href="mailto:mjt6129@rit.edu">mjt6129@rit.edu</a></li>
|
||
<li>Marvin Watson <a href="mailto:marvwatson@users.noreply.github.com">marvwatson@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Danny Tsai <a href="mailto:danny8376@gmail.com">danny8376@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Yoni Jah <a href="mailto:yonjah+git@gmail.com">yonjah+git@gmail.com</a> <a href="mailto:yonjah+github@gmail.com">yonjah+github@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Stephen Harris <a href="mailto:github@spuddy.org">github@spuddy.org</a></li>
|
||
<li>Ihor Dvoretskyi <a href="mailto:ihor.dvoretskyi@gmail.com">ihor.dvoretskyi@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Jon Craton <a href="mailto:jncraton@gmail.com">jncraton@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Hraban Luyat <a href="mailto:hraban@0brg.net">hraban@0brg.net</a></li>
|
||
<li>Michael Ledin <a href="mailto:mledin89@gmail.com">mledin89@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Martin Kristensen <a href="mailto:me@azgul.com">me@azgul.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Too Much IO <a href="mailto:toomuchio@users.noreply.github.com">toomuchio@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Anisse Astier <a href="mailto:anisse@astier.eu">anisse@astier.eu</a></li>
|
||
<li>Zahiar Ahmed <a href="mailto:zahiar@live.com">zahiar@live.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Igor Kharin <a href="mailto:igorkharin@gmail.com">igorkharin@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Bill Zissimopoulos <a href="mailto:billziss@navimatics.com">billziss@navimatics.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Bob Potter <a href="mailto:bobby.potter@gmail.com">bobby.potter@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Steven Lu <a href="mailto:tacticalazn@gmail.com">tacticalazn@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Sjur Fredriksen <a href="mailto:sjurtf@ifi.uio.no">sjurtf@ifi.uio.no</a></li>
|
||
<li>Ruwbin <a href="mailto:hubus12345@gmail.com">hubus12345@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Fabian Möller <a href="mailto:fabianm88@gmail.com">fabianm88@gmail.com</a> <a href="mailto:f.moeller@nynex.de">f.moeller@nynex.de</a></li>
|
||
<li>Edward Q. Bridges <a href="mailto:github@eqbridges.com">github@eqbridges.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Vasiliy Tolstov <a href="mailto:v.tolstov@selfip.ru">v.tolstov@selfip.ru</a></li>
|
||
<li>Harshavardhana <a href="mailto:harsha@minio.io">harsha@minio.io</a></li>
|
||
<li>sainaen <a href="mailto:sainaen@gmail.com">sainaen@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>gdm85 <a href="mailto:gdm85@users.noreply.github.com">gdm85@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Yaroslav Halchenko <a href="mailto:debian@onerussian.com">debian@onerussian.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>John Papandriopoulos <a href="mailto:jpap@users.noreply.github.com">jpap@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Zhiming Wang <a href="mailto:zmwangx@gmail.com">zmwangx@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Andy Pilate <a href="mailto:cubox@cubox.me">cubox@cubox.me</a></li>
|
||
<li>Oliver Heyme <a href="mailto:olihey@googlemail.com">olihey@googlemail.com</a> <a href="mailto:olihey@users.noreply.github.com">olihey@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>wuyu <a href="mailto:wuyu@yunify.com">wuyu@yunify.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Andrei Dragomir <a href="mailto:adragomi@adobe.com">adragomi@adobe.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Christian Brüggemann <a href="mailto:mail@cbruegg.com">mail@cbruegg.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Alex McGrath Kraak <a href="mailto:amkdude@gmail.com">amkdude@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>bpicode <a href="mailto:bjoern.pirnay@googlemail.com">bjoern.pirnay@googlemail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Daniel Jagszent <a href="mailto:daniel@jagszent.de">daniel@jagszent.de</a></li>
|
||
<li>Josiah White <a href="mailto:thegenius2009@gmail.com">thegenius2009@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Ishuah Kariuki <a href="mailto:kariuki@ishuah.com">kariuki@ishuah.com</a> <a href="mailto:ishuah91@gmail.com">ishuah91@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Jan Varho <a href="mailto:jan@varho.org">jan@varho.org</a></li>
|
||
<li>Girish Ramakrishnan <a href="mailto:girish@cloudron.io">girish@cloudron.io</a></li>
|
||
<li>LingMan <a href="mailto:LingMan@users.noreply.github.com">LingMan@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Jacob McNamee <a href="mailto:jacobmcnamee@gmail.com">jacobmcnamee@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>jersou <a href="mailto:jertux@gmail.com">jertux@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>thierry <a href="mailto:thierry@substantiel.fr">thierry@substantiel.fr</a></li>
|
||
<li>Simon Leinen <a href="mailto:simon.leinen@gmail.com">simon.leinen@gmail.com</a> <a href="mailto:ubuntu@s3-test.novalocal">ubuntu@s3-test.novalocal</a></li>
|
||
<li>Dan Dascalescu <a href="mailto:ddascalescu+github@gmail.com">ddascalescu+github@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Jason Rose <a href="mailto:jason@jro.io">jason@jro.io</a></li>
|
||
<li>Andrew Starr-Bochicchio <a href="mailto:a.starr.b@gmail.com">a.starr.b@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>John Leach <a href="mailto:john@johnleach.co.uk">john@johnleach.co.uk</a></li>
|
||
<li>Corban Raun <a href="mailto:craun@instructure.com">craun@instructure.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Pierre Carlson <a href="mailto:mpcarl@us.ibm.com">mpcarl@us.ibm.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Ernest Borowski <a href="mailto:er.borowski@gmail.com">er.borowski@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Remus Bunduc <a href="mailto:remus.bunduc@gmail.com">remus.bunduc@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Iakov Davydov <a href="mailto:iakov.davydov@unil.ch">iakov.davydov@unil.ch</a> <a href="mailto:dav05.gith@myths.ru">dav05.gith@myths.ru</a></li>
|
||
<li>Jakub Tasiemski <a href="mailto:tasiemski@gmail.com">tasiemski@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>David Minor <a href="mailto:dminor@saymedia.com">dminor@saymedia.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Tim Cooijmans <a href="mailto:cooijmans.tim@gmail.com">cooijmans.tim@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Laurence <a href="mailto:liuxy6@gmail.com">liuxy6@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Giovanni Pizzi <a href="mailto:gio.piz@gmail.com">gio.piz@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Filip Bartodziej <a href="mailto:filipbartodziej@gmail.com">filipbartodziej@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Jon Fautley <a href="mailto:jon@dead.li">jon@dead.li</a></li>
|
||
<li>lewapm <a href="mailto:32110057+lewapm@users.noreply.github.com">32110057+lewapm@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Yassine Imounachen <a href="mailto:yassine256@gmail.com">yassine256@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Chris Redekop <a href="mailto:chris-redekop@users.noreply.github.com">chris-redekop@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Jon Fautley <a href="mailto:jon@adenoid.appstal.co.uk">jon@adenoid.appstal.co.uk</a></li>
|
||
<li>Will Gunn <a href="mailto:WillGunn@users.noreply.github.com">WillGunn@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Lucas Bremgartner <a href="mailto:lucas@bremis.ch">lucas@bremis.ch</a></li>
|
||
<li>Jody Frankowski <a href="mailto:jody.frankowski@gmail.com">jody.frankowski@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Andreas Roussos <a href="mailto:arouss1980@gmail.com">arouss1980@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>nbuchanan <a href="mailto:nbuchanan@utah.gov">nbuchanan@utah.gov</a></li>
|
||
<li>Durval Menezes <a href="mailto:rclone@durval.com">rclone@durval.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Victor <a href="mailto:vb-github@viblo.se">vb-github@viblo.se</a></li>
|
||
<li>Mateusz <a href="mailto:pabian.mateusz@gmail.com">pabian.mateusz@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Daniel Loader <a href="mailto:spicypixel@gmail.com">spicypixel@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>David0rk <a href="mailto:davidork@gmail.com">davidork@gmail.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Alexander Neumann <a href="mailto:alexander@bumpern.de">alexander@bumpern.de</a></li>
|
||
<li>Giri Badanahatti <a href="mailto:gbadanahatti@us.ibm.com@Giris-MacBook-Pro.local">gbadanahatti@us.ibm.com@Giris-MacBook-Pro.local</a></li>
|
||
<li>Leo R. Lundgren <a href="mailto:leo@finalresort.org">leo@finalresort.org</a></li>
|
||
<li>wolfv <a href="mailto:wolfv6@users.noreply.github.com">wolfv6@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Dave Pedu <a href="mailto:dave@davepedu.com">dave@davepedu.com</a></li>
|
||
<li>Stefan Lindblom <a href="mailto:lindblom@spotify.com">lindblom@spotify.com</a></li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<h1 id="contact-the-rclone-project">Contact the rclone project</h1>
|
||
<h2 id="forum">Forum</h2>
|
||
<p>Forum for general discussions and questions:</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>https://forum.rclone.org</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<h2 id="gitub-project">Gitub project</h2>
|
||
<p>The project website is at:</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li>https://github.com/ncw/rclone</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<p>There you can file bug reports, ask for help or contribute pull requests.</p>
|
||
<h2 id="google">Google+</h2>
|
||
<p>Rclone has a Google+ page which announcements are posted to</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><a href="https://google.com/+RcloneOrg" rel="publisher">Google+ page for general comments</a></li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<h2 id="twitter">Twitter</h2>
|
||
<p>You can also follow me on twitter for rclone announcements</p>
|
||
<ul>
|
||
<li><span class="citation">[@njcw]</span>(https://twitter.com/njcw)</li>
|
||
</ul>
|
||
<h2 id="email">Email</h2>
|
||
<p>Or if all else fails or you want to ask something private or confidential email <a href="mailto:nick@craig-wood.com">Nick Craig-Wood</a></p>
|
||
</body>
|
||
</html>
|